Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2011  with  funding  from 

Boston  Library  Consortium  Member  Libraries 


http://www.archive.org/details/healingcurrentsfOOdevo 


V  i  ':gr>     "*»"> 


^^.i*'      V 


9O0TON  OOLLEGK  LIBRARY 
tSUUTTNUT  HILL,  MASS. 


.,    i    warn 


HEALING  CURRENTS 


FROM  THE 


BATTERY  OF  LIFE 


Teaching  the  doctrines  of  the  Positive  and  Negative  Mind  of  Gad, 
and  of  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ  as  the  Mediator  between  the  two 
states  of  Being;  revealing  how  the  Truth  awakens  the 
Soul  to  its  natural  inheritance  as  an  immortal  co- 
worker with  God,  giving  it  dominion  over 
sin,  sickness,  poverty  and  death. 


W  ULTER  DE  VOE 
BOSTON  COLLEGE  LIB! 
CUOSTNUT  HILL, 


VITA    PUBLISHING   CO. 

PUBLISHERS 
5226  GREENWOOD  AVE.,  CHICAGO,  ILL. 


Copyright,  1904,  by  Walter  De  Voe 


Revised  and  Enlarged 
Copyright,  1905,  by  Walter  De  Voe 


Price  $2.00,  Postpaid 


4th  Thousand 


ENGLISH    AGENTS 


L.  N.  FOWLER  &  CO. 

7  Imperial  Arcade 

Ludgate  Circus,  London,  S.  C. 

England 


POWER  BOOK  CO. 

Wimbledon,    London,  S.  W. 

England 


THE  PICTURE  OF  CHRIST. 

THE  reproduction  of  Hofmann's  beautiful  painting 
of  The  Christ  has  won  all  hearts.  The  eyes  ex- 
press a  world  of  tenderness,  sympathy  and  love. 
The  artist  has  vividly  portrayed  the  purity  and  spiritual- 
ity, the  strength  and  the  nobility  of  the  character. 

An  ideal  picture  of  the  Divine  Man  is  of  great  aid  to 
concentration  of  thought,  if  the  devotee  looks  upon  the 
picture  as  he  would  upon  a  vision  of  the  Christ,  using  it 
as  a  means  to  bring  about  a  more  perfect  sense  of  his 
presence.  The  picture  remains  imprinted  upon  the 
memory  and  recurs  at  frequent  intervals,  recalling  the 
mind  to  the  living  Spirit  that  is  always  near. 

When  this  picture  is  contemplated  in  the  right  spirit 
of  devotion  to  the  Christ  it  becomes  a  very  effective  and 
uplifting  means  to  concentration,  holding  all  the  thoughts 
at  attention  to  the  Spirit  in  its  perfect  form. 

Through  this  means  Jesus,  the  ideal  of  the  race,  the 
image  of  divine  love,  wisdom  and  perfection — God 
personified — becomes  the  Way  through  which  the  human 
mind  realizes  that  which  otherwise  would  remain  beyond 
comprehension. 

My  experience  has  been  that  pupils  and  patients  make 
more  rapid  progress  in  their  realization  of  the  Spirit  of 
Truth  and  its  healing  love  when  they  use  this  simple 
means  to    concentration.      They   grow    like  that   which 


they  study  or  contemplate.  The  beauty  of  the  image 
appeals  to  the  imagination,  and  in  the  education  of  this 
creative  or  image-making  faculty  lies  the  way  to  won- 
derful attainment. 

Concrete  images  of  health  or  disease  have  much  more 
effect  than  abstract  thoughts  upon  the  imagination,  and 
therefore  upon  the  body. 

The  mind  cannot  contemplate  or  think  of  anything 
that  has  not  form;  even  an  idea  of  the  formless  is  a 
formed  conception  which  is  not  the  formless,  but  a 
mental  symbol  of  it.  No  one  can  think  of  the  absolute 
Spirit  without  creating  his  idea  of  that  Spirit.  In  Jesus, 
the  God-man,  we  have  the  most  perfect  image  of  Love, 
or  God,  expressed,  and  in  the  radiating  influence  of  his 
sun-like  Soul  we  have  the  only  true  idea  of  omnipresence. 

And  this  mental  image  of  the  soul's  ideal  draws  to 
itself  the  spiritual  particles  of  divine  essence  and  be- 
comes a  center  of  celestial  healing  power,  radiating  light 
and  love  to  every  realm  of  mortal  thought  in  the  body- 
being. 

The  soul  in  each  individual,  being  a  seed  of  the  same 
Divinity,  sees  in  his  expanded  powers  the  possibilities  of 
its  own  being. 

Love  for  an  ideal  is  the  very  secret  of  concentration. 

Without  a  living,  breathing  ideal  the  mind  is  un- 
centered.  The  lover  learns  without  effort  to  keep  his 
mind  concentrated  on  his  ideal.  He  cannot  forget  the 
face  of  his  beloved.  Heaven  and  earth  become  glorified 
with  her  beauty. 

Christ  is  the  ideal  Beloved  of  the  soul.  When  the 
beauty  of  this  ideal  is  conceived,  love  is  born,  and  hard, 
cold  intellectuality  is  mellowed  and  melted  under  the 
benign  influence  that  radiates  from  Jesus  Christ,  the 
Sun  of  Righteousness. 


FOREWORD. 


IT  is  the  purpose  of  this  book  to  heal  those  who  read 
and  study  its  pages.  The  Lessons  are  gathered 
together  with  that  object  in  view.  Each  Lesson  was 
written  under  the  inspiration  of  a  definite  purpose — to 
heal,  encourage  and  enlighten  whomsoever  should  read 
it — and  the  multitude  of  letters  which  have  been  re- 
ceived shows  that  the  purpose  has  borne  fruit  and 
causes  me  to  rejoice  in  the  knowledge  that  written  truth 
may  bear  the  balm  of  healing  to  suffering  humanity. 

These  Lessons  are  the  fruit  of  spiritual  realization. 
The  varying  forms  of  expression  were  adapted  to  the 
various  states  of  mind  I  desired  to  arouse.  The  energies 
of  Omnipotence  are  latent  within  human  minds,  and 
there  is  no  nobler  task  than  speaking  or  writing  words 
that  shall  stir  those  energies  and  arouse  them  into 
activity  for  the  healing  of  God's  beloved. 

As  all  forces  at  the  last  analysis  are  of  the  nature  of 
mind,  developed  or  undeveloped,  then  the  forces  of  mind 
— thoughts — are  the  proper  things  wherewith  to  direct 
the  living  healing  dynamics  within  the  nature  of  man. 
*  Mystical  words  of  mighty  healing  power  have  been 
revealed  to  me,  and  I  have  woven  many  of  them  into 
these  Lessons  and  affirmations. 

Where  a  truth  is  repeated  more  than  once  in  different 
Lessons  I  have  purposely  allowed  the  repetition  to  stand, 
and  I  trust  that  this  will  cause  the  reader  to  remember 
that  "Repetition  is  the  mother  of  learning." 
*!*■  Remember  that  your  ability  to  gain  dominion  over 
your  physical  body  will  develop  as  you  cultivate 
thought  power.    By  constant  study  of  these  Lessons,  and 


persistent  use  of  the  thoughts  given  in  them,  you  will 
gain  an  ability  to  heal  yourself  and  others,  according 
to  the  degree  of  thought  power  you  generate.  I  have 
known  a  pupil  to  take  one  single  sentence  and  hold  to 
it  so  persistently  that  in  the  space  of  one  year  she  had 
transformed  a  gross  abnormal  growth  in  the  interior  of 
the  body  into  normal,  healthy  substance.  She  had  faith 
in  the  power  of  thought  to  transform  the  body  and  did 
not  allow  laziness  of  mind  to  stand  in  the  way  of  its 
accomplishment. 

"There  is  no  excellence  without  labor."  It  is  not  how 
much  you  read,  or  how  much  you  know  about  mental 
processes  that  gives  you  mental  power,  but  how  much 
you  incorporate  of  the  positive  thought  of  truth  into 
your  mind  and  body. 

If  you  desire  to  progress  in  spiritual  power  you  will  be 
obliged  to  build  a  thought  body  out  of  positive  thoughts 
of  truth.  These  Lessons  will  furnish  you  with  the  ma- 
terial for  building  your  spiritual  temple,  through  which 
the  healing  power  will  become  manifest  in  your  flesh, 
and  as  you  put  the  thought  of  these  Lessons  into  practice 
day  after  day  and  year  after  year,  like  the  writer,  you  will 
find  all  negative  limitations  vanishing  and  a  positiveness 
of  soul  power  developing  which  will  repay  you  most 
wonderfully  for  all  your  efforts  toward  the  attainment  of 
spiritual  and  physical  dominion.  Awake  and  understand 
your  divine  possibilities  as  a  soul  evolved  in  the  image 
and  character  of  the  Almighty,  and  create  into  a  power- 
ful thought  or  mind  body  all  the  divine  attributes  that  lie 
latent  within  your  soul  awaiting  your  recognition  and 
expression,  and  you  will  attain  a  consciousness  of  power 
that  will  grow  and  increase  throughout  all  eternity. 

WALTER  DeVOE. 

Woodlawn,  Chicago,  111. 


CONTENTS, 


PAGE 

Foreword 3 

/Knowledge  Is  Power  9 

Thought,  the  Supreme  Remedy 12 

Healing  Peace  , 20 

We  Grow  Like  That  Which  We  Study 22 

Healing  Treatment  for  the  Eyes 26 

Man's  Relation  to  the  Universal  Mind 28 

You  Are  Power 32 

Positive  and  Negative  Mind 33 

How  to  Practice  Mental  Healing 38 

The  True  Way 47 

A  General  Healing  Treatment 48 

How  to  Concentrate 51 

Wonderful  Possibilities  52 

Depression  57 

I  Am  All  Mind 58 

Indigestion  61 

Teach  Your  Body  to  Think  ! 63 

The  Healing  Power  of  Jesus  Jehovah 67 

The  Subconscious  Mind  and  Soul  Consciousness 69 

Becoming  Attuned  to  the  Spirit 74 

A  Powerful  Statement 80 

Obsession  84 

Treatment  for  Obsession 85 

The  Mystery  of  Omnipotence 87 

Cultivate  Your  Will 92 

Building  the  Temple  of  Faith 93 

Trust  in  God 96 

The  Word  of  Power 97 

Nervous    Debility 105 

Deny  the  Imperfect  :   Affirm  the  Perfect 106 

Denial  of  Fear ,  109 

Deny  Mortal  Heredity no 

Deny  Mortal  Weakness in 

Deny  the  Cause  of  Disease in 

Treatment  for  Catarrh 112 

7 


8  CONTENTS. 

PAGE 

Insomnia  n^ 

Let  Your  Soul  Express n$ 

Ye  Are  Slumbering  Gods  ! I  & 

Awake,  My  Soul,  Awake  ! X2\ 

Soul  Development 12a 

The  Globe  of  Glory I28 

How  to  Realize  God !34 

Realization  I^I 


Organization 


142 


Pray  Without  Ceasing I48 

A  Healing  Prayer ! 56 

Prayer  to  Increase  Love 156 

Prayer  for  Wisdom 157 

Our  Father 158 

The  God- Man 159 

A  Conception  of  God 163 

Treatment  for  the  Vital  Center 170 

Protection  170 

Thus  Speaks  the  Living  Soul 171 

Constipation 171 

Swellings  172 

Do  Unto  Others  as  You  Would  Be  Done  By 173 

Affirmations  175 

Addenda 177 

Spirit  Hypnotism  Seen  Clairvoyantly 178 

A  Weird  Case 186 

^Suggestions  Regarding  Psychic  Phenomena 188 

Science  and  Immortality .  192 

A  Spirit  Message 198 

Concentration  of  Mind 201 

Thought  Force  in  Muscular  Development 202 

Thought  Affects  Blood  Currents 203 

Does  Thought  Attract  Success? 204 

Telepathy  in  Insect  Life 204 

A  Remarkable  Cure  by  Suggestion 207 

Sight  Restored  After  Being  Blind  14  Years 212 

Mrs.  M.  B.  Carse  Healed  by  Prayer  219 

Health  Restored  by  Bath  of  Fire 221 

Many  Helpless  from  Infirmities  Restored 223 

yOccuLT  Phenomena  Among  Hindoos  227 


KNOWLEDGE  IS  POWER. 

THE  great  prayer  that  is  arising  from  souls  in- 
carnate is  the  prayer  for  more  vitality.  It  is  the 
speechless  prayer  of  the  whole  world;  the  unut- 
tered  longing  and  desire  of  every  heart  for  that  which 
will  enable  it  to  overcome  its  limitations  and  find  satis- 
faction. 

Scientists  of  to-day  are  searching  as  tirelessly  for  a 
life-renewing  elixir  as  did  Ponce  de  Leon  for  the  foun- 
tain of  youth,  but  while  their  sodium  and  potassium  in- 
jected into  the  blood  may  be  beneficial  as  a  food  for  the 
system,  or  as  a  stimulant,  it  will  not  start  into  activity  the 
creative  impulse  of  vitality  which  produced  the  organ- 
ism and  which  lies  latent  within,  always  ready  to  revital- 
ize, renew  and  heal  every  part  of  the  physical  nature. 

It  is  not  medication  that  will  save  the  sick  and  suf- 
fering, but  the  awakening  of  the  human  nature  to  this 
divine  influx,  which  is  health  compelling  and  harmony 
producing  to  every  nature  that  finds  it.  People  are 
becoming  conscious  that  a  heavenly  healing  vitality  awaits 
them,  and  nothing  can  hinder  their  search  for  the  im- 
mortal vigor  that  shall  save  their  flesh  from  disease  and 
pain  and  evolve  a  new  type  of  humanity,  which  shall  be 
fearless  and  dauntless,  healthy  and  happy  in  the  con- 
scious possession  and  understanding  of  the  vital  princi- 
ple within  them,  which  is  the  manifestation  of  the  God- 
life  in  humanity. 

Matter  and  flesh  cannot  create  because  they  are  effects. 
They  can  only  manifest  the  energy  infused  into  them  by 

9 


10  HEALING    CURRENTS. 

their  cause.  Vitality  is  not  a  material  but  a  spiritual 
force.  Vitality  is  cause.  Vitality  is  the  creative  energy 
of  the  love  and  intelligence  of  the  God-mind,  which  holds 
in  its  embrace  every  atom  of  sentient  substance. 

It  is  the  vitality  of  the  Divine  Mind  that  we  see  mani- 
festing in  beast,  bird,  tree  and  flower,  and  this  same 
vitality  is  at  this  moment  giving  you  all  the  life  that  you 
manifest,  and  the  Divine  Mind  can  give  you  as  much 
as  you  can  individualize  and  express.  Your  lack  of 
knowledge  of  the  possibilities  of  your  own  nature  is 
the  only  thing  that  keeps  you  from  growing  out  of 
your  weak  or  sickly  condition.  KNOWLEDGE  IS 
POWER. 

All  nature  is  enlivened  by  the  omnipotent  vitality  of 
the  Divine  Mind,  and  as  this  is  Cause,  the  human  mind 
must  seek  its  vitality  from  this  source,  for  vitality  is  a 
mental  energy  which  can  be  appropriated  to  an  unlimited 
degree,  and  according  as  it  is  recognized  will  it  over- 
come all  diseased  and  depleted  conditions  of  the  body. 

New  ideas  entering  the  mind  bring  with  them  an  influx 
of  vitality.  These  thoughts  are  overflowing  with  vitality- 
and  health,  and  the  more  you  study  them  the  closer  your 
mind  will  get  to  the  Fountain  of  Life,  which  will  renew 
your  body  as  your  mind  is  renewed  with  living  thoughts 
from  the  Divine  Mind.  Patients  are  often  healed  while 
studying  writings  which  are  filled  with  the  healing  inspi- 
ration. If  you  want  to  live  and  be  healthy  you  must 
not  think  or  talk  about  disease  or  death. )  Jesus  thought 
and  talked  about  life  so  much  that  he  demonstrated  the 
power  to  overcome  death. 

There  is  a  Source  of  unlimited  vitality,  strength  and 
energy  which  has  been  little  looked  to  since  the  Great 
Physician  walked  this  plane  of  earth,  and  from  lack  of 
knowledge  of  this  vital   impulse  the  race  has  suffered 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  11 

much,  for  this  knowledge  was  crucified,  or  denied  out  of 
mortal  understanding,  but  is  again  being  resurrected  in 
the  mind  of  the  race. 

The  souls  of  mortals  "cannot  live  by  bread  alone,"  but 
must  be  fed  on  the  manna  of  heaven,  the  thoughts  that 
flow  out  from  the  Mind  of  God,  before  there  can  be  such 
a  harmonious  union  of  the  human  and  the  divine  in  man 
as  will  guarantee  his  health  and  happiness  and  prosperity 
while  on  the  earth. 

You,  no  matter  how  poor  or  sick  or  miserable  you  may 
be,  are  living  in  the  midst  of  Divine  Forces  which  can 
generate  a  new  health  and  strength  in  your  body,  weave 
prosperity  and  success  into  your  destiny  and  make  your 
whole  life  divine  and  harmonious.  The  forces  that  make 
for  success  are  within  reach  of  every  mind  waiting  to  be 
polarized  and  individualized. 

Intelligent  and  powerful  thought  forces  interpenetrate 
space  as  magnetic  and  electric  currents  flow  through 
space,  and  these  potent  forces  control  intelligently  all  the 
operations  of  natural  law,  and,  wonderful  to  know,  these 
divine  forces  are  obedient  to  the  mind  of  man,  ready  and 
powerful  to  operate  everything  for  his  good,  if  he  will 
but  recognize  his  God-given  dominion,  thinking  the 
thoughts  and  speaking  the  words  which  embody  his  faith 
in  the  Almighty  Presence  and  cause  it  to  manifest  for  his 
benefit. 

Jesus  spent  much  of  his  time  in  the  wilderness  on  the 
bosom  of  God,  polarizing  by  prayer  and  affirmation  the 
power  of  the  Father,  that  enabled  him  to  overcome 
mighty  difficulties.  Miracles  have  always  followed  those 
who  have  made  their  life  a  song  of  praise  to  the  living 
God.  We  may  have  a  wonderful  mental  power,  and 
preach  the  highest  truth,  but  the  power  that  harmonizes 
and  heals  is  ours  only  when  our  mind  has  entered  the 


12  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

pure  ocean  of  bliss,  and  been  magnetized  by  contact  with 
the  positive  pole  of  Divinity.  Then  are  we  endowed  for 
the  time  being  with  the  power  of  the  Cause  of  causes,  and 
all  causes  obey  the  one  who  realizes  this  dominion. 
Again  and  again  must  one  retire  from  the  world  and 
unite  himself  with  the  source  of  power,  for  in  overcom- 
ing the  conflicting  vibrations  of  the  world-mind  the  soul 
is  constantly  in  need  of  the  omnipotent  Power  that  abides 
with  the  Father. 

^»  £fr  *t?& 

THOUGHT,  THE  SUPREME  REMEDY. 

Mental  Science  has  been  scorned  and  ridiculed  by  pul- 
pit and  press  for  many  years,  but  it  has  pushed  on  in  a 
victorious  march  against  the  solid  mass  of  the  world's 
ignorance,  gaining  adherents  by  demonstrating  the  power 
of  thought  to  cure  disease,  until  to-day  we  are  accorded 
a  place  and  a  power  in  the  land  as  a  healing  agency 
with  even  the  seal  of  approval  of  the  United  States  Su- 
preme Court. 

The  hundreds  of  thousands  of  "incurables"  who  have 
been  cured  by  the  application  of  the  principles  of  Mental 
Science  have  had  no  weight  as  evidence  witlj  the  scientific 
world,  but  the  same  Spirit  of  truth  that  has  inspired  so 
many  minds  with  the  knowledge  of  the  healing  power 
of  thought  has  been  active  in  leading  scientific  investiga- 
tors to  the  same  conclusions  from  experimental  evidence 
as  were  attained  through  intuitive  perception  by  the 
teachers  of  Mental  Science. 

Here  are  a  few  words  from  Prof.  Elmer  Gates  of  the 
Smithsonian  Institution : 

"I  have  discovered  that  bad  and  unpleasant  feelings 
create  harmful  products  in  the  body  which  are  physically 
injurious.     Good,  pleasant,  benevolent  and  cheerful  feel- 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  13 

ing^s  create  beneficial  chemical  products  which  are  physic- 
ally healthful.  These  products  may  be  detected  by 
chemical  analysis  in  the  perspiration  and  secretions  of  the 
individual.  I  have  more  than  forty  of  the  bad  and  as 
many  of  the  good.  It  is  found  that  for  each  bad  emo- 
tion, there  is  a  corresponding  chemical  change  in  the 
tissues  of  the  body,  which  is  life-depressing  and  poison- 
ous. Contrarywise,  every  good  emotion  makes  a  life- 
promoting  change.  A  noble  and  generous  action  blesses 
the  doer  as  well  as  the  beneficiary.  Every  thought  which 
enters  the  mind  is  registered  in  the  brain  by  a  change  in 
the  structure  of  its  cells.  The  change  is  a  physical  change 
more  or  less  permanent." 

The  following  article  brings  out  another  proof  of  the 
power  of  thought  over  the  digestive  tract.  It  gives  new 
weight  to  the  words  of  Solomon :  "Better  is  a  dinner  of 
herbs  where  love  is,  than  a  stalled  ox  and  hatred  there- 
with." 

Some  experiments  on  a  dog  concerning  the  effects 
of  personal  liking  for  various  kinds  of  food  on  the  diges- 
tion were  recently  made  by  a  well-known  scientist.  The 
results  are  curious  and  interesting. 

It  was  found  that  the  articles  of  diet  which  the  animal 
was  particularly  fond  of  met  with  a  great  flow  of  the 
gastric  juices  and  were  according  digested  better  and 
more  quickly.  For  purposes  of  observation  the  gullet 
of  the  dog  was  cut  in  sections  and  fixed  to  the  neck  so 
that  the  food  it  ate  fell  through.  The  stomach  of  the 
animal  was  also  divided  into  two  portions,  into  one  of 
which  no  food  was  allowed  to  enter,  the  other  being  sup- 
plied only  with  the  food  necessary  to  life. 

If  some  tempting  dainty  was  held  before  the  dog  and 
he  evinced  the  usual  signs  of  pleasure  in  the  expected 
treat,  it  was  noticed  that  at  once  the  stomach  juices 
sprang  into  play,  although  the  food  when  swallowed  did 
not  reach  the  stomach  at  all.  On  the  other  hand,  if  he 
was  fed  with  something  which  he  evidently  did  not  have 


14  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

any  preference  for  there  was  no  action  of  the  gastric 
fluid. 

Also,  more  curious  still,  when  food  was  introduced 
unknown  to  the  animal  into  the  working  half  of  his 
stomach,  it  lay  there  absolutely  dry  and  untouched  by 
the  digestive  juices  for  several  hours,  even  though  the 
food  were  of  the  most  digestible  sort. 

All  of  which  proved  conclusively  that  mere  thought 
or  favorable  brain  action  of  any  sort  concerning  the  food 
eaten  not  only  assisted  the  digestion,  but  partly  caused  it. 
Professor  Pawlow,  who  made  the  experiments,  thinks 
this  partly  at  least  explains  why  men  of  letters  are  often 
dyspeptic.  There  minds  are  busy  with  things  far  re- 
moved from  their  dinners  when  they  are  eating.  The 
connection  between  the  nerve  which  sends  the  important 
message  down  to  the  digestive  machinery  below  for  more 
oil  and  the  patient  engineer  of  nutrition  is  cut  off.  So 
when  unexpected  orders  for  deglutition  come  piling  in 
upon  them  they  are  not  ready  and  the  work  is  bungled. 
—New  York  Herald. 

When  you  stop  and  give  the  matter  a  little  thought 
you  cannot  doubt  the  power  of  thought  to  cause  or  cure 
disease.  Sorrowful  thoughts  will  cause  tears  to  flow  from 
the  eyes.  The  thought  of  eating  will  start  the  saliva  to 
flowing.  Lustful  thoughts  affect  the  vital  organs  in  the 
same  way,  and  when  they  are  habitually  prevalent  in  the 
mind  they  undermine  the  very  foundation  of  health  and 
happiness. 

All  the  investigations  of  the  world's  wisest  physicians 
have  not  brought  to  light  any  truth  of  greater  import 
to  the  race  or  of  any  greater  physiological  value  than 
contained  in  these  words  of  Paul:  "To  be  carnally 
minded  is  death ;  but  to  be  spiritually  minded  is  life  and 
peace." 

The  race  is  in  bondage  to  lustful  thoughts  and  pas- 
sions,  and  the   feverish   fires   of   false   desires   burn   so 


HEALING  CURRENTS.  15 

fiercely  in  the  natures  of  so  many  that  the  spring  of  he- 
redity is  polluted:  at  its  source,  and  children  are  born  into 
the  world  with  the  carnal  propensities  predominant,  un- 
fitted for  a  healthy  moral  manhood  by  a  mental  and  phys- 
ical nature  predisposed  to  all  diseases  which  spring 
from  the  scrofulous  taint.  Lust  is  the  root  cause  of  dis- 
ease and  pain  in  the  world,  but  anger,  hatred,  revenge, 
cruelty,  jealousy  and  others  may  be  named  as  doing 
very  much  to  create  a  hell  for  humanity  while  they  are 
in  the  flesh.  Any  healing  science  that  does  not  strive 
to  eliminate  these  forces  from  the  human  nature,  or  to 
transform  them  into  divine  forces,  is  incomplete  and 
unsuccessful  as  a  healing  agent,  because  these  are  the 
causes  of  pain  and  disease,  and  unless  the  cause  be  eradi- 
cated the  disease  cannot  be  entirely  dissolved  from  the 
system. 

There  is  a  power  that  is  ever  ready  to  save  human  kind 
from  the    sins    and    sufferings    of    ignorance.     Divine" 
Thought  is  the  power  which  will  heal  and  harmonize; 
every  mind  and  body  that  comes  entirely  under  its  sway^ 
and  dominion.    We  teach  of  the  Thought  of  God  which 
is  bringing  so  much  happiness  and  health  to  the  sinful 
and  suffering  at  the  present  time,  and  it  is  our  constant 
experience  that  pure,  loving  thoughts  are  charged  with 
the  healing,  invigorating  potency  of  the  Spirit  of  God, 
and  everyone  who  will  educate  his  mind  to  conform  to 
divine  purity  and  truth  will  find  the  power  of  God  which 
makes  for  health  and  happiness. 

Those  who  have  not  seen  some  wonderful  demonstra- 
tion in  their  own  lives  or  in  the  life  of  someone  very 
close  to  them  are  liable  to  become  discouraged  if  im- 
mediate results  do  not  manifest.  Remember  that  all  the 
force  of  your  past  thought  is  against  your  new  faith, 
and  that  you  are  just  beginning  to  tear  down  a  mental 


16  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

force  running  back  through  heredity  for  ages,  and  al- 
though the  Thought  of  God  is  all  powerful,  your  under- 
standing and  exercise  of  it  are  to  be  compared  to  those 
of  the  little  child  just  learning  to  walk;  the  obstacles  seem 
as  insurmountable  to  the  child  as  they  do  to  you,  but  with 
the  same  persistent  effort  you  will  gain  control  of  the 
powers  that  are  latent  in  your  will  and  thought,  and  will 
walk  upright  in  dominion  as  a  conquering  Soul  of  God. 

The  body  is  a  mental  organism  for  the  production  of 
thought  force,  and  a  certain  amount  of  thought  is  neces- 
sary to  insure  the  proper  action  of  its  organs.  The  ex- 
periment of  Professor  Pawlow  proves  that  thoughtful 
attention  will  aid  nature  in  her  processes. 

If  you  have  been  in  the  habit  of  eating  your  meals  with 
your  whole  thought  concentrated  on  business  schemes, 
you  will  understand  the  cause  of  your  indigestion.  The 
strenuous  mental  life  of  the  modern  business  or  profes- 
sional person  tends  to  project  all  the  mental  forces  out- 
side of  the  body,  consequently  the  physical  forces  go  on 
a  strike,  and  some  part  of  the  physical  organism  is  closed 
down  until  the  manager  of  the  body  is  compelled  to  give 
his  helpers  more  thought  and  attention.  The  same  con- 
dition is  apparent  in  Nostalgia  or  homesickness,  which 
was  a  frequent  cause  of  death  among  the  American  sol- 
diers in  the  war  with  Spain. 

Young  men  became  sick  with  longings  for  home,  until 
their  thoughts  seemed  to  live  back  in  their  distant  home 
among  their  friends,  and  in  consequence  all  their  organ- 
izing power  of  thought  was  projected  away  from  the 
body,  until  there  remained  not  enough  force  to  keep  the 
body  alive. 

The  persistent  use  of  the  mind  in  connection  with  ex- 
ternal things  must  be  followed  daily  by  just  as  persistent 
concentration  of  the  thought  into  the  body,  or  else  de- 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  17 

generation  of  the  flesh  and  inaction  of  the  physical  func- 
tions will  result. 

Appendicitis  is  one  of  the  results  of  lack  of  thought- 
force  in  the  flesh. 

Thought  infused  into  the  flesh  makes  it  positively 
healthy  and  resistant  to  disease.  There  is  absolutely  no 
need  for  anyone  to  have  appendicitis  if  he  keep  his  liver 
active  and  his  bowels  open  and  free  with  energetic 
thoughts  focused  into  the  body  daily. 

When  one  feels  the  first  symptoms  of  appendicitis  he 
is  apt  to  become  hypnotized  by  that  terrible  fear  which 
is  everywhere  prevalent  in  regard  to  this  disease,  and 
this  thought  alone  is  capable  of  paralyzing  all  the  heal- 
ing activity  of  the  bowels. 

The  bowels  should  first  be  purged.  If  your  thought 
has  not  gained  dominion  in  this  respect,  do  not  hesitate 
to  aid  nature  with  any  means  knowledge  has  placed  at 
your  disposal.  All  is  mind,  and  an  emergency  may  re- 
quire that  your  negative  body-mind  receive  a  stimulus 
from  some  of  the  more  tangible  expressions  of  the  uni- 
versal Mind.  Use  your  thought  with  all  its  intensity  to- 
ward infusing  the  spot  affected  with  intelligent  active 
energy.  Do  not  let  fear  enter  your  mind.  Have  faith 
in  the  healing  power  of  your  own  life,  and  know  that 
your  positive  faith  is  intensifying  the  healing  intelligence 
in  your  body  and  making  you  a  magnet  for  all  the  heal- 
ing life  pervading  the  universal  Mind  of  God.  Know 
that  the  Spirit  of  the  Almighty  Mind  is  flowing  into  your 
positive  thoughts  of  faith  and  making  them  alive  with  , 
healing  energy.  Repeat  over  and  over  to  the  latent  in-  f 
telligence  in  the  bowels :  "You  are  the  Spirit  of  Al-  J 
mighty  life  in  action.  The  Mind  of  God  is  powerful  to 
restore  harmony  to  all  these  parts."||  As  an  aid  to  cen- 
tering the  thoughts,  place  the  hands  on  the  part  you  are 


18  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

treating,  or  better  still,  rub  the  hands  in  opposite  direc- 
tions across  the  front  and  back  part  of  the  body.  This 
will  electrify  all  the  flesh  with  a  more  positive  energy. 

I  was,  a  few  years  ago,  saved  a  trip  to  the  hospital 
by  the  persistent  practice  of  the  above  method.  It  was  a 
well-defined  case  of  appendicitis,  and  it  did  seem  at  times 
that  I  had  met  my  Waterloo,  but  I  knew  that  I  must 
conquer  or  die  under  the  knife.  It  took  me  several  days 
and  nights,  but  I  conquered,  and  live  to  teach  the  chil- 
dren of  the  Father  that  within  their  nature  slumbers  a 
soul  power  from  God,  capable,  when  awakened  and 
expressed  through  thought,  of  recreating  and  restoring 
perfect  action  in  every  part  of  the  body. 

We  are  mental  creatures,  and  our  life  is  in  our  mind. 
Our  happiness  depends  on  our  state  of  mind.  Our  phys- 
ical conditions  exhibit  our  frame  of  mind,  and  we  can 
only  progress  in  life  and  create  a  proper  destiny  as  we 
cultivate  the  thinking  which  is  common  to  the  Mind  of 
God. 

Mind  is  positive  and  negative.  Mortal  mind  is  nega- 
tive— undeveloped.  The  God  Mind  is  positive — devel- 
oped in  wisdom. 

Whatever  thoughts  we  listen  to  or  speak  or  whatever 
thoughts  we  allow  to  remain  in  our  mind  will  bear  fruit. 

Condemnation,  envy,  prejudice  and  all  the  thoughts 
and  words  of  mortal  mind  are  negative.  They  are  noth- 
ing and  lead  to  nothing,  which  is  dissolution.  The  words 
of  truth  will  gain  the  mastery  over  all  the  beliefs  and  ex- 
pressions of  error,  for  these  are  negative  conditions  which 
the  positive  thoughts  of  truth  overcome. 

Beliefs  of  sin,  sickness  and  death  are  also  negative,  and 
we  can  free  ourselves  from  these  thoughts  by  denial  of 
them,  and  we  can  place  our  mind  in  unity  with  the  posi- 
tive pole  of  life  and  peace  by  the  affirmation  of  truth. 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  19 

We  are  one  with  the  almighty  goodness  of  God  now. 
Every  mind  lives  in  and  draws  its  life  from  the  Mind  of 
God,  and  all  can  and  will  grow  out  of  their  negative  be- 
liefs and  conditions  by  the  recognition  that  they  are  man- 
ifestations of  the  God  life,  and  all  can  think  the  thoughts 
of  God,  thus  growing  into  a  conscious  knowledge  and 
realization  of  His  presence  and  power. 

While  we  are  thinking  the  thoughts  of  the  world,  we 
are  living  in  mental  and  spiritual  darkness,  and  in  this 
state  of  mind  we  cannot  hope  to  enjoy  life  or  peace  or 
prosperity  from  God,  for  all  real  enjoyment  is  in  the  light 
of  truth.  An  abiding  satisfaction  flows  into  our  mind 
as  we  charge  it  with  the  thoughts  based  on  the  truth 
of  Infinite  goodness  and  love. 

We  have  no  power  or  substance  or  intelligence  but 
God  the  Good,  and  this  is  true  of  all  beings  and  all  things. 
This  is  the  saving  truth  that  frees  and  heals.  All  life  is 
good  and  full  of  healing  power. 

All  intelligence  is  good,  and  can  manifest  perfection. 
All  substances  are  good,  and  will  reveal  more  and  more 
that  they  are  intelligent  as  the  truth  about  them  is  recog- 
nized. 

Energize  these  thoughts  in  your  mind  by  repetition: 

I  am  living  the  life  of  eternal  peace,  for  my  life  is  one 
with  the  life  of  God,  which  is  peace. 

I  desire  to  think  only  the  thoughts  that  tend  to  life 
and  peace,  thus  uniting  myself  with  the  divine  source 
of  all  wisdom  and  love. 

I  know  that  I  am  the  mind  of  truth  expressing,  and  I 
think  and  feel  that  Almighty  Goodness  now  dominates 
all  my  world. 

The  Spirit  of  Goodness  is  omnipresent.  It  is  all  that 
I  need  or  want. 

I  do  not  place  any  thoughts  or  conditions  between  my- 
self and  God. 


20  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

Every  claim  that  I  make  that  is  opposite  to  the  Spirit 
of  Goodness  is  a  negation  of  my  eternal  life  with  God, 
and  hides  God  from  me.  God  can  do  all  things  for  me 
if  I  am  true  to  His  thoughts  and  have  His  faith,  which 
is  the  affirmation  of  the  Power  of  the  All-Good. 

I  am  life.     I  am  health.    I  am  joy.    I  am  prosperity,  j 
My  love  is  of  God  and  for  the  truth,  and  I  constantly  fill 
my  mind  with  positive  thoughts  of  truth,  which  create 
good  and  harmonious  conditions  for  me. 

There  is  only  One  Mind,  the  Mind  of  God,  full  of 
divine  life  and  intelligence  for  all,  overflowing  with  heal- 
ing love  and  uplifting  light. 

I  raise  my  mind  from  all  appearances  of  limitation 
to  the  consciousness  of  the  one  Omnipotent  Power  and 
affirm  that  I  am  the  recipient  of  all  its  goodness  and  love. 

I  negate  from  my  being  all  the  feelings  and  thoughts 
of  the  world,  and  individualize  the  thoughts  based  on  my 
unity  with  God  the  Good,  for  I  am  the  spoken  word  of 
Almighty  God,  and  I  manifest  His  intelligent  goodness 
now  and   forever. 

%&b  t&&  %&& 

HEALING  PEACE. 

This  treatment  will  place  you  in  touch  with  the  healing 
streams  that  flow  from  the  Celestial  Presence  of  Jehovah 
Jehovah. 

The  name  Jehovah — twice  repeated — relates  the  mind 
to  the  holiest  states  of  the  Divine  Mind.  The  mind  be- 
comes united  through  this  name  with  the  state  of  in- 
finite peace  wherein  abide  the  holiest  and  wisest  angels 
of  God,  and  through  this  telepathic  sympathy  there  vi- 
brate to  the  receptive  mind  holy,  peaceful,  healing  ema- 
nations,   which   harmonize   all   mental   disturbances   and 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  21 

bring  the  peace  that  passeth  mortal  understanding.  This 
name  may  be  used  effectively  whenever  and  wherever 
peace  is  desired,  for  self  or  for  others. 

Retire  from  the  world  when  you  can — after  your  daily 
duties  are  over — and  contemplate  the  healing  power  con- 
tained in  this  holiest  of  names.  When  you  desire  to  in- 
breathe the  emanations  that  come  from  the  use  of  this 
celestial  name,  put  all  mortal  thought  aside,  and  in  the 
utmost  meekness  and  humility  of  mind  bow  down  before 
the  Majesty  of  that  Mysterious  Power  that  resides  in  the 
angelic  spheres,  and  also  within  the  inmost  recesses  of 
your  soul,  and  your  spiritual  poverty  will  be  filled  from 
the  illimitable  fullness  and  boundless  love  of  the  Father. 
Praise  His  Holy  Name. 

From  a  meek  and  lowly  chamber  of  your  soul  there 
bubbles  forth  the  ethereal  waters  of  peace.  There  is  a 
region  within  you  akin  to  that  essential  realm  of  Jehovah 
Jehovah,  where  the  crystal  sea  of  Truth  is  stirred  by  the 
vital  breath  of  the  Infinite  One  and  the  murmuring 
waves  whisper  words  of  peace  and  everlasting  serenity. 

You  now  listen  to  the  voice  of  omnipotent  peace,  and 
the  ethereal  peace  of  the  Spirit  infuses  your  whole  nature 
with  the  harmony  of  heaven. 

The  crystal  Sea  at  the  root  of  your  soul  finds  your 
mind  meek  and  lowly  and  receptive  to  its  waters  of  peace 
that  gently  flow  into  your  mind  and  harmonize  your 
thoughts  with  heavenly  rest. 

The  ethereal  potency  of  the  peaceful  presence  of  Je- 
hovah Jehovah  is  now  permeating  your  whole  being,  and 
all  the  atoms  of  your  throat  and  lungs  obey  this  one  law 
of  peace  and  harmony. 

Healing,  soothing  peace  is  the  only  presence  and  the 
only  power  in  your  bronchial  tubes.  You  are  saturated 
with  the  healing  glory  of  Jehovah  Jehovah,  and  there  is 


22  HEALING    CURRENTS. 

no  cause  for  mental  or  physical  friction  in  this  Holy 
Presence. 

You  are  in  the  peaceful  glory  of  the  Infinite  One,  and 
there  cannot  be  anything  in  you  or  around  you  but  bound- 
less peace  and  love  and  harmony. 

There  are  no  mortal  minds  at  war.  All  is  infinite 
peace. 

There  is  no  bondage  to  lust  or  love.  All  is  eternal  har- 
mony. 

There  is  no  vanity  or  pride,  for  the  essential  Meekness 
reigns  supreme  in  all. 

All  the  cells  of  your  nature  rejoice  in  the  free  light  of 
boundless  peace,  and  inbreathe  the  peaceful  vitality  of 
Eternity. 

Glory  to  Jehovah  Jehovah  for  the  healing  peace  from 
the  exalted  spheres  of  heavenly,  harmonious  Love.  All 
is  Peace. 

4?*  (5*  d?* 

WE  GROW  LIKE  THAT  WHICH  WE  STUDY. 

Noted  throat  specialists  have  died  of  ailments  of  the 
throat,  insanity  experts  have  become  as  mad  as  their  pa- 
tients, and  tuberculosis  students  have  often  succumbed  to 
the  tiny  germ  of  consumption.  He  who  studies  the 
power  of  disease  will  find  disease  and  death  creeping  over 
his  whole  organism,  and  he  who  gives  his  attention  to 
the  power  of  life  will  find  the  power  that  transforms  him 
into  health  and  perfection. 

We  are  all  mind.  We  live  in  an  ocean  of  mind,  and 
we  are  each  a  polarizing  center  capable  of  drawing  into 
our  being  any  quality  of  mind  we  may  desire  to  incor- 
porate. 

Looking  at  the  universe  from  the  physical  standpoint, 
it  is  a  vast  ocean  of  matter  or  negative  mind.    This  ocean 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  23 

of  living  force  is  constantly  in  flux,  like  the  water  that  is 
part  of  one  whirlpool  one  minute  and  the  next  has  gone 
to  form  a  gigantic  wave.  So  the  atoms  of  negative  mind 
are  building  up  one  body  to-day,  and  to-morrow  that 
body  has  disintegrated  and  those  same  atoms  have  gone 
to  form  another  body.  The  planet  is  one  center  of  force, 
and  the  trees  and  animals  and  our  bodies  are  still  other 
centers  organized  for  the  time  being  from  the  substance 
of  the  universe.  But  if  all  this  force  is  constantly  in  flux, 
and  not  bound  by  any  ties  other  than  the  attraction  of  the 
moment,  what  is  it  that  holds  our  bodies  and  the  bodies 
of  all  things  in  the  form  in  which  they  appear?  It  is 
here  that  we  see  the  power  of  the  invisible  cause,  the  at- 
tractiveness of  that  positive  center  of  mind  that  draws 
around  itself  a  body  of  physical  atoms.  We  see  that  the 
positive  invisible  pole  of  being  has  power  over  the  world 
of  visible  effects. 

The  organized  form  of  positive  mind  is  the  positive 
pole  of  attraction.  The  positive  mind  of  the  plant  has 
learned  to  polarize  atoms  into  the  beautiful  form  of  ver- 
dure. The  mind  of  the  plant  is  organized  from  the  in- 
finite Spirit  of  life,  and  it  has  dominion  over  the  atoms 
of  negative  substance,  and  it  is  developing  a  still  stronger 
power  by  this  process  of  organizing  forms,  so  that  after 
it  has  accomplished  all  that  it  can  with  one  form,  it  will 
have  gained  the  wisdom  to  organize  a  still  higher  and 
more  complex  form  of  life.  We  are  polarizing  as  much 
of  life  as  we  understand,  and  as  we  understand  more  we 
will  use  our  powers  of  mind  to  organize  into  form  the 
deeper  realities  of  the  Spirit  of  truth. 

The  complexity  of  the  form  will  depend  upon  the 
power  of  the  mind  back  of  the  form  which  is  holding  it 
in  organization.  Its  quality  will  also  be  determined  by 
the  quality  of  the  mind  that  does  the  polarizing.    This 


24  HEALING  CURRENTS. 

is  illustrated  by  the  fact  that  no  two  people  get  the  same 
benefit  from  like  foods.  What  is  nourishment  for  one 
man  is  poison  for  another.  You  may  feed  two  persons 
the  same  quantity  of  meat  per  meal;  one  will  grow  fat 
while  the  other  remains  as  thin  as  a  greyhound.  One 
has  attributes  of  mind  which  find  and  attract  to  them- 
selves corresponding  chemicals  in  the  meat,  and  the  other, 
not  having  the  mental  qualities  that  are  nourished  by  a 
meat  diet,  will  not  build  up  on  that  substance. 

It  has  been  noted  that  those  who  study  the  heavens  live 
to  a  goodly  age.  The  mind  of  the  astronomer  opens  up 
to  the  unfolding  spaces  of  infinitude,  with  their  teeming 
world  systems,  and  in  searching  out  the  meaning  of  it  all 
he  imbreathes  some  of  the  Spirit  of  truth. 

Minds  centered  upon  the  cares  of  the  world,  and  busy 
with  the  small  duties  of  life,  need  to  be  opened  by  study 
and  contemplation  to  the  grandeur  of  the  great  God 
whose  marvelous  presence  is  manifest  in  all  the  laws 
and  forms  of  the  universe.  Students  should  seek  that 
instruction  which  opens  the  mind  to  the  mighty  spirit 
of  life.  This  is  necessary,  that  the  mind  may  receive 
new  life  and  the  power  to  manifest  life  in  endless  abunj 
dance. 

Says  the  voice  of  truth:  "I  am  come  that  ye  might 
have  life,  and  have  it  more  abundantly."  The  truth  re- 
veals the  life  which  was  always  here  but  which  we  did 
not  recognize.  And  our  recognition  opens  up  our  mind 
to  receive  of  its  blessing.  Recognition  grows  into  faith, 
and  faith  builds  up  the  mental  forces  that  polarize  life. 

As  we  walk  through  the  park  or  in  the  woods  we 
should  know  that  the  contact  of  our  feet  with  the  ground 
is  giving  us  of  the  magnetic  vitality  of  Mother  Nature. 
The  air  is  filled  with  invigorating  vitality,  the  sun  is 
pouring  its  mighty  life  into  our  being,  and  the  beauty  and 


HEALING  CURRENTS.  25 

grace  of  God  manifest  in  it  all  are  giving  us  a  mag- 
netic, mental  and  soul  treatment  that  ought  to  tune 
our  mind  to  infinite  life  and  health.  We  are  healed 
because  it  is  the  presence  of  God  that  we  recog- 
nize. Let  us  contemplate  the  beauty  and  power  of  the 
God-presence  that  is  all  and  in  all,  and  we  will  be  har- 
monized by  its  mighty  harmonies  and  feel  the  thrill  of  the 
divine  consciousness  pervading  our  being.  We  will 
grow  like  that  which  we  study. 

It  has  been  discovered  that  the  perfume  and  color  of 
roses  will  soothe  the  nerves  and  often  cure  a  headache. 
To  conoentrate  the  mind  upon  one  of  these  forms  of  na- 
ture's beauty  and  grace  brings  our  nature  into  unity  with 
the  Spirit  of  universal  nature,  which  is  the  Presence  of 
God.  Each  one  of  nature's  forms  is  a  key  to  the  king- 
dom of  life,  of  beauty  and  of  endless  wisdom.  All  forms 
are  but  the  physical  manifestation  of  spiritual  entities, 
and  these  spiritual  entities  or  minds  are  drawing  their  in- 
telligence and  power  from  the  infinite  source.  They  are 
the  One  infinite  intelligence  made  manifest,  so  we  can  say 
that  nature  as  a  whole  is1  a  form  of  God.  If  we  will  ex- 
amine any  of  the  forms  of  life  we  will  come  in  touch 
with  a  wisdom  and  skill  so  profound  that  our  deepest 
thinking  cannot  compass  it.  And  we  as  organized 
beings  stand  at  the  head  of  all  nature's  manifesta- 
tions. We  already  have  dominion  over  the  negative 
mind  of  nature.  The  fact  that  our  spiritual  nature  has 
organized  this  form  and  has  the  power  to  hold  it  in  life 
and  to  give  activity  to  all  its  functions  proves  that  we  are 
endowed  with  dominion.  Now  we  are  coming  to  the  con- 
sciousness that  our  thought  has  built  the  character  that 
is  the  invisible  pattern  upon  which  our  flesh  is  woven, 
and  that  our  thought,  rightly  cultivated,  can  increase  our 
organizing  power.     Our  thought  can  make  for  us  a  body 


26  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

of  health  or  a  body  of  pain.  Let  us  study  the  mighty  life 
within  and  all  about  us,  that  our  thoughts  may  be  filled 
with  the  breath  of  the  divine  Spirit,  and  our  bodies  re- 
newed and  reformed  into  living  images  of  health  and 
perfection. 

Thousands  of  chronic  ailments  have  been  healed  in 
those  who  desired  health  and  knew  that  they  could  get 
it  through  study  of  the  New  Thought  literature.  The 
desire  for  healing  and  the  constant  study  of  the  heal- 
ing words  opened  their  nature  to  the  omnipotent  life  that 
is  always  seeking  to  image  forth  its  own  likeness  of  in- 
finite health  and  perfection.  The  Holy  Spirit  of  God 
never  ceases  its  healing  ministrations.  If  we  do  not 
know  of  its  goodness  and  mercy,  we  cannot  have  faith  in 
its  operation,  and  without  knowledge  of  the  transform- 
ing power  we  cannot  be  receptive  to  its  influx,  because 
it  flows  through  our  knowledge  into  our  body.  The 
more  knowledge  we  have  of  spiritual  realities,  the  more 
vibrant  our  mind  becomes  with  the  living  Breath  of 
heaven,  and  joyous  vitality  from  the  streams  of  eternal 
life  bubbles  up  within  us  and  fills  us  with  the  conscious- 
ness of  unity  with  the  Father,  so  that  we  rejoice  per- 
petually in  the  knowledge  of  the  Presence  and  Power  of 
our  God. 

Jt      £       £ 

HEALING  TREATMENT  FOR  THE  EYES. 

I  know  the  seeing  power  resident  within  my  eyes  can 
overcome  every  limitation  of  my  flesh. 

I  have  faith  in  the  perfect  intelligence  which  sees 
through  my  eyes. 

My  vision  is  corrected  by  the  living  presence  of  Jesus 
Christ. 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  27 

The  presence  of  Jesus  Jehovah  within  my  soul  is  my 
purity  and  perfection.  My  vision  is  not  limited  by  any 
lustful  thoughts  and  feelings.  I  am  cleansed  and  purified 
of  all  hereditary  and  race  lusts  by  the  Holy  Spirit. 

Every  atom  of  my  eyes  and  optic  nerves  is  intelligent 
and  obedient  to  the  law  of  perfect  formation,  manifest- 
ing the  beauty  and  grace  of  divine  perfection. 

I  will  that  my  eyes  shall  manifest  the  perfect  seeing 
power  of  the  Spirit. 

I  am  the  clear,  unlimited  sight  of  God.  I  will  manifest 
my  perfect  sight. 

I  know  that  the  almighty  power  of  perfection  is  pres- 
ent within  my  soul  and  my  soul  infuses  every  atom  of  my 
body.  I  will  make  every  atom  so  positive  with  my  words 
of  faith  that  only  perfection  can  come  into  expression. 

I,  as  a  soul  of  God,  have  unlimited  seeing  ability. 

I  have  faith  that  my  awakening  soul  will  reorganize  the 
structure  of  my  eyes.  My  soul  has  the  intelligent  ability 
which  enables  it  to  refocus  the  lens  in  my  eyes  so  that  I 
see  all  objects  distinctly  and  clearly.  My  soul  is  NOW 
readjusting  the  focus  of  my  eyes. 

I  patiently  and  trustingly  wait  upon  the  Spirit  within 
my  soul,  and  give  it  the  strength  of  my  faith  while  it  is 
readjusting  the  lens  and  creating  perfect  vision. 

FATHER!  I  thank  Thee  that  my  prayer  of  faith  is 
heard,  that  my  thoughts  of  perfect  faith  are  sown  in  the 
substance  of  my  eyes,  and  shall  bear  fruit  in  perfect 
sight,  to  the  glory  of  Thy  indwelling  Spirit. 

The  experience  of  many  who  have  demonstrated  over 
near  and  far  sightedness  and  other  defects  of  the  eyes 
has  proved  conclusively  that  in  the  mind  is  the  organizing 
power  which  shapes  the  structure  of  the  eyes.  All  that 
remains  to  be  done,  then,  is  the  persistent  concentration  of 


28  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

this  thought  power  long  enough  to  bring  the  desired  re- 
sult. Failure  is  due  to  lack  of  faith  in  this  power,  or 
lack  of  sufficient  desire  to  inspire  the  continued  practice 
of  the  method  until  results  are  manifest.  This  is  the  law. 
Results  will  prove  when  it  has  been  fulfilled. 

(,5*  ^5*  ^?* 

MAN'S  RELATION  TO  THE  UNIVERSAL  MIND. 

The  universe  is  one  vast  Mind,  expressing  itself  in 
all  the  manifold  forms  of  vitality  and  intelligence. 
There  are  two  poles  to  this  great  Mind — positive  and 
negative — for  it  is  a  mighty  magnet  of  living,  attractive 
force.  And  if  we  gain  a  comprehension  of  the  law  of 
attraction  that  radiates  out  from  the  positive  pole  of  life, 
holding  suns  and  systems  of  suns  as  well  as  man  and 
every  atom  of  created  life  in  obedience  to  its  one  law ;  if 
we  understand  this  law  of  life,  we  shall  know  how  to 
fulfill  the  law  in  order  to  progress  to  the  highest  attain- 
ments ;  how  to  overcome  every  obstacle  to  the  success  of 
our  endeavors. 

The  sun  of  our  solar  system  is  the  positive  pole  of  at- 
traction, which  holds  the  negative  planetary  spheres  sub- 
ject to  its  controlling  influence,  and  radiates  to  all  planets 
the  vibrations  which  we  sense  as  light  and  heat.  The 
sun  in  turn  is  negative  and  obedient  to  the  influence  of 
some  more  positive  sun  of  magnetic  force,  a  mightier 
center  which  regulates  the  movement  of  solar  systems. 

And  yet  this  vast  physical  universe  of  created  worlds 
and  suns  is,  as  a  whole,  but  the  negative  pole  of  the  Mind 
of  God.  It  is  the  lowest  degree  of  expression  of  that 
Great  Mind.  It  is  the  most  inert  or  negative  condition  of 
mind  possible.     The  name  matter  should  not  be  applied 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  29 

to  this  universal  physical  substance,  because  the  word  is 
used  to  express  the  idea  of  deadness  or  absence  of  life, 
and  there  is  not  an  atom  in  all  the  universe  utterly  devoid 
of  vitality  or  intelligence.  All  is  Mind,  an  intelligent 
Mind  evolving  and  expressing  more  and  more  of  its 
dormant  energy  in  all  substance.  Progression  is  natural 
to  all  life. 

We  have  grown  to  our  present  state  of  positive  intel- 
ligence through  long,  hard  experience,  so  that  it  is  well 
for  us  now  to  acquaint  ourselves  with  the  aspect  of  the 
positive  pole  of  Mind,  the  source  of  all  happiness,  health 
and  prosperity.  Therefore  we  turn  our  attention  from 
the  plane  of  forgetfulness  to  the  plane  of  endless  con- 
sciousness. 

The  positive  pole  of  Mind  is  the  individualization  and 
revelation  of  all  the  qualities  and  attributes  of  the  Eter- 
nal Being.  It  is  the  Great  I  Am,  the  unceasing  affirma- 
tion and  expression  of  all  the  love,  wisdom  and  power 
of  the  Infinite  Unknown.  It  is  the  Great  Sun  of  God, 
forever  radiating  intelligence  and  life  to  all  planes  of 
Mind,  to  all  worlds  and  all  beings. 

These  radiations  of  mental  energy  from  the  Sun  of 
God  fill  the  objective  heavenly  realms  with  the  glory  of 
divine  love  and  wisdom,  flowing  out  through  all  states  of 
the  universal  mind  until  they  reach  the  limit  of  the  orbit 
cf  evolution,  when  they  commence  to  individualize,  evolve 
and  progress  back  to  their  source  through  crystal,  veg- 
etable, animal  and  human  forms,  until  the  human  mind 
and  the  Divine  Mind,  blend  in  conscious  unity,  and  the 
mortal  realizes  the  immortality  of  the  Sons  of  God.  So 
we  see  that  the  origin  of  all  is  God,  and  that  all  forms 
and  minds  are  manifestations  of  God,  evolving  slowly  but 
surely  the  latent  possibilities  of  vitality  and  intelligence 
within  them,  until  they  become  gods,  with  the  conscious 


30  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

ability  to  mold  their  life  and  destiny  as  they  will,  thus 
manifesting  the  will  of  God. 

Now  for  the  practical  application  of  these  thoughts. 
We  are  compelled  to  progress  from  negative  to  positive 
continually  through  the  experience  we  gain  in  the  bat- 
tle for  existence,  but  if  we  are  willing  to  learn  the  laws 
of  mind  and  apply  them  constantly  in  working  life's 
problems,  we  shall  develop  more  rapidly  in  intelligence, 
and  we  shall  realize  the  happiness  and  success  that  come 
from  fulfilling  the  divine  laws. 

The  positive  pole  of  the  thinking  individual  is  that 
controlling  power  of  the  mind  which  affirms,  I  am,  I 
will.  This  is  the  magnetic  core  to  which  everything  of 
the  nature  responds. 

Man  is  a  magnet,  an  epitome  of  the  Great  Magnet,  and 
through  his  positive  pole  he  can  appropriate  and  indi- 
vidualize somewhat  of  all  the  qualities  and  powers  of  the 
whole,  for  this  power  of  affirmation  unites  him  to  the 
positive  pole  of  the  Divine  Mind  and  enables  him  to  draw 
from  this  Radiant  Center  everything  that  he  may  need 
for  the  expansion  and  growth  of  his  own  nature. 

There  is  no  limit  to  the  supply.  It  is  equal  to  the  de- 
mand, and  manifests  for  man's  use  when  he  understands 
how  to  appropriate  through  the  exercise  of  the  magnetic 
power  of  his  mind.  He  must  know  that  the  positive  pole 
of  all  Being  is  the  real  center  of  his  own  being,  the  Im- 
age into  whose  Likeness  he  is  gradually  growing.  By 
identifying  himself  with  the  qualities  which  radiate  from 
this  mighty  center,  and  affirming  them  for  his  own  being, 
as  the  qualities  that  belong  to  all  intelligence,  latent  or  de- 
veloped, he  will  build  up  the  positive  forces  of  mind  that 
will  overcome  every  negative  condition  of  body  or  affairs. 

Failure,  sickness  and  misery  are  not  real  forces ;  they 
are  not  positive  elements,  but  the  lack  of  such ;  they  are 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  31 

the  result  of  negative  conditions  of  the  mind,  and  are  in- 
dications of  a  lack  of  vitality  or  knowledge. 

The  intelligence  in  the  nature  strives  of  itself  to  over- 
come diseased  conditions,  to  remove  irritating  obstruc- 
tions, and  to  eliminate  poisons  from  the  system.  This  is 
recognized  by  physicians,  who  give  remedies  merely  to 
aid  nature  in  her  work. 

If  the  intelligence  of  the  nature  can  produce  health, 
then  if  this  bodily  intelligence  is  intensified,  greater  heal- 
ing powers  will  result.  The  mind  can  polarize  the 
needed  vitality  and  intelligence  and  draw  it  into  bodily 
expression  from  the  radiations  that  fill  the  mind  of  the 
world,  by  the  mental  affirmation,  I  am  Life,  I  am  Intel- 
ligence, I  am  filled  with  the  Healing  Power  of  the  Mind 
of  God. 

The  clouds  of  misery,  fear  and  discouragement  can 
likewise  be  dissolved  from  the  mind  by  lifting  it  from 
these  negative  thought  currents  into  the  positive  cur- 
rents of  joyous  life,  strength  and  unfaltering  courage 
through  affirming,  I  am,  I  know  I  am,  and  there  is  noth- 
ing greater  than  I  am.  My  mind  is  filled  with  the  light 
and  happiness  of  true  thinking,  and  I  inspire  faith  and 
courage  with  every  breath  I  breathe. 

The  mind  may  in  this  way  be  educated  to  a  strong  and 
substantial  faith  in  its  own  powers ;  it  will  realize  that 
success  is  a  positive  attribute  of  intelligence,  and  it  should 
work  and  study  unceasingly  to  individualize  intelligence 
by  this  mental  culture  until  the  whole  character  is 
changed.  Then  it  will  feel  the  strength  and  power  to 
carry  all  its  designs  into  successful  execution. 

Prosperity  will  attend  the  mind  that  realizes  that  all 
material  things  are  subject  to  its  influence  when  it  lives 
up  to  this  truth.  This  will  be  demonstrated  as  the  mind 
casts  out  all  beliefs  of  lack  or  want,  and  is  trained  to 


32  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

know  that  I  am  success.  I  am  prosperity.  I  am  a 
mighty  magnet  for  money.  I  draw  to  myself  every- 
thing that  I  desire  to  make  my  life  comfortable  and 
complete.  I  will  manifest  the  vitality  and  intelligence 
of  God,  and  enjoy  health,  happiness  and  prosperity  in  all 
my  ways, 

sjw  &3*  Jw 

YOU   ARE   POWER! 

Tremendous  energy  and  power  are  stored  in  your  soul, 
more  than  enough  for  every  physical  need.  By  con- 
tinuous affirmation  you  can  bring  this  power  into  mani- 
festation. The  patient  affirmation  of  truth  continued  with 
persistence — with  conviction  that  all  you  desire  will  be 
accomplished — is  the  power  of  faith  to  bring  about  all 
good.    Here  are  some  rousing  statements : 

I  am  a  soul  organized  of  the  potencies  of  the  living, 
eternal  God.  I  call  all  my  soul  power  into  action  to 
quicken  all  my  organs,  and  reorganize  my  body  into  an 
image  of  health  and  perfection. 

God  is  the  power  that  works  through  my  soul  to 
quicken  and  purify  and  spiritualize  my  flesh.  My  soul  is 
the  power  that  polarizes  the  atoms  and  holds  my  body  in 
form  according  to  the  mental  pattern.  I  am  not  bound 
by  any  mortal  or  spiritual  limitations.  I  do  not  condemn 
myself  to  grossness.  The  race  beliefs  of  the  deadness 
and  grossness  of  matter  and  flesh  are  dissolved  from  my 
mind.  There  is  no  deadness  or  sluggishness  in  my  flesh. 
It  is  alive  throughout  every  organ  and  atom  with  mental 
energy  and  intelligence.  I  will  arouse  the  dormant  powers 
of  my  soul  and  so  infuse  my  body  with  new  life  and  in- 
telligence that  every  particle  will  tingle  and  thrill  with 
the  vitality  and  health  of  Almighty  God.  I  am  all  mind. 
My  body  will  respond  to  everv  thought  and  feeling  cen- 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  33 

tered  in  it.  I  will  cultivate  the  force  and  negative  intelli- 
gence in  my  flesh  until  it  becomes  responsive  and  active, 
until  it  becomes  living  thought  energy,  and  obeys  the  will 
of  my  soul.  I  will  infuse  all  the  life  and  power  of  my 
immortal  soul  into  my  flesh.  I  MUST  be  quickened  and 
spiritualized.  I  MUST  vibrate  with  life.  The  intelli- 
gence latent  in  every  organ  must  be  aroused  to  operate 
in  divine  harmony  for  the  health  of  the  whole  body.  I 
bless  every  internal  organ  with  the  cleansing  activity  of 
the  Spirit  of  God,  which  pours  through  my  soul  into  my 
mind  and  fills  the  blood  with  the  cleansing  waters  of  life. 
Read  these  statements  over  a  number  of  times  daily, 
and  pick  out  someone  for  special  emphasis.  The  mighty 
power  of  God  is  in  and  all  around  you  awaiting  your 
word  of  appropriation.  You  can  speak  words  of  truth 
until  verily  your  whole  nature  will  be  the  vibrating  Word 
of  power  manifesting. 

t»7*  «5*  !(?• 

POSITIVE  AND  NEGATIVE  MIND. 

The  mental  healer  works  upon  the  theory  that  All  is 
Mind;  that  every  object  in  existence  is  an  individualized 
form  of  the  Universal  Mind  in  one  degree  or  another  of 
development  or  evolution ;  that  the  human  mind  is  the 
highest  type  of  evolved  intelligence,  and  that  it  can  ex- 
press more  and  more  of  health  and  perfection  through 
appropriation  of  the  qualities  of  the  Divine  Mind,  of 
which  it  is  a  self-conscious  expression. 

Consistent  with  this  premise  the  body  is  viewed  as 
mind  also,  negative  mind  to  be  sure,  but  a  substance 
potential  with  vitality  and  intelligence,  every  cell  of  which 
is  capable  of  manifesting  perfection  and  of  acting  in  har- 
mony with  every  other  cell  toward  the  health  and  per- 
fection of  the  whole. 


34  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

This  places  the  human  being  in  the  aspect  of  a  living 
battery  of  mental  energy,  the  thought  power  being  the 
positive  pole  and  the  flesh  the  negative  pole ;  and  through 
the  constant  action  of  the  thought  power  the  individual 
is  polarizing  the  thought  substance  from  the  universal 
Mind,  and  the  body  responds  to  the  thought  power  and 
organizes  the  cells  to  conform  to  the  characteristics  of  the 
mental  qualities  individualized.  In  other  words,  the 
character  of  the  individual  is  expressed  in  every  cell  of 
his  nature,  because  the  character  of  mind  polarizes  and 
qualifies  the  bodily  cells. 

It  is  the  constant  action  of  the  mental  forces  of  the 
human  magnet  that  produces  all  the  involuntary  actions 
of  digestion,  breathing,  heart-pumping,  etc.,  and  holds 
the  nature  in  active  organization.  When  either  pole 
of  the  battery  is  injured  the  whole  being  suffers  in  con- 
sequence. 

The  mental  healer  understands  that  diseased  conditions 
of  the  patient  are  often  visible  expressions  of  discordant 
mental  action,  the  embodied  effect  of  some  of  the  pa- 
tient's thoughts;  and  through  his  thought  power — which 
is  transferable  from  one  human  battery  to  another,  as 
electric  impulses  are  sent  through  space  without  wires — 
the  healer  seeks  to  inspire  the  patient's  mind  with 
thoughts  that  will  counteract  the  effect  already  produced 
and  cause  a  new  physical  effect  of  a  more  perfect 
character. 

It  is  seen  that  the  germ  theory  of  disease  does  not  con- 
tradict this  teaching  of  mental  causation,  when  it  is 
remembered  that  the  basic  principle  of  this  Science  is: 
All  is  Mind,  and  all  thoughts  seek  embodiment  in  organ- 
ized form.  For  instance,  the  parasite  of  cancer  is  a 
certain  quality  of  thought  individualized ;  the  thought  is 
the  positive  pole  and  the  germ  form  the  negative  pole  of 
that  particular  type,  as  of  all  types  of  mental  energy,  and 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  35 

the  quality  of  mind  productive  of  cancerous  conditions 
may  be  handed  down  from  parent  to  child,  passive  in 
one  generation  and  active  in  the  next. 

These  germs  are  at  most  but  negative  forms  of  uncon- 
scious or  undeveloped  mind,  and  they  can  be  entirely 
overcome  by  the  positive  thought  of  the  mind  that  rec- 
ognizes its  own  power. 

All  so-called  matter  is  a  storehouse  of  potential  life 
and  energy;  it  is  the  intelligence  and  power  of  the  uni- 
versal Mind  crystallized  and  at  rest:  it  is  the  embodi- 
ment of  the  mighty  forces  and  energies  of  the  God  Mind ; 
it  is  the  negative  pole  of  the  battery  of  life,  and  every 
power  and  quality  of  the  divine  Mind  will  be  found  ex- 
pressed in  the  visible  nature  of  God. 

All  the  remedies  used  by  the  physicians  are  forms  of 
mental  energy,  and  their  quality  and  power  are  more 
positive  than  the  diseased  conditions  they  counteract  and 
overcome. 

The  mental  healer  applies  a  positive  thought  force  to 
the  mind  of  the  patient,  and  through  the  mind  it  acts  on 
the  mind's  organization,  while  the  physician  applies  a 
negative  form  of  thought  to  the  body,  from  which  it  re- 
acts on  the  mind.  One  works  on  the  positive  pole  and  the 
other  on  the  negative  pole  of  the  individual,  and  both  get 
results  equal  to  their  intelligent  efforts. 

Both  methods  are  good  and  serviceable  according  to 
the  development  of  the  individual.  The  best  results  will 
not  be  accomplished  by  flying  to  the  one  extreme  of  look- 
ing to  the  Spirit  and  ignoring  the  needs  of  the  body  en- 
tirely, nor  by  going  to  the  other  of  applying  the  physical 
elements  needful  toward  the  healing,  but  not  recogniz- 
ing the  mind  which  organizes  these  elements  and  pro- 
duces the  perfect  result. 

Man  is  a  composite  entity,  having  a  body,  soul  and 
spirit  that  relate  him  to  the  Body,  Soul  and  Spirit  of 


36  HEALING    CURRENTS. 

God,  or  the  Grand  Universe,  and  he  must  use  discrimi- 
native knowledge  if  he  would  keep  himself  adjusted  and 
in  harmony  with  the  Whole. 

When  the  human  mind  is  consciously  in  unity  with 
the  Mind  of  God,  and  illumined  by  the  principles  of  di- 
vine knowledge,  every  fact  that  has  ever  been  discovered 
will  glorify  God  and  reveal  the  action  of  the  Mind  of  God 
in  every  sphere  of  existence,  and  in  every  atom  of  so- 
called  matter.  When  viewed  from  the  exalted  standpoint 
of  the  One  Great  Mind,  all  the  facts  which  the  scientific 
investigators  have  discovered  will  coincide  and  agree  with 
all  the  revelations  that  have  dawned  upon  the  intuitive 
perceptions  of  man. 

Man  will  evolve  to  that  condition  of  mastery  over  his 
physical  nature  where  he  will  escape  all  the  ills  of  the 
flesh  and  many  other  ills  beside,  when  he  gains  the 
knowledge  of  his  unity  with  the  divine  Mind,  and  realizes 
that  he  can  individualize  those  potent  qualities  of  mind 
which  image  forth  the  likeness  of  the  divine  Being;  that 
he  can  have  perfect  health  and  perfect  happiness  only  by 
having  a  perfect  divine  character. 

Man  must  understand  that  the  currents  of  his  thinking 
qualify  the  blood  and  nerve  currents,  which  control  and 
feed  every  organ,  muscle  and  fiber  of  his  complex  phys- 
ical organism,  and  that  there  lies  within  his  mental 
grasp  the  power  to  control  every  action  of  his  nature. 
Through  the  wonderful  action  and  reaction  of  his  posi- 
tive and  negative  mind,  backed  up  by  the  Universal  In- 
telligence, the  processes  of  life  have  been  going  on  un- 
consciously, and  the  human  mind  has  not  realized  that  it 
was  the  cause  of  all  its  discordant  conditions,  and  could 
just  as  easily  cause  harmonious  conditions. 

The  body,  the  negative  pole  of  the  human  battery,  is 
responding  every  instant  to  the  thoughts  that  are  gen- 


HEALING    CURRENTS.  37 

erated  by  the  positive  pole,  and  as  the  mind  becomes 
more  intelligent  and  more  conscious  of  its  power,  it  will 
grow  more  positive  and  infuse  the  flesh  with  its  positive 
intelligence,  giving  it  vitality  and  strength  to  overcome 
every  diseased  condition. 

Man  is  not  only  ignorant  of  his  unity  with  the  uni- 
versal Mind,  but  he  is  also  busily  engaged  in  thinking 
thoughts  that  do  not  conform  to  divine  ideas,  nor  ex- 
press the  qualities  which  characterize  the  thoughts  that 
emanate  from  the  positive  pole  of  the  divine  Mind ;  he  is 
generating  thoughts  of  lust,  hatred,  condemnation,  fear, 
malice,  selfishness,  revenge,  cruelty,  jealousy  and  envy, 
which  come  into  physical  expression  as  a  host  of  abnor- 
mal bodily  conditions.  All  such  thoughts  are  mortal  and 
tend  toward  disease  and  the  disintegration  of  the  hu- 
man magnet.  They  produce  currents  which  cross  with 
the  currents  of  life  and  health  and  destroy  the  electro- 
magnetic machine,  while  the  thoughts  of  the  divine  Mind 
— purity,  love,  praise,  courage,  power,  joy,  freedom,  suc- 
cess, and  good  will — are  immortal  and  filled  with  the  life 
eternal;  they  are  most  positive  and  have  the  power  to 
convert,  transform  and  reorganize  all  the  mortal  and  neg- 
ative thoughts  and  resultant  conditions  into  health,  har- 
mony and  happiness. 

As  all  space  is  filled  with  the  electric  fluid,  which  only 
becomes  manifest  though  the  dynamo  which  generates 
it,  so  in  like  manner  the  whole  of  Immensity  is  irradiant 
with  the  beneficent  healing  Thought  of  the  Divine  Mind 
— the  Holy  Spirit — which  will  come  into  action  by  being 
polarized  to  the  positive  pole  of  the  human  magnet. 

This  mighty  Mind  of  God  is  manifesting  its  love,  wis- 
dom and  power  throughout  the  whole  of  its  vast  crea- 
tion ;  it  is  individualizing  its  thought  wherever  there  is 
form  or  life,  and  inspiring  all  creatures  with  the  great 


38  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

vital  impulse  which  causes  them  to  progress  in  the  on- 
ward and  upward  movement  of  evolution,  from  the  pole 
of  negative  or  undeveloped  mind  to  the  positive  pole  of 
conscious  life  and  intelligence. 

(£•  tt?*  *?• 

HOW  TO  PRACTICE  MENTAL  HEALING. 

The  central  attraction  of  the  New  Thought  has  been 
the  great  fact  of  its  healing  power.  There  has  come  a 
mighty  wave  of  New  Thought  into  the  mind  of  the  race 
which  has  brought  with  it  a  merciful  vitality  for  the 
strengthening  of  the  weak,  the  healing  of  the  sick  and  the 
soothing  of  all  pain.  The  Angel  of  Goodness  is  stirring 
the  pool  of  life  and  all  who  will  may  have  health  and 
peace  in  overflowing  abundance. 

If  you  are  seeking  health,  physical,  mental  or  spiritual, 
it  is  essential  first  of  all  that  you  thoroughly  grasp  this 
fact,  that  you  are  all  mind  through  and  through  from 
soul  to  physical  atoms.  You  believe  that  you  are  part 
mind  and  part  matter;  that  part  of  your  nature  is  intel- 
ligent and  the  rest  is  inert  and  unresponsive,  except  to 
powerful  drugs  and  stimulants.  But  the  fact  of  the  mat- 
ter is,  every  nerve  and  muscle  and  atom  is  responsive  to 
the  action  of  your  mind.  You  are  organized  intelligence. 
You  are  all  mind.  You  have  been  in  the  habit  of  think- 
ing that  all  the"  mind  you  had  was  situated  in  your  brain. 
To  be  sure,  your  brain  is  the  most  positive  center  of  men- 
tal action,  and  from  its  substance  you  generate  the  con- 
scious thought  that  inspires  and  affects  every  negative 
center  in  your  body.  If  you  but  stop  to  think,  you  will  ac- 
knowledge that  there  is  an  instinctive  intelligence  oper- 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  39 

ative  in  the  involuntary  action  of  your  heart  and  lungs, 
and  even  in  every  organ  of  your  body.  There  is  wisdom 
expressed  in  the  adaptation  of  every  bone  and  muscle  and 
organ  to  its  proper  uses.  And  this  wisdom  is  a  creative 
intelligence  constantly  operative  in  your  physical  organi- 
zation. You  know  your  will  has  dominion  over  matter, 
for  your  will,  operating  through  your  arm,  can  move  an 
inert  object.  Now  that  same  mental  force  which  acts 
through  your  will  to  lift  a  heavy  weight  into  the  air,  or 
to  walk  your  one  or  two  hundred  pounds  of  flesh  the  dis- 
tance of  a  mile  or  more,  is  the  same  mind  that  is  organ- 
izing and  reorganizing  every  part  of  your  body,  and  it  is 
this  mental  force  that  can  be  educated  to  heal  your  body 
and  keep  you  in  health.  You  have  misdirected  this  won- 
derful force  and  it  has  caused  you  sickness  and  pain. 

If  you  have  been  fearful  of  God  or  man  or  the  devil, 
you  have  congealed  the  secretions  and  by  your  fearful 
thoughts  retarded  the  action  of  some  physical  function. 
You  should  learn  of  the  love  that  overcomes  all  fear. 
Heavy  charges  of  electricity  will  burn  out  the  wires  and 
connections  in  an  electric  battery,  and  if  you  consider  that 
your  organization  is  a  mental  battery,  you  will  not  be  sur- 
prised that  heavy  charges  of  anger  paralyze  the  delicate 
nerve  wires  and  burn  out  brain  cells  in  such  abundance 
that  mental  action  is  no  longer  possible.  Passion  will 
poison  the  blood  and  destroy  digestion.  Fright  has  been 
known  to  turn  the  hair  white  in  a  single  night,  and  ex- 
cessive joy  has  so  affected  the  whole  organization  as  to 
cause  sudden  death. 

Woven  into  your  mind  are  all  the  false  beliefs  and 
feelings  of  the  race,  which  are  the  real  causes  for  all  men- 
tal and  physical  tribulations.  The  true  philosophy  of  life 
will  correct  these  and  unite  you  to  the  fountain  of  ever- 


40  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

lasting  life  and  love  from  which  will  bubble  forth  a  joy- 
ous life  and  strength  sufficient  for  every  need. 

The  second  point  of  importance  for  you  to  understand 
is  the  marvelous  fact  that  thoughts  are  forces  endowed 
with  an  intelligence  which  enables  them  to  be  directed 
to  accomplish  what  you  will,  in  your  body  or  in  the  body 
of  a  friend.  As  angels  of  mercy  and  love  are  sent  out 
from  the  Almighty  Presence  to  carry  blessings  to  human- 
ity, so  from  your  mind  are  sent  out  thoughts  endowed 
with  your  quality  of  intelligence,  which  go  forth  to  cause 
peace  or  pain  wherever  they  may  be  sent.  You  have 
probably  not  realized  the  importance  of  that  truth  which 
says  that  God  gave  man  dominion  over  everything  less 
positive  than  himself.  "Ye  are  gods,"  said  David  and 
Jesus.  You  have  been  endowed  by  the  Almighty  with 
dominion  over  every  negative  state  of  your  body-mind. 
The  will  power  which  you  have  received  from  your 
Father  is  creative  in  potency,  and  you  can  create  health 
and  happiness  by  working  in  unity  with  the  love  and 
wisdom  of  God. 

Disease  and  pain  are  the  results  of  a  lack  of  strength 
Lor  intelligence  in  the  inharmonious  organ.  You  can  con- 
sciously increase  the  force  and  intelligence  in  every  organ 
of  your  body  by  thinking  of  the  organ  as  an  intelligent 
thing  and  blessing  it  with  your  mental  power  of  thought. 
Take  the  heart  for  instance.  You  know  that  mental  ex- 
citement or  fear  will  increase  or  disturb  the  heart's  action. 
If  the  heart  is  weak  in  action,  speak  strength  to  it  in  this 
way :  "I  am  strong  and  courageous,  and  I  fill  you  with 
my  strength  and  courage.  (It  is  not  necessary  to  repeat 
the  words  aloud.)  You  are  organized  life  and  intelli- 
gence. You  are  active  with  the  life  of  God,  and  there  is 
nothing  to  limit  your  strength  and  power."    Repeating 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  41 

such  words  constantly  will  develop  strength  in  the  weak- 
est heart  and  cause  it  to  do  its  duty  without  a  murmur. 
The  bodily  organs  are  like  children  or  animals ;  they  ap- 
preciate love  and  attention.  We  are  thinking  so  much  of 
external  things  that  all  our  thought  force  is  spent  outside 
of  the  body,  and  when  we  do  think  of  any  particular  or- 
gan it  is  with  a  fear  or  condemnation  that  it  will  not  do 
its  duty.  Such  thoughts  go  into  the  organ  thought  of 
and  work  to  limit  its  action.  Every  time  we  think  or 
speak  of  our  weakness  or  limit  in  thought  the  action  of 
any  bodily  function,  we  are  actually  tearing  down  the 
strength  and  power  of  our  organization.  We  must  un- 
derstand that  as  children  of  the  Almighty  we  are  en- 
dowed with  all  power  and  intelligence,  and  that  we  limit 
or  expand  our  powers  by  the  action  of  our  own  mind.  If 
we  build  a  mind  of  faith  in  the  Presence  and  Power  of 
God  in  our  midst,  our  faith  lays  hold  of  and  brings  His 
divine  life  and  intelligence  into  operation.  And  likewise, 
if  we  place  any  limit  upon  our  own  abilities,  whether  in 
the  ability  to  manifest  health  or  success  in  any  department 
of  life,  just  in  that  degree  do  we  limit  the  action  of  the 
Almighty  in  our  behalf.  God  is  glorified  in  glorifying 
His  children ;  in  making  of  them  gods  in  his  own  image 
and  likeness  of  health,  perfection  and  success.  "Be  ye 
perfect  even  as  your  Father  in  heaven  is  perfect,"  is  the 
command. 

The  mind  can  construct  or  destroy.  Good,  harmonious 
thoughts  full  of  love  and  praise  are  constructive.  Vin- 
dictive, pessimistic,  angry  and  critical  thoughts  are  de- 
structive. Prof.  Elmer  Gates  of  the  Washington 
Smithsonian  Institution  has  constructed  a  breath-con- 
denser which  will  reveal  poison  in  the  exhalations  from 
the  lungs  of  an  angry  person.    It  is  known  to  the  medical 


42  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

profession  that  mothers  have  poisoned  their  babies  and 
caused  them  to  die  in  convulsions  by  nursing  them  after 
a  fit  of  anger. 

This  destructive  power  of  the  mind  can  be  used  con- 
sciously to  dissolve  abnormal  growths  from  the  body.  I 
defy  any  false  growth  to  withstand  the  dissolving  thought 
focused  upon  it  by  a  persistent  mind.  Say  to  any  such 
growth  as  often  as  possible,  "my  body  is  the  temple  of  the 
living  God,  and  you  have  no  right  to  destroy  this  temple 
or  to  create  imperfection.  I  dissolve  you  by  the  potency 
of  my  concentrated  will." 

An  organ  in  pain  can  be  soothed  as  you  would  comfort 
and  harmonize  a  child.  Do  not  forget  that  the  organ  is 
as  intelligent  as  any  animal,  and  as  responsive  to  a  harsh 
or  pleasant  word.  "I  bless  you  with  the  love  of  my  soul, 
which  harmonizes  all  your  nerves  and  atoms."  Such 
blessings  will  create  harmonious  conditions.  If  your 
blood  is  impure,  think  in  this  manner:  "I  am  a  pure 
spring  flowing  from  the  Fountain  of  Divine  Life.  My 
blood  is  cleansed  and  purified  by  the  Holy  Spirit  that 
glorifies  all  my  life.  My  heart  is  cleansed  of  all  impure 
thoughts  and  feelings,  and  I  am  at  peace." 

Dormant  activities  can  be  aroused  by  persistently 
thinking  toward  the  organ  or  organs :  "You  are  the 
Spirit  of  Life  in  action.  You  are  filled  with  joyous  active 
life,  and  you  love  to  fulfill  the  will  of  my  soul  in  making 
life  manifest." 

Many  have  overcome  indigestion  of  long  standing  by 
repeating  over  and  over:  "I  have  within  me  the  power 
from  God  which  is  able  to  digest  and  assimilate  anything 
that  I  may  choose  to  put  into  my  stomach.  My  stomach  is 
a  living  dynamo  of  life  and  energy  capable  of  doing  its 


HEALING    CURRENTS.  43 

perfect  duty.  My  stomach  enjoys  its  work  and  loves  to 
assimilate  the  good  life  in  all  things." 

These  are  but  a  few  of  the  many  processes  that  may 
be  used.  Each  case  requires  thoughtful  attention  and 
much  confidence  upon  the  part  of  the  one  using  the  heal- 
ing thought.  If  confidence  is  not  aroused  after  a  few 
trials,  you  should  not  lose  faith  in  the  methods,  but  should 
seek  a  teacher  who  can  help  you  to  that  state  of  confi- 
dence in  your  own  powers  which  is  but  latent  and  inactive 
from  lack  of  recognition  and  exercise. 

That  part  of  the  New  Thought  healing  which  seems 
to  border  on  the  realm  of  the  miraculous  is  the  operation 
of  one  mind  over  another  mind  and  body  situated  at  a  dis- 
tance. It  is  based  upon  the  knowledge  that  minds  are 
not  distinct  or  separate,  but  are  surrounded  and  united  in 
One  Universal  Mind,  of  which  each  one  is  an  organized 
part.  We  are  all  living  in  an  invisible  ocean  of  Mind, 
and  through  this  ocean  our  thought  waves  proceed  to  the 
one  to  whom  they  are  directed,  just  as  the  waves  of  elec- 
tricity vibrate  out  from  the  transmitter  o>f  a  Marconi  in- 
strument to  the  receiver  situated  at  a  distance  of  thou- 
sands of  miles.  As  it  is  possible  to  send  electric  messages 
through  space  without  wires,  so  may  we  send  the  more 
highly  refined  electricity  of  thought  from  one  human  bat- 
tery to  another,  no  matter  how  far  apart  they  may  be.  In 
treating  patients  living  at  a  distance,  the  same  process 
may  be  used  as  in  treating  oneself,  except  that  the  name 
of  the  patient  should  be  repeated  mentally  about  seven 
times  previous  to  talking  to  the  part  of  the  body  to  be 
healed. 

It  should  be  remembered  that  the  physical  body  is  or- 
ganized by  an  invisible  power  which  is  composed  of 
thought  substance.    Our  invisible  character  is  a  real  form 


44  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

and  force  independent  of  its  physical  envelope.  The  char- 
acter is  the  positive  organizing  mind  and  the  body  is  the 
negative  mind  obedient  and  responsive  to  the  action  of 
the  more  positive  entity.  It  is  through  your  character 
that  all  life  and  action  express  in  your  physical  body,  and 
your  character  determines  its  quantity,  quality,  also  how 
successful  your  life  will  be.  Character  forms  or  limits 
life.  So  the  real  basis  of  all  true  mental  or  physical 
healing  is  character  building.  Now  this  invisible  charac- 
ter— this  invisible  part  of  you — which  is  so  potent  in 
weaving  physical  substance  into  grotesque  or  beautiful 
physical  forms,  into  diseased  or  healthy  forms  of  life,  is 
a  bundle  of  thoughts  and  feelings  crystallized.  As  you 
have  organized  your  character  by  your  constant  thinking, 
and  thus  created  the  cause  for  your  present  physical  con- 
dition, so  by  your  thinking  you  can  recreate  and  trans- 
form your  character  and  change  all  the  expressions  of 
your  body  into  new  and  more  beautiful  texture.  If  you 
have  piled  false  thoughts  and  impure  desires  one  upon 
the  other  to  cause  an  unhealthy  mind  and  body,  you  can 
begin  now  to  use  your  thoughts  to  dissolve  the  mental 
building  of  the  past,  and  work  your  mind  just  as  per- 
sistently in  forming  a  character  that  will  be  composed  of 
pure  emotions  and  true,  generous  thoughts.  A  mind  that 
is  in  the  consciousness  of  the  Almighty  Goodness  and 
Love  of  the  Father,  having  naught  but  blessings  for  every 
soul  of  God,  feeling  only  kindness  and  good  will  toward 
even  the  meanest  criminal,  will  glorify  its  earthly  temple 
with  the  very  Spirit  of  God,  and  be  transfigured  into  the 
image  of  the  divine  Perfection,  as  was  Jesus  the  God- 
Man.  And  we  all,  with  perception  open  to  the  living  truth, 
beholding  the  divine  Love,  may  be  transformed  into  the 


HEALING    CURRENTS.  45 

same  image  from  glory  to  glory,  even  as  by  the  Spirit  of 
the  Lord. 

We  must  open  our  eyes  to  see  that  the  physical  uni- 
verse is  the  body  of  the  infinite  and  eternal  God,  and  if 
we  comprehend  how  our  mind  pervades  and  affects  every 
part  of  our  body,  we  will  grasp  the  truth  that  the  omnip- 
otent mind  of  God  is  present  in  every  part  of  His  Grand 
Body. 

We  are  surrounded  and  pervaded  by  His  loving  Pres- 
ence, which  is  eternal  life  to  all  who  awake  to  this  fact. 
We  cannot  escape  from  God.  We  are  organized  from 
His  Mind  and  Substance,  and  as  quickly  as  we  recog- 
nize that  we  can  have  all  of  the  Good  we  can  accept  and 
make  manifest,  we  will  begin  to  draw  upon  the  inexhaust- 
ible Source  for  all  the  life,  health,  prosperity  and  satisfac- 
tion we  need.  We  should  build  our  faith  strong  in  the 
truth  that  the  Almighty  is  for  us,  and  nothing  of  evil  can 
overcome  us  or  make  us  forget  that  there  is  only  omnip- 
otent Goodness  in  us  and  all  about  us.  It  is  in  those  who 
are  apparently  evil,  but  they  have  not  been  taught  of  the 
divine  Presence,  and  the  condemnations  of  mortals  help  to 
keep  hidden  the  germ  of  divinity  that  slumbers  within 
them.  They  are  misdirecting  the  good  life  and  energy 
with  which  the  Father  so  bountifully  supplies  them,  be- 
cause they  lack  knowledge  of  how  to  use  and  apply  their 
forces,  and  nothing  will  save  them  from  their  ignorance 
and  sin  but  the  knowledge  of  the  truth  of  their  own  unity 
with  the  Father. 

It  is  very  important  for  us  to  know  that  we  grow  like 
that  which  we  study.  If  we  keep  before  our  mind  the 
beauty  and  perfection  of  the  character  of  Jesus  Christ, 
we  will  find  our  souls  attracted  more  and  more  to  that 
divine  ideal,  until  the  same  love  which  he  had  and  has 


46  HEALING    CURRENTS. 

at  the  present  time  for  humanity  will  be  kindled  within 
us,  and  we  shall  know  that  we  all  are  of  one  kindred  and 
have  but  one  Father,  even  God.  The  most  perfect  and 
permanent  healing  is  only  attained  by  the  perception  of 
this  grand  truth  and  the  awakening  of  the  soul  to  the 
realization  of  the  mighty  love  of  God.  This  Christ-love 
must  endow  us  with  a  feeling  of  universal  fellowship  with 
all  souls  as  children  of  the  one  Father ;  we  must  feel  to- 
ward all  just  as  Christ  felt,  if  we  would  be  healed  by  His 
transforming  love.  The  Christ  Spirit  yearns  to  heal  and 
prosper  all  souls,  but  unless  it  can  find  entrance  and  ex- 
pression through  our  souls  as  love,  its  purpose  is  limited 
so  far  as  we  are  concerned. 

I  have  studied  all  the  modern  theories  promulgated 
for  the  healing  of  the  sick,  and  for  ten  years  I  have 
done  nothing  else  but  practice  the  teachings  of  the  New 
Thought,  and  I  wish  to  give  as  a  word  of  guidance  to  all 
who  may  be  seeking  for  the  healing  power,  either  for 
self-benefit  or  for  the  healing  of  others,  that  the  living 
personal  Christ  is  the  repository  of  all  wisdom  and  all 
healing  love,  and  the  one  who  will  look  to  Him  con- 
stantly and  draw  upon  Him  continually  for  the  healing 
influx  will  find  an  exaltation  of  the  spiritual  nature  and 
an  indwelling,  heavenly  bliss  which  will  bring  a  culmina- 
tion of  all  desires  and  satisfy  the  mind  with  the  con- 
sciousness of  an  immortal  heritage  that  even  death  can- 
not overcome. 

Study  the  New  Thought  and  expand  your  mind  with 
its  healing,  freeing  truth,  for  it  will  free  you  from  many 
misconceptions  about  God  and  man ;  it  will  bring  you  up 
to  date  in  your  thought,  for  when  rightly  taught  it  unites 
the  latest  revelations  of  religion  and  the  latest  discoveries 
of  science  into  one  glorious  truth.    But  while  you  are  edu- 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  47 

eating  your  head  in  this  religious  truth,  keep  your  heart 
very  close  to  the  loving  Heart  of  God,  the  personified 
Presence  of  the  Father  from  whom  streams  the  healing 
love  and  life,  without  which  you  are  never  any  more  than 
a  mortal,  but  living  and  expressing  which  you  are  a 
radiant,  healthy  Soul  of  God. 

t^*  t^*  (^* 

THE  TRUE  WAY. 

There  is  but  one  manner  of  life  on  this  plane  that  will 
bring  satisfaction  to  the  soul  and  enable  it  to  express  its 
powers  in  an  ever-ascending  degree  through  its  physical 
temple,  and  that  is  the  devotional  life.  The  life  that  is 
entirely  consecrated  and  devoted  to  the  God  of  love  and 
truth  keeps  the  door  open  for  the  entrance  of  His  inspir- 
ing Presence,  and  fulfills  all  the  divine  laws,  attaining 
while  incarnate  a  greater  growth  and  expression  of  its 
powers,  carrying  away  from  its  earthly  embodiment  a 
power  and  wisdom  that  make  it  a  Godlike  being  in  the 
realms  of  eternal  life  and  bliss. 

You  need  to  keep  your  mind  open  toward  the  God  of 
heaven  by  speaking  the  word  of  exalted  truth  to  all  parts 
of  your  mind  and  body  with  intensity  and  devotion. 

It  is  the  intense  devotion  and  love  of  the  whole  nature 
turned  in  one  direction  that  polarize  the  Presence  and 
Power  of  eternal  truth.  Rouse  up  your  spiritual  powers 
by  using  these  statements  daily. 

My  soul  is  awakened  and  illuminated  by  the  presence 
and  power  of  Jesus  Jehovah.  My  soul  is  glorified  by  the 
light  and  glory  that  transfigured  the  living  Christ. 

My  soul  is  radiant  with  the  everlasting  power  of  God 
and  I  am  satisfied  to  express  this  power  from  day  to  day. 


4S  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

My  soul  is  regenerating  harmoniously,  peacefully  and 
satisfactorily.  His  mighty  Glory  folds  me  round  and 
holds  me  in  eternal  peace.  The  eternal  power  is  with  me. 
The  eternal  Presence  is  guiding  me  in  the  path  of  wisdom 
and  peace.  The  illuminating  life  of  the  Christ  is  born 
within  my  soul  and  all  my  nature  rejoices  with  glad  praise 
and  thanksgiving  that  the  Lord  of  heaven  and  earth  has 
taken  up  His  abode  within  His  holy  temple.  The  Lord 
IS  IN  His  holy  temple.  Let  all  the  earth  keep  silence  be- 
fore Him. 

Glory  to  God  in  the  Highest,  Peace  on  earth,  Good  will 
toward  men. 

«5*       ^*       c5* 

A  GENERAL  HEALING  TREATMENT. 

Retire  by  yourself  and  study  and  meditate  upon  these 
thoughts.  When  the  mind  is  filled  with  them,  lie  down 
and  relax  the  body  and  mind,  that  the  healing  power  may 
operate  freely.    Practice  daily  an  hour  or  more. 

0  Thou  omnipresent  Master  of  all  forms  called  life, 
I  am  one  with  Thee;  I  am  Thee  embodied  and  expressed, 
and  Thee  I  praise  for  my  life  and  all  of  life's  blessings. 

My  soul  is  a  living,  radiant  form  of  Life;  a  glorious, 
intelligent  individualization  of  the  universal  life  and  spirit 
of  God. 

My  soul,  my  real  everlasting  self,  is  alive  in  God,  and 
every  cell  and  organ  and  function  of  my  body  is  infused 
with  the  living,  intelligent  power  of  my  soul.  I  am  alive 
with  the  life  of  God. 

1  am  filled  with  the  invigorating  vitality  of  everlasting 
life. 

I  am  an  expression  of  the  most  positive  healing  po- 
tency in  existence,  and  my  recognition  that  I  am  life 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  49 

itself  thrills  my  whole  nature  with  the  divine  healing 
energy. 

I  am  invigorated  and  healed  by  the  everlasting  pres- 
ence of  the  living  God. 

Pain  cannot  exist  in  any  part  of  my  nature,  because  the 
merciful  soothing  power  of  life  is  now  satisfying  every 
cell  with  the  oil  of  joy.  The  joyous  sunshine  of  life 
penetrates  into  every  part  of  my  being,  and  with  glad 
understanding  I  affirm : 

I  am  life,  joyous  life ;  I  am  peaceful,  perfect  life. 

I  feel  that  I  am  united  to  the  universal  life  and  power 
of  God,  and  all  His  joyous  strength  is  focused  in  my 
nature,  making  me  so  positive  with  His  perfect  energy 
that  all  disease  and  pain  are  overcome  and  transformed 
into  harmony  and  perfection. 

I  am  in  tune  with  infinite  life  and  peace. 

My  brain  polarizes  the  intelligence  and  wisdom  of  life. 
All  the  faculties  of  my  soul  find  free  expression  through 
the  sensitive  substance  of  my  brain. 

My  sex  nature  is  pure,  holy  life,  free  from  all  condem- 
nations of  sin  or  impurity.  These  organs  generate  un- 
limited vitality  and  strength,  sufficient  for  all  my  needs. 
They  generate  the  fluids  which  build  me  a  strong  posi- 
tive brain  and  vital  nervous  system.  I  am  divine  crea- 
tive energy. 

My  heart  is  filled  with  the  peace  and  love  of  the  Christ 
life,  and  I  am  satisfied.  My  heart  cannot  be  overcome 
by  fear  or  any  oppressive  feeling,  for  it  is  strong  with' 
the  love  of  life,  and  my  blood  is  enriched  and  vitalized 
with  the  goodness  and  purity  of  life. 

All  Is  Life.  There  is  no  lack  of  happy  healing  life. 
I  inspire  life  with  every  breath,  and  my  lungs  appropri- 
ate the  ozone  and  oxygen  of  life,  which  feed  my  blood 


50  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

with  the  exhilarating  manna  of  the  sun-blessed  atmos- 
phere. 

My  stomach  is  a  battery  of  digestive  force  and  energy, 
constantly  assimilating  food;  it  rejoices  in  the  task,  for 
it  is  an  intelligent  digestive  magnet  for  all  the  elements 
that  the  body  requires.  I  am  the  digestive  energy  of 
almighty  Life. 

I  recognize  that  all  my  organs  are  infused  with  my 
soul  intelligence,  and  all  are  conscious  of  their  duty  and 
work  together  for  the  health  and  harmony  of  my  or- 
ganism. 

The  free,  cleansing  Spirit  of  life  flows  freely  through 
my  bowels,  and  their  operations  are  not  hindered  by  any 
conservative  thoughts,  for  I  do  not  withhold  the  free 
mercy  of  God  from  any  creature. 

My  liver  is  the  activity  of  life ;  energized  with  positive, 
active  intelligence. 

I  recognize  that  every  atom  of  my  spleen  is  intelligent, 
living  substance,  obeying  the  soul's  purpose  in  my  phys- 
ical economy. 

I  praise  the  power  of  endless  life  and  activity  in  my 
kidneys,  and  know  that  they  are  the  peaceful,  perfect 
substance  of  life,  ever  active  in  cleansing  my  nature  from 
all  impurities. 

I  can  outgrow  and  overcome  every  weakness,  for  I  am 
a  magnet  for  the  vitality  that  fills  all  space.  I  am  con- 
stantly drawing  in  the  vitality  from  the  all-pervading  life 
of  God  in  nature;  and  I  praise  Thee,  O  Thou  all-wise 
and  all-loving  presence,  that  Thou  art  imparting  to  me 
the  power  of  Thy  mighty  life  which  enables  me  to  out- 
grow every  defective  and  inharmonious  condition,  and  I 
realize  the  dominion  and  happiness  imparted  from  Thy 
indwelling  presence  in  the  soul. 

Glory  to  God  for  the  healing,  perfecting  power  of  life. 
All  Is  Life. 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  51 

These  words  may  not  seem  true  when  they  are  first 
read,  but  by  constant  repetition  they  will  create  a  strong 
faith  in  the  power  and  presence  of  life,  which  will  allow 
the  Spirit  of  life  to  come  into  expression. 

"My  words  are  spirit  and  they  are  life,"  says  the  Spirit 
of  life  in  Christ,  and,  "if  a  man  keep  my  words  he  shall 
never  see  death." 

Faith  can  be  created  by  the  wonderful  power  of  the 
word  of  truth,  and  through  faith  the  healing  power  of 
God  can  come  into  manifestation. 

c5*        v*        <5* 

HOW  TO  CONCENTRATE. 

The  way  to  overcome  outside  thoughts  is  to  cultivate 
your  own  thinking  power  by  systematic  effort.  Have 
some  special  studies  that  are  interesting  to  you,  and 
carry  them  with  you,  and  use  them  as  a  means  of  con- 
centration; that  is,  read  them  over  and  over  whenever 
you  wish  to  build  your  mental  power. 

You  must  build  up  a  spiritual  body  of  thought  for 
yourself,  by  thinking  truths  over  and  over  until  they 
become  part  of  your  mind.  And  you  will  become  so  posi- 
tive in  truth  that  you  will  feel  only  the  vibration  of  truth, 
and  nothing  else.  But  this  is  a  practice  that  must  be 
made  the  work  of  a  lifetime.  The  fruitage  from  it  will 
be  a  spiritual  body  that  shall  grow  and  develop  in  power 
and  dominion  throughout  all  the  progressions  of  spiritual 
life. 

The  Spirit  flows  into  the  body  only  through  the  chan- 
nels of  one's  thinking.  In  the  Thought  or  Spirit  of  God 
there  is  unlimited  healing  and  transforming  power,  and 
as  the  mind  is  exalted  to  feel  and  think  as  God  thinks 


52  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

and  feels,  the  thought  power  which  creates  perfection  be- 
comes the  inspiration  of  the  body,  and  the  negative  mind 
of  the  body  evolves  into  an  image  of  its  peace  and  perfec- 
tion, making  visible  the  God-idea. 

The  mind  lives  in  and  senses  through  every  nerve  of 
the  body.  The  will  of  the  mind  is  done,  consciously  or 
unconsciously,  in  every  particle  of  physical  substance; 
thus  you  see  your  body  is  responsive  to  mental  force. 
And  as  your  mind  is  attuned  to  the  Mind  which  prevails 
in  the  order  and  harmony  of  the  universe,  the  atoms  of 
your  nature  will  obey  the  infinite  law  which  planets  and 
suns  obey,  and  will  manifest  the  harmony  and  health 
which  is  the  natural  expression  of  God's  perfect  life. 
There  is  life  in  unlimited  abundance.  There  is  in- 
telligence and  power  sufficient  for  every  need,  and  you  are 
given  the  free  will  to  use  and  organize  all  the  potencies 
of  the  Divine  Mind  in  the  building  of  a  temple  of  health 
that  shall  fulfill  your  ideal  and  make  your  understanding 
of  the  goodness  and  power  of  the  Father  visible  to 
mortals. 

t£w  c$*  &» 

WONDERFUL   POSSIBILITIES. 

The  transcendent  force  called  thought  links  the  human 
organism  to  the  inmost  source  of  power,  and  endows  man 
with  the  ability  to  overcome  the  limitations  of  matter. 
And  where  does  this  wonderful  force  of  thought  origi- 
nate?    It  originates  in  matter. 

We  gain  a  new  conception  of  the  latent  God  power 
crystallized  in  matter  when  we  realize  the  fact  that  mat- 
ter is  the  mother  of  thought. 

In  the  history  of  the  evolution  of  the  world  we  read 
that  the  nebulous  fire-mist  crystallized  into  a  planet  of 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  53 

solid  rock.  Through  the  aeons  of  time  the  solid  rock 
evolved  from  its  substance  all  the  forms  of  life  and  all 
the  forms  of  intelligence  with  which  the  planet  is  graced 
at  the  present  time.  Think  of  it,  from  the  rock  man  has 
come.  All  the  glory  and  beauty  and  intelligence  in  the 
world  were  stored  as  a  possibility  in  that  ancient  granite 
sphere.  Does  it  not  awaken  within  us  a  new  sense  of  the 
presence  of  power — of  Omnipotence — to  think  of  the  vast 
possibilities  of  life  and  intelligence  stored  within  the 
simplest  lump  of  clay  ?  We  call  it  dirt.  We  tread  under 
foot  with  the  feeling  of  repugnance  the  mother  of  all 
our  forces  and  faculties,  and  do  not  recognize  her  unlim- 
ited possibilities  as  the  very  nature  of  omnipotence,  of 
God. 

Truly  we  are  awaking  to  a  wonderful  vision  of  the 
presence  of  God,  as  all  and  in  all.  Even  material  science 
has  begun  to  recognize  that  what  was  believed  to  be 
dead,  inert  matter,  crystal  or  metal,  has  the  attribute  of 
sensation.  So  the  truth  long  promulgated  by  Mental 
Science  that  All  is  Mind  is  now  being  demonstrated  as 
fact  by  the  conservative  science  of  material  phenomena. 

Thought  is  matter  in  motion.  Thought  is  the  most  re- 
fined, the  most  potent  activity  of  matter.  The  organism 
of  man  is  the  product  of  the  progressive  evolution  of  mat- 
ter; from  this  most  complex  organization  is  born  the 
sublime  product  called  thought,  that  imponderable  spir- 
itual power  which  transcends  the  laws  of  negative  ex- 
istence. 

In  man  matter  becomes  self-conscious  and  intelligent. 
Omnipotence  has  evolved  itself  to  self-conscious  man- 
hood. The  utmost  capacity  of  mortal  understanding 
cannot  comprehend  what  the  deific  principle,  omniactive, 
has  already  accomplished.  How  shall  we  grasp  the 
wonders  that  lie  before  us  in  the  unfolding  future?    We 


54  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

now  know  that  matter  is  undeveloped  mind ;  that  the  at- 
tributes and  potencies  of  Deity  slumber  in  matter. 

Through  the  ages  of  evolution  every  type  of  animal 
has  added  a  little  more  development  to  the  brain  sub- 
stance; we  are  gradually  increasing  our  thought-pro- 
ducing capacity.  The  brain  is  of  finer  texture  and  the 
nervous  system  is  more  complex  in  the  human  than  in 
the  animal  form.  The  force  generated  in  the  brain  and 
present  in  all  the  nerves  is  the  thinker  and  the  doer — the 
personality. 

Every  active  creature  is  a  demonstration  of  the  power 
of  mind  over  matter.  The  lifting  of  the  hand  is  the  rev- 
elation of  the  power  of  thought  over  matter.  We  have 
been  exercising  dominion  over  our  flesh  without  being 
conscious  of  the  fact  and  without  realizing  the  possibili- 
ties of  conscious  control  in  that  very  dominion. 

The  body  is  a  chemical  battery  for  the  generation  of 
mental  energy.  The  seminal  fluid  is  the  essence  of  all 
the  chemical  elements  in  the  food.  From  it  develop 
brain  and  nerve  cells ;  from  it  is  also  generated  by  the 
mysterious  alchemy  of  life  the  most  spiritual  and  re- 
fined powers  of  mind.  Animals  and  men  have  progressed 
with  the  development  of  the  brain,  and  the  brain  has  de- 
veloped from  the  conserved  vital  fluid,  which  has  served 
as  a  basis  for  new  mental  structure  and  a  greater  capac- 
ity for  thought.  Having  come  to  the  recognition  of  the 
truth  that  I  am  all  mind,  that  every  cell  of  the  body  has 
the  capacity  for  intelligent  action  and  is  responsive  to 
the  will,  I  desire  to  cultivate  this  latent  mind  of  the  flesh, 
so  that  my  will  shall  be  done  throughout  my  whole  men- 
tal organization.    How  shall  I  proceed? 

It  is  essential,  first  of  all,  that  there  be  no  waste  of  the 
seminal  fluid,  for  this  is  the  matter  from  which  thought 
force  is  generated.    A  man  or  woman  lacking  vital  force 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  55 

cannot  be  strong-  in  mind.  As  his  inheritance  from  the 
lower  animal  species  man  has  received  strong  sexual 
propensities.  With  animals  preying  upon  each  other, 
and  man  warring  against  man,  nature  expended  her 
force  in  the  perpetuation  of  species  and  developed  the 
sexual  instinct  to  that  end.  Now,  with  the  highest  type 
evolved  and  an  era  of  universal  peace  at  hand,  the  force 
heretofore  expended  in  the  generation  of  children,  or  for 
mere  sensual  gratification,  can  be  conserved  for  the 
higher  development  of  individuality. 

The  animal  is  an  undeveloped  and  transitional  form  of 
man.  Now  that  we  have  attained  to  manhood,  with  self- 
conscious  understanding  of  our  possibilities  as  mental 
creatures,  let  us  lay  aside  the  propensities  and  the  car- 
nivorous habits  of  animals  for  the  full  enjoyment  and  ex- 
pansion of  our  mental  powers.  Until  man  has  gained 
conscious  dominion  over  the  animal  propensities  and 
turned  all  the  sexual  force  into  mental  power  obedient  to 
his  will,  he  has  not  become  initiated  into  the  real  enjoy- 
ment of  life  nor  made  conditions  for  the  permanent  health 
of  his  body.  Perfect  health  of  body,  as  well  as  the  con- 
tinual regeneration  of  the  tissues,  to  the  elimination  of 
old  age,  is  possible  for  all  by  the  application  of  this  prin- 
ciple of  the  conservation  of  vital  energy  along  with  the 
conscious  control  of  the  organs  by  the  will. 

The  brain  is  not  limited  to  the  cavity  in  the  skull.  It 
extends  the  ramifications  of  its  structure  through  the 
whole  organism.  Wherever  there  is  need  of  more  intel- 
ligent action  in  the  body  the  nerves  have  formed  into 
small  brain  centers.  The  blind  grow  brain  cells  in  the 
tips  of  the  fingers,  and  through  these  new  centers  of  sen- 
sation are  able  to  distinguish  colors.  The  various  plex- 
uses are  at  about  the  stage  of  development  of  the  animal 
brain — subconscious  or  instinctively  conscious.     As  the 


56  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

mind  of  an  animal  may  be  developed  in  intelligence,  so 
may  these  centers  of  mental  energy  within  the  body  be 
developed  to  a  degree  of  intelligence  equal  to  the  main 
center  in  the  head.  We  can  direct  the  intelligent  force 
of  our  thought  to  any  organ  in  the  body  and  co-operate 
with  the  intelligence  in  the  organ  to  its  renewal  in 
strength  and  restoration  to  health.  A  little  personal  ex- 
perience may  help  to  make  this  clearer. 

I  was  awakened  during  the  night  by  an  intense  neural- 
gic pain  in  the  nerves  of  my  teeth.  It  called  for  im- 
mediate relief.  Just  as  soon  as  I  became  fully  conscious  I 
felt  that  I  had  dominion  over  those  nerves  and  could  re- 
lieve them  by  thought  alone.  They  were  merely  demand- 
ing their  proper  nourishment.  I  turned  the  full  intensity 
of  my  thought  to  supplying  the  nerves  with  healing  sub- 
stance and  in  a  few  minutes  they  were  satisfied  and  at 
peace. 

I  have  found  in  treating  patients,  whether  present  or 
absent,  that  many  diseased  and  disturbed  conditions  had 
their  cause  in  a  depleted  condition  of  one  of  the  sub- 
brains  in  the  body.  It  was  enough  to  focus  the  thought 
power  upon  the  weakened  center,  infusing  it  with  new 
life  and  strength,  to  heal  and  harmonize  the  diseased 
condition. 

We  have  the  directing  of  an  intelligent  force  which  is 
capable  of  reorganizing  the  substance  and  structure  of 
the  flesh ;  we  can  so  infuse  the  body  with  thought  force 
that  its  latent  intelligence  will  be  developed,  and  with  the 
awakening  of  new  intelligence  in  our  flesh  will  come  new 
vitality  and  new  power,  until  the  will  shall  have  the  my- 
riads of  its  cells  so  responsively  obedient  that  it  will  be 
almighty  in  its  organism,  and  discord  and  disease  can 
no  longer  enter. 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  57 

Every  center  will  become  sensitive  to  thought,  and  will 
generate  sufficient  thought  to  carry  on  the  work  of  its 
department  perfectly.  All  the  senses  will  become  attuned 
to  a  new  octave  of  vibration,  giving  birth  to  clairvoyance, 
clairaudience,  and  psychometry;  and  so  spiritual  will  the 
whole  mind  become  that  all  the  wisdom  stored  in  the 
omniscient  Mind  will  be  open  to  the  intuition  of  man. 

s&&  ^»  t&& 

FOR   A   DISTURBED   OR   DEPRESSED   CONDI- 
TION OF  MIND. 

By  the  power  of  my  mental  word  I  dissolve  all  dis- 
turbing elements  from  my  atmosphere.  All  the  mortal 
thoughts  of  the  day  are  dissolved.  All  the  mental  dis- 
cords of  the  day  are  dissolved.  My  aura  is  cleansed  of 
all  dark  and  limiting  mortal  thoughts.  All  thoughts  and 
memories  of  the  day's  affairs  are  dissolved  from  my 
mind.  The  weight  of  mortal  responsibility  is  thrown  off 
my  mind.  My  mind  is  freed  from  all  dark  and  depressing 
elements  of  thought.  My  mind  rises  into  the  positive 
state  of  joyous  freedom  and  brightness.  My  mind  is 
filled  with  the  peace  and  harmony  of  the  Eternal  Mind. 
My  mind  rises  above  the  negative  thought  currents  into 
the  peaceful  glory  of  the  Mind  that  is  always  harmonious. 
Above  the  discordant  vibrations  of  the  mind  of  the  world 
there  is  the  Mind  of  God,  radiant  with  the  joy-giving  ef- 
fulgence of  the  infinite  Spirit.  My  mind  and  soul  are 
lifted  up  to  the  contemplation  of  the  realms  on  high 
where  the  angels  of  God  dwell  in  the  serene  enjoyment 
of  the  grace  and  glory  of  the  living  God.  Above  the 
tribulations  of  the  world-mind  dwells  the  glorified  soul 


58  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

of  Jesus  Jehovah,  radiant  with  the  peace  of  eternity.  "Be 
of  good  cheer,  I  have  overcome  the  world." 

I  praise  Thee,  O  visible  form  of  God,  for  the  spiritual 
grace  and  strength  that  now  enliven  and  renew  my  soul. 

Contemplate  in  your  imagination  His  glorified  soul 
presence;  your  mind  will  be  uplifted  above  all  mortal 
cares  and  worries,  and  He  will  give  you  of  His  peace 
and  power.  Your  soul  will  partake  of  His  joyous  life 
and  strength  and  rise  into  the  realization  of  its  inmost 
power  as  an  image  of  Divinity. 

»J*  (5*  t(5* 

I  AM  ALL  MIND. 
Consider  This  Truth,  for  It  Is  the  Key  to  Dominion. 

The  body  is  held  in  active  organization  by  the  mind. 
The  thinking  mind  is  the  positive  pole  and  the  body  is 
the  negative  pole  of  the  human  battery.  The  food  ele- 
ments taken  into  the  body  are  from  the  negative  mind  of 
the  Whole,  the  substance  of  the  negative  pole  of  the 
God-mind,  and  the  individual  mind  assimilates  from  the 
food  taken  into  the  body  and  from  the  atmosphere  ele- 
ments like  unto  itself,  which  it  organizes  into  the  visible 
expression  of  itself.  The  negative  pole  of  the  human 
battery  is  just  as  important  as  the  positive  pole,  and  must 
be  cared  for  and  supplied  with  the  proper  elements  in 
order  to  form  a  perfect  battery  for  the  production  of 
thought  power,  just  as  the  battery  which  produces  electric 
force  must  be  fed  with  the  proper  chemical  elements  to 
insure  a  current. 

It  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  the  positive  mind  is  the 
organizing  power,  and  every  cell  in  the  body  is  a  particle 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  59 

of  mind  substance,  held  in  obedience  to  the  polarizing 
power  of  the  positive  thinking  mind.  The  cells  of  flesh 
are  the  bodies  of  thoughts.  Every  cell  of  the  body  is 
thought  incarnated,  and  the  organs,  which  are  made  up 
of  great  multitudes  of  cells,  can  be  educated  by  the  posi- 
tive mind  of  the  individual ;  they  can  be  infused  with  pos- 
itive thoughts,  so  that  the  cells  and  organs  will  progress 
in  the  degrees  of  intelligence  and  manifest  more  of  life, 
health  and  perfection,  as  the  mind  becomes  more  and 
more  conscious  of  its  wonderful  organizing  power. 

The  progress  of  the  individual  toward  dominion  is  only 
real  to  the  degree  that  he  brings  his  negative  mind  into 
his  higher  realization  of  consciousness,  and  causes  each 
particle  of  his  physical  cosmos  to  evolve  and  show  forth 
the  divine  intelligence  which  he  has  appropriated  and  in- 
dividualized around  his  positive  I  AM  center. 

Lustful  thoughts  and  desires  fill  the  nature  with  a  con- 
suming fire,  which  poisons  the  blood  and  burns  out  the 
nerve  centers,  causing  disease  and  pain  in  the  body  and 
weakness  and  discouragement  to  the  mind,  hindering  the 
human  being  from  enjoying  the  peaceful,  vitalizing  in- 
flux which  flows  in  from  the  soul  life.  Joy  and  satis- 
faction are  attributes  of  the  God-mind,  and  the  soul  as 
an  individualized  expression  of  the  Over  Soul  contains 
all  the  essentials  of  happiness  within  itself,  and  can  im- 
part the  only  true  happiness  to  its  human  mind  and  body 
in  the  degree  that  it  can  gain  full  and  free  expression 
through  the  positive  and  negative  pole  of  mind  which  it 
has  organized. 

Through  pure  and  righteous  thinking,  or  knowledge 
of  the  all-Good,  the  mind  becomes  the  conscious  thinking 
instrument  of  the  soul,  the  thoughts  are  filled  with  the 
positive  light  and  joy  of  the  soul,  and  in  this  way  the 
soul,  through  education,  gains  dominion  over  the  various 


60  HEALING    CURRENTS. 

faculties  of  the  mind  and  inspires  the  will  to  hold  the 
lower  realms  of  the  body  consciousness  in  subjection 
until  all  thoughts  and  desires  are  educated  and  trans- 
muted into  positive  pure  intelligence,  like  unto  the  wis- 
dom of  God. 

When  the  soul  has  gained  the  balance  of  power  over 
the  instincts  and  desires  of  the  lower  consciousness,  then 
its  love  and  wisdom  create  in  the  physical  nature  a  per- 
fect equipoise  of  the  magnetic  and  electric  energies, 
which  is  health  and  happiness  to  the  whole  being. 
Through  lack  of  knowledge  of  this  wonderful  power  of 
soul  adjustment  and  expression  as  the  secret  of  physical 
and  mental  peace,  mortals  place  themselves  on  the  plane 
of  animal  experience,  and  seek  for  happiness  through 
sexual  indulgence.  The  magnetic  man  seeks  satisfaction 
from  the  electric  woman,  and  vice  versa,  but  there  is  no 
lasting  happiness  attained  thereby,  only  a  momentary 
gratification,  which  depletes  their  systems  and  weakens 
their  minds,  in  that  carnal  desires  grow  stronger  by 
being  gratified  and  gain  dominion  over  the  will  and  rea- 
son. The  negative  pole  of  the  human  battery  is  exerting 
its  power  over  the  positive  pole,  so  that  there  is  a  reversal 
of  all  the  currents  in  the  nature. 

Individuality  is  weakened  also,  because,  when  the 
character  of  the  male  is  the  most  positive,  the  female  will 
gradually  lose  her  positiveness,  and  begin  to  feel  that  she 
is  an  inferior  creature  to  the  male.  If  the  female  is  the 
positive  element,  the  male  will  lose  self-respect  and  power 
to  express  his  own  individuality.  Even  the  cells  of  the 
body  will  become  polarized  to  the  will  of  the  one  who  has 
the  strongest  mind.  So  it  is  evident  that  sexual  inter- 
course is  neither  conducive  to  real  health  nor  happiness. 
The  electric  and  magnetic  forces  are  not  balanced  and 
conserved  for  the  generation  of  the  inner  body  of  spiritual 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  61 

power,  but  are  expended  to  no  purpose.  All  physical  and 
mental  forces  find  their  balance  and  adjustment  in  the 
individual  soul  in  the  same  way  that  the  magnetic  and 
electric  forces,  as  well  as  the  mental  powers  of  the  uni- 
verse, are  controlled  and  balanced  by  the  Christ  of  God, 
the  Soul  of  the  Whole. 

5^*  ^*  ^* 

USE    YOUR    WILL   TO    OVERCOME    INDIGES- 
TION. 

If  your  food  distresses  you,  hold  the  following  in  mind 
very  positively : 

I  know  what  I  have  eaten  will  not  upset  or  distress  my 
stomach.  I  know  that  food  is  an  exceedingly  negative 
thing  in  comparison  with  my  will ;  thus  I  deny  that  it  has 
any  power  to  disturb  me.  My  will  is  one  with  the  will 
of  God,  whose  mighty  will  focused  in  my  will  gives  me 
the  power  to  overcome.  I  am  stronger  than  the  strongest 
,  food,  and  food  must  and  does  serve  me.  I  will  not,  and 
hence  do  not,  serve  it.  I  am  the  master  of  all  things,  and 
I  will  demonstrate  this  fact,  and  prove  my  true  position 
amidst  my  surroundings.  I  will  rise  against  any  dis- 
tressing symptoms  with  all  the  assertive  power  of  my  in- 
dividuality, and  I  resolve  not  to  have  pain  or  distress  in 
head  or  stomach.  Nothing  can  compel  me,  the  master, 
to  submit  to  such  a  negative  cause.  God  has  given  me 
dominion  over  all  things.  I  know  this.  I  will  be  free. 
My  understanding  and  my  will  power  now  combine  to 
bring  this  result. 

The  understanding  and  the  will  power  must  work  to- 
gether; neither  can  get  the  result  alone,  for  understand- 
ing is  the  implement  with  which  the  will  works.    The  will 


62  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

is  the  master;  both  are  essential  to  complete  execution. 
First  the  understanding  of  the  goodness  and  power  of 
God  in  everything,  and  second  the  constantly  increasing 
will  and  determination  to  make  His  goodness  and  power 
manifest  in  all  ways.  Understanding  will  avail  nothing 
if  you  have  not  the  will  to  execute.  All  should  apply 
themselves  to  the  study  of  getting  understanding  of  truth, 
as  it  is  needed  for  mental  building  material. 

As  you  get  understanding,  cultivate  a  strong  positive 
determination  to  use  this  wonderful  material  in  building 
a  strong  foundation  on  which  you  can  erect  a  grand  and 
beautiful  life  structure  for  yourself.  Keep  on  trying  in 
the  face  of  every  obstacle,  and  never  let  anything  stand 
in  your  way;  let  nothing  make  you  yield.  With  such 
determination  as  this,  as  you  keep  on  adding  to  your  un- 
derstanding, not  anything  will  stand  as  an  obstacle.  You 
can  face  it,  and  every  force  in  your  world — it  matters  not 
how  powerful  it  is — will,  in  the  proper  time  and  place,  be- 
come subservient  to  your  mastership.  You  are  a  divine 
organization  of  intelligence  and  love  and  will  combined, 
and  as  you  keep  on  striving  and  aggregating  strength  to 
the  strength  you  have  by  this  time  acquired  through  the 
force  of  your  determination,  ALL  things,  by  a  God-given 
law,  will  give  way.  But  remember,  subservient  things 
only  acknowledge  you  in  proportion  as  you  assert  your- 
self. Then  all  things  are  bound  through  this  positive  as- 
sertion to  acknowledge  your  mastership.  You  can  do  all 
you  will  to  do;  this  is  dominion. 

Bless  all  the  sick  and  ailing  ones,  for  each  one  is  a 
very  striking  proof  that  he  does  not  understand  the 
power  vested  in  him.  We  tell  them  all  that  they  need  not 
lack  health,  for  health  and  strength  are  organized  in 
them ;  such  is  the  law  of  life,  the  one  law.    These  beliefs 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  63 

that  they  manifest  are  not  absolute  truth;  they  are  neg- 
ative beliefs.  They  can  be  overcome  by  positive  beliefs, 
founded  on  living  truth.  Life  and  health  are  living 
truth;  two  great  realities  that  have  always  existed  and 
will  continue  to  exist  forever. 

t^%  i^*  (<?• 

TEACH  YOUR  BODY  TO  THINK! 

Mental  activity  in  animal  and  human  organisms  de- 
velops brain  centers.  The  more  intelligent  the  animal 
or  man,  the  more  highly  developed  are  the  brain  centers. 
It  is  a  common  notion  that  the  brain  is  limited  to  the 
head,  but  this  is  not  true.  Wherever  in  the  body  there 
is  need  of  mental  action  the  nerve  substance  develops  a 
brain  center,  a  sub-brain. 

There  is  more  intelligent  activity  going  on  in  the  body 
than  we  are  conscious  of.  All  the  subconscious  or  in- 
voluntary actions  of  mind,  like  the  action  of  the  heart 
or  the  breathing  of  the  lungs  during  sleep,  are  carried 
on  by  the  instinctive  operation  of  the  mind  active  in  the 
various  sub-brains  or  nerve  plexuses  located  in  every  part 
of  the  body. 

There  is  a  vast  amount  of  intelligence  stored  in  these 
little  brains.  All  hereditary  thoughts  and  feelings,  and  all 
the  old  thought  of  the  past  which  seems  to  be  outgrown, 
are  stored  in  these  subjective  chambers  of  thought,  and 
from  these  centers  influence  the  formation  of  the  atoms 
in  health  or  disease.  The  hypnotist  gets  control  over  the 
intelligence  in  these  centers,  over  the  subjective  mind, 
and  performs  wonders  of  healing,  because  the  organizing 
power  of  the  flesh  works  through  these  centers. 

We  can  gain  control  of  all  these  subconscious  centers 
of  mental   activity,   and   thus  gain   dominion   over   the 


64  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

whole  body.  For  instance,  the  heart  is  controlled  by  a 
sub-brain  or  plexus.  This  plexus  may  be  influenced  by 
conscious  thought.  We  can  will  that  strength  shall  be  de- 
veloped in  the  heart,  and  the  message  will  travel  through 
the  nerves  and  take  up  its  abode  in  the  heart  center,  and 
from  there  influence  the  heart's  development  in  strength. 
So  with  every  center. 

Man  is  superior  to  the  animal  in  intelligence  because 
his  long  evolution  has  developed  the  activities  in  the 
head-brain  to  the  degree  of  conscious  thought.  How  won- 
derful will  be  the  man  of  the  future  who  develops  the 
activity  of  every  brain  center  in  the  body  to  the  degree 
that  enables  him  to  think  consciously  in  every  center. 
He  will  have  full  control  over  every  function  in  his  body. 
He  will  think  in  every  part  of  his  body.  He  will  grow 
to  be  all  brains,  with  the  added  power  of  intelligence  that 
so  much  mental  activity  will  give  him.  He  will  be  able 
to  do  consciously  whatever  is  now  done  by  the  hypno- 
tized subject,  and  more.  The  hypnotized  subject,  in  whom 
the  subjective  mind  is  obedient  to  the  will  of  the  operator, 
can  see  what  is  transpiring  at  a  distance;  becomes  clair- 
voyant; can  see  all  the  activities  in  his  own  body  or  the 
body  of  another  person,  and  diagnose  diseased  conditions ; 
can  travel  in  thought  to  any  part  of  the  world  and  feel 
and  hear  anything  anywhere;  is  clairaudient  and  practi- 
cally omniscient;  can  read  the  thoughts  of  others  and 
communicate  with  departed  spirits ;  in  fact,  seems  in  touch 
with  all  minds  in  the  whole  mental  universe.  Not  all 
hypnotized  subjects  can  do  all  these  things,  but  accord- 
ing to  their  mental  development  they  can  see  or  feel  or 
hear  supernaturally,  that  is,  beyond  the  limitations  of  the 
natural  senses. 

Jesus  and  the  masters  and  adepts  of  India  and  other 
countries,  the  saints  of  the  Church  and  the  mediums  and 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  65 

psychics  of  the  present  time  all  reveal  the  possibilities  that 
await  the  development  of  the  subconscious  mind  in  man. 
These  lessons  point  out  the  way. 

These  brain  centers  must  be  purified  of  all  the  limiting 
beliefs  of  the  race  mind,  in  order  that  a  new  life  may  flow 
through  them,  to  the  manifestation  of  perfect  health.  We 
cannot  do  what  we  do  not  believe  possible,  so  faith  in  our 
unlimited  possibilities  must  be  developed.  We  must  free 
the  mind,  conscious  and  subconscious,  from  all  ideas  of 
bondage  and  limitation.  For  instance,  the  sex  center  is 
limited  in  its  expression  of  life  by  the  condemnation  of 
millions  of  minds.  All  the  life  flowing  into  that  center 
is  stamped  as  impure.  Therefore  the  thought  of  im- 
purity must  be  denied  out  of  the  mind  and  the  sexual 
plexus  must  be  freed  from  the  belief  that  its  life  is  im- 
pure. Its  life  is  of  God,  born  of  His  pure  Spirit.  If  we 
believe  that  any  organ  is  impure  or  limited  in  its  operation, 
we  turn  the  intelligence  in  that  organ  to  creating  impur- 
ity and  to  limiting  the  flow  of  life.  There  is  a  hint  here 
which  applies  to  all  departments  of  thought. 

Especial  attention  should  be  given  to  healing,  harmon- 
izing and  increasing  the  power  of  the  solar  plexus  or  ab- 
dominal brain.  This  center  controls  the  digestion  and  as- 
similation of  food.  When  it  becomes  disturbed  the  whole 
body  suffers.  The  solar  plexus  is  most  often  weakened 
by  sexual  indulgence.  It  depends  upon  the  conserved 
vital  essences  for  its  strength  and  power,  and  when  these 
are  deficient  it  loses  the  power  to  supply  all  other  centers 
with  proper  nourishment.  To  try  to  restore  the  de- 
ficiency by  overeating  only  increases  its  burden,  causing 
it  to  draw  for  strength  upon  the  brain,  heart  and  other 
centers.  Neuralgia,  headache,  nervous  heart  trouble  and 
many  other  painful  symptoms  are  due  to  weakness  of  the 
solar  plexus. 


66  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

In  blessing  or  centering  the  thought  upon  any  part  of 
the  body,  there  is  an  increased  power  given  to  the  part 
by  placing  the  hands  or  the  tips  of  the  fingers  over  the 
part  treated.  Place  the  tips  of  the  fingers  over  the 
stomach  when  treating  the  solar  plexus. 

The   following  affirmations   will  suggest  others : 

My  solar  plexus  is  alive  with  omnipotent  life. 

My  solar  plexus  is  alive  with  the  soul  power  from  God. 

A  living,  glowing  sun  of  vital  power  is  situated  in  my 
solar  plexus,  filling  my  digestive  organs  with  unlimited 
strength  and  power. 

Unlimited  life,  strength  and  power  flow  into  this  cen- 
ter, enabling  the  organs  to  carry  on  the  digestion  and  as- 
similation of  food  without  any  distress. 

This  center  is  storing  up  power  to  distribute  to  all  the 
other  nerve  centers. 

This  center  is  a  living  dynamo  of  vital  force,  radiating 
its  intelligent  force  to  every  part  of  the  body. 

I  am  now  generating  unlimited  healing  vitality  in  my 
solar  plexus. 

Six  of  the  brain  centers  are  called  sacred  centers,  be- 
cause in  them  the  soul  of  man  functions.  The  six  sacred 
centers  are  the  front  brain,  the  throat,  the  heart,  the  so- 
lar plexus,  the  rectum  and  the  sexual  plexus.  Bless  all 
these  centers  with  love  and  wisdom,  for  they  are  the 
centers  through  which  the  soul,  an  intelligence  su- 
perior to  both  the  subconscious  and  conscious  minds, 
comes  into  conscious  expression.  Until  the  soul  attains 
some  conscious  power  in  the  organism  its  main  center  is 
the  solar  plexus,  which  is  a  ganglia  of  nerves  located 
back  of  the  stomach,  radiating  out  to  the  various  organs 
like  a  sun.  Think  of  the  soul  as  a  globule  of  light  and 
power  situated  in  the  center  of  the  body.  As  the  six  cen- 
ters are  infused  with  thought  force  the  intelligence  in 


HEALING    CURRENTS.  67 

them  increases,  and  as  they  become  more  positive  the 
soul  gains  power  to  express  through  them,  and  then  the 
real  regeneration  of  the  flesh  begins,  to  be  carried  on  to 
the  end  of  this  present  existence,  on  into  the  world 
celestial. 

Our  development  is  more  a  matter  of  ages  than  of 
years.  The  soul  is  an  organization  of  the  wisdom  and 
love  of  God — His  Glory — and  it  has  within  its  memory 
all  its  past  accumulated  wisdom  and  experience,  but  the 
personality,  under  the  most  perfect  conditions  on  this 
plane,  can  only  express  a  small  part  of  the  wisdom  and 
power  stored  in  the  soul,  because  of  the  limited  and  neg- 
ative degree  of  mind  in  this  world.  So  we  continue  to 
live  to  the  highest  while  here,  knowing  that  when  the 
real  race  is  begun  in  the  spiritual  spheres  we  shall  be 
stronger  for  having  worn  the  weights  of  limitation  in 
this  practice  sphere  of  experience. 

Let  us  not  be  troubled  by  time.  Let  us  each  day  be 
filled  with  the  peace  and  joy  that  come  from  doing  the 
best  that  may  be  done  under  the  circumstances. 

q5*  %?•  t£& 

MY    SOUL    IS    ALIVE    WITH    THE    HEALING 
POWER  OF  JESUS  JEHOVAH. 

Assume  a  restful  attitude  and  let  this  thought  occupy 
the  mind.  Picture  in  your  imagination  the  living,  healing 
presence  of  our  beloved  Master.  Call  to  mind  the  mar- 
velous power  of  healing  he  exercised  while  on  earth. 
Think  of  Him  as  walking  among  men  radiant  with  heal- 
ing love  to  all.  Then  remember  that  that  same  individual- 
ized presence  of  the  Father  is  the  inspiration  of  your  mind 
and  the  health  of  your  flesh  to-day  as  it  was  of  yore,  if 


68  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

you  will  but  allow  Him  to  occupy  your  thought  and 
affection. 

"Behold,  I  stand  at  the  door,  and  knock ;  if  any  man 
hear  my  voice,  and  open  the  door,  I  will  come  in  to  him 
and  sup  with  him,  and  he  with  me." — Rev.  iii  :20.  His 
glorified  angelic  presence  is  willing  to  glorify  our  temple 
with  eternal  love  and  life. 

As  you  hold  this  thought  in  mind,  know  that  your  soul 
and  body  are  being  illuminated  and  spiritualized  and  har- 
monized by  the  living  glory  of  the  Christ.  Cultivate  by 
love  and  devotion  this  heavenly  presence  of  your  God. 
Your  soul  will  awaken  under  the  influx  of  His  Holy 
Spirit,  and  new  and  holy  aspirations  will  be  born.  You 
will  feel  your  soul  and  mind  and  body  being  transformed 
into  the  harmony  and  perfection  that  are  your  real  eternal 
character. 

After  you  have  continued  this  practice  for  a  time  you 
will  begin  to  realize  as  never  before  that  your  soul  is  an 
actual,  intelligent  power  superior  to  your  conscious  mind, 
created  in  the  image  and  character  of  the  Almighty  God. 
As  your  aspiration  and  love  draw  around  you  the  brood- 
ing Presence  of  the  Holy  Spirit  of  Jesus  Christ,  your  soul 
will  awaken  gradually  to  the  consciousness  of  eternal  life 
that  characterized  it  in  its  angelic  state  previous  to  birth, 
and  you  will  praise  and  glorify  the  Christ  as  the  regen- 
erator and  redeemer  of  your  soul.  And  then  you  will  love 
to  give  time  to  silence  and  meditation,  when  your  soul 
may  be  fed  by  its  Beloved  on  the  Bread  of  Life.  And 
from  this  awakening  of  the  soul  there  will  come  to  you 
a  new  and  more  potent  vitality  that  will  heal  and  har- 
monize all  your  nature.  Your  soul  will  begin  to  realize 
its  god-like  power  of  dominion  over  sin,  sickness  and 
death.    It  will  become  a  potent  magnet  of  love  to  draw  to 


HEADING   CURRENTS.  69 

itself  all  that  is  required  of  wisdom  and  wealth  to  pro- 
mote its  spiritual  welfare.  And  daily  as  you  commune 
with  and  praise  Him  will  Jesus  Jehovah  develop  your 
soul — the  Christ  within — until  your  character  conforms 
to  the  grace  and  beauty  of  the  celestial  image  of  the  Eter- 
nal God. 

£fr  (^%  5^W 

THE  SUBCONSCIOUS  MIND  AND  SOUL 
CONSCIOUSNESS. 

The  nature  of  man  is  related  to  three  states  of  con- 
sciousness— physical,  mental  and  soul  consciousness. 
The  deductions  of  scientific  minds  embrace  the  explored 
field  of  the  conscious  mind,  and  the  but  partially  ex- 
plored field  of  the  subconscious  mind,  but  do  not  take 
into  consideration  that  mystical  but  most  potent  field  of 
soul  consciousness. 

To  them  the  mind  is  the  soul.  We  know  from  the  de- 
velopment of  our  own  soul  powers  of  perception  that 
the  soul  is  a  deific  individual  descended  from  the  inner 
sphere  of  omniscience  to  the  outer  sphere  of  mortal  con- 
sciousness ;  that  it  is  a  Seed  of  Divinity  planted  in  the 
earth  mind.  Its  roots  are  in  the  earth,  but  its  life  and 
powers  are  from  the  God-Sun  of  heaven,  and  in  heaven 
will  its  fruits  be  gathered  for  the  Father's  use. 

The  soul  is  a  word  of  eternal  wisdom,  life  and  love  that 
shall  increase  in  creative  potency  throughout  eternity. 
The  conscious  and  subconscious  minds  constitute  the 
personality,  but  the  soul  is  the  real  individual.  When 
the  awakened  soul  speaks,  it  is  the  voice  of  God. 

Minds  of  materialistic  tendency  are  apt  to  become  as 
deeply  engrossed  in  the  phenomena  of  the  subconscious 
mind   or  "subliminal   consciousness"   as   scientists   have 


TO  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

been  in  the  phenomena  of  the  material  realm,  and  it  is 
in  accord  with  the  process  of  mental  evolution  that  it 
should  be  so,  but  those  who  want  to  know  God  and  who 
desire  to  find  the  inspiration  and  healing  of  His  divine 
life  and  power  must  look  to  the  eternal  principle  of  truth 
— to  God  Himself — even  though  they  have  no  more  than 
intuition  as  a  guide.  Intuition,  which  reveals  the  eternal 
principles  of  the  God  nature,  will  demonstrate  that  it  is 
the  supreme  authority  for  truth,  and  if  it  is  followed  the 
soul  will  be  recognized,  and  fertilized  by  recognition  and 
devoted  love  until  it  becomes  a  dominant  power,  healing 
and  spiritualizing  both  the  conscious  and  subconscious 
states  of  mind  and  preparing  them  for  the  grandest  and 
mightiest  exhibition  of  spiritual  power. 

The  subconscious  mind  is  an  organization  of  all  the 
thoughts  and  feelings,  of  all  the  mental  activities  of  the 
mind  from  earliest  infancy.  In  order  to  rightly  com- 
prehend the  subconscious  mind  it  must  be  clearly  un- 
derstood that  mental  forces  organize  into  concrete  form 
on  the  mental  plane  in  the  same  way  that  physical  forces 
aggregate  themselves  into  material  forms.  The  mind, 
then,  is  a  mental  body  generated  from  the  forces  of 
thought  and  feeling.  It  is  a  spiritual  entity.  It  is  the 
character  of  the  person,  and  just  as  soon  as  it  becomes  a 
positive  character  it  changes  the  hereditary  form  of  the 
flesh  to  express  its  own  development.  Negative  char- 
acters have  not  the  mental  power  to  transform  the  flesh, 
therefore  it  is  the  first  duty  of  Mental  Science  to  develop  a 
more  positive  character-body  by  strong  affirmation. 
When  a  thought  has  been  forgotten  by  the  conscious 
mind  it  still  exists  in  the  subconscious  state  of  the  mind. 
Persons  and  things  long  forgotten  will  reappear  during 
the  dream  activitv  of  the  subconscious  mind;  faces  will 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  71 

appear  as  fresh  as  when  seen  years  before.  The  phe- 
nomena of  hypnotism  open  up  wonderful  facts  in  re- 
gard to  the  possibilities  and  powers  of  the  subconscious 
realm. 

The  whole  mind  of  man  may  be  compared  to  a  circle 
through  which  a  line  is  drawn,  making  a  division  of 
i-ioo  and  99-100.  The  small  segment  of  the  circle  rep- 
resents as  much  as  the  brain  is  conscious  of,  of  all  the 
thought  activities  of  the  personality;  the  99-100  repre- 
sent the  subconscious  storehouse  of  mental  activity. 

The  planet  as  a  whole  has  a  mind — a  subconscious 
mental  realm  in  which  thought  activities  and  mind  bodies 
have  their  existence.  As  there  is  a  universal  space 
which  provides  the  elements  for  our  physical  bodies  and 
their  development,  so  there  is  a  universal  Mind  in  which 
the  mental  organization  has  its  life  and  expression;  a 
realm  in  which  the  mind-body  or  spiritual  body  exists 
after  its  physical  counterpart  dies;  a  realm  full  of  mys- 
teries to  the  seeker  after  the  phenomena  of  the  subcon- 
scious, full  of  paradoxes,  incongruities  and  deceptions  to 
those  who  do  not  accept  the  spiritualist's  explanation  of 
evil  or  undeveloped  spirits.  What  a  pleasure  it  is  for 
some  mischievous  spirit  to  play  pranks  with  some  very 
learned  man  who  has  tapped  the  wires  of  the  "subliminal 
consciousness"  through  his  hypnotized  subject  in  earnest 
search  for  knowledge.  He  does  not  see  the  quality  or 
character  of  the  spirit  personality  that  responds  to  him 
from  the  invisible  realm  of  mind,  and  he  is  very  likely  to 
come  to  the  conclusion,  as  some  scientists  have  already, 
that  the  subliminal  consciousness  is  a  grand  deceiver. 

Now  in  this  subconscious  side  of  the  mind  we  find  the 
force  which  must  be  properly  trained  and  developed 
toward  the  healing  of  the  body.  There  are  two  methods 
in  use,   and  they  are  both   good.     One  is  the  method 


72  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

called  "suggestion,"  whereby  the  subconscious  mind  is 
educated  to  turn  its  wonderful  power  to  the  healing  of 
the  diseased  parts  of  the  body.  This  method,  persistently 
applied,  will  bring  very  beneficial  results.  The  second 
method  consists  in  thinking  and  speaking  truth.  The 
suggestionist  does  not  believe  that  there  is  anything 
deeper  than  the  subconscious  mind,  and  therefore  he 
claims  that  so-called  statements  of  truth  are  useful  to 
those  who  imagine  a  soul  because  they  work  according  to 
the  law  of  suggestion.  Our  position  is  this:  The  con- 
scious and  subconscious  minds  of  man  and  of  the  world 
are  evolutions  from  matter;  they  are  highly  refined  mat- 
ter, or  negative  and  undeveloped  mind.  The  soul  of  God' 
is  eternal  and  omnipotent  power,  the  basis  of  all  life  and 
being.  The  soul  in  man  is  from  above  the  mortal  sphere  of 
mind ;  it  is  an  individualization  of  deific  consciousness  and 
partakes  of  the  power  of  Deity ;  it  is  the  image  and  like- 
ness of  God  in  man.  The  soul,  then,  is  the  key  to  immortal 
life  and  power.  It  must  be  recognized  and  awakened. 
And  to  awaken  and  manifest  this  divine  power  in  us  we 
affirm  it  as  a  truth.  We  take  it  as  the  foundation  of  our 
being,  and  upon  it  we  build  our  mental  habitation.  It  is 
the  keynote  of  the  mind,  and  if  we  sound  this  keynote, 
all  the  mind,  conscious  and  subconscious,  will  come  into 
harmony.  We  affirm:  I  am1  life,  because  the  soul  is 
eternal  life.  We  affirm:  I  am  health  and  peace  and  per- 
fection, because  the  true  I,  the  real  individual,  the  soul, 
IS  potentially  the  health,  peace  and  perfection  of  God. 
We  affirm :  I  am  the  wisdom1  of  God,  because  the  soul  is 
an  organism  vibrant  with  the  light  of  the  infinite  Con- 
sciousness. The  soul  must  be  awakened  by  living  the 
life  of  truth,  expressing  the  thoughts  and  feelings  of 
truth  throughout  every  part  of  the  mind  and  body,  in 
order  that  the  divine  image  of  perfection  may  transform 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  73 

the  whole  mind  into  a  heavenly,  harmonious  character. 
Then  will  the  Spirit  of  God  speak  in  the  soul,  giving 
angelic  wisdom,  and  the  soul  will  know  the  way  of  life 
eternal  and  walk  therein. 

Too  many  are  passive  recipients  of  impressions  which 
come  as  suggestions  from  other  minds,  either  incarnate 
or  decarnate.  Remember  that  every  mind  is  sending  out 
mental  messages,  and  these  messages  enter  and  impress 
themselves  upon  negative  minds.  They  may  be  good  sug- 
gestions or  they  may  be  harmful.  Many  a  negative  mind 
has  suddenly  been  inspired  to  commit  a  murder  through 
the  suggestion  and  desire  of  another  personality,  either 
incarnate  or  decarnate.  A  strong  mind  desired  that  his 
enemy  should  die;  a  negative  mind  fulfilled  the  desire. 
Execution  does  not  cure  criminals ;  it  but  sets  them  free  to 
act  out  their  vengeance  in  the  mental  atmosphere  of  the 
planet.  Guiteau  promised  to  have  revenge  upon  those 
who  witnessed  against  him  as  well  as  upon  his  judge, 
and  no  theory  of  coincidence  is  sufficient  to  explain  the 
rapid  taking  off  of  his  prosecutors;  all  of  them  died 
shortly. 

Sitting  in  the  silence  for  wisdom  will  open  the  mind 
to  all  sorts  of  impressions  and  suggestions  from  the  in- 
visible realm  of  mind.  To  gain  soul  wisdom  the  affirma- 
tions of  divine  truth  must  be  made  until  the  whole  mind  is 
attuned  to  soul  positiveness ;  until  the  mind  is  vibrant 
with  the  joy  of  soul  realization;  then  the  stillness  that 
follows  will  not  be  negative;  it  will  be  a  passivity  over- 
flowing with  peace  and  health  for  the  body,  and  in  the 
soul  communion  that  follows  the  clouds  of  mortal  dark- 
ness will  be  dissolved  and  the  way  will  become  clear, 
the  guidance  sure. 

The  discovery  of  electricity  and  other  physical  forces 
has  transformed  the  ways  of  life  on  the  planet,  but  these 


74  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

discoveries  have  brought  neither  peace  nor  health  to  hu- 
manity. Now  the  occult  forces  of  the  subliminal  realm 
are  being  tapped,  terrific  forces,  marvelous  mysteries  will 
be  discovered,  but  these  things  will  not  bring  peace  or 
happiness  to  humanity. 

What  will  it  profit  a  man  if  he  gain  the  whole  world, 
if  he  does  not  discover  that  which  is  of  more  value  than 
the  world — his  own  soul? 

Only  by  the  harmonious  unfoldment  of  the  soul  and 
the  subjection  of  the  mind  to  its  proper  expression  of 
righteousness  and  truth  will  the  peace  of  God  and  the 
happiness  of  the  angelic  life  be  realized  by  mortals. 
When  the  awakened  soul  affirms  the  truth  of  its  eternal 
being,  it  is  filled  with  the  Spirit  of  truth,  it  convinces  the 
mind  and  body  of  its  power,  it  compels  health  and  har- 
mony to  be;  the  soul  beauty  and  grace  are  impressed 
upon  and  expressed  through  the  negative  nature,  and 
God  becomes  manifest  in  the  flesh. 

t£&  $^*  t5* 

BECOMING  ATTUNED  TO  THE  SPIRIT. 

Purity  in  thought,  word  and  deed  is  absolutely  essen- 
tial to  any  degree  of  health  or  spiritual  power. 

Do  you  desire  health  from  God,  permanent  health, 
which  will  bring  to  you  the  ever-increasing  joy  of  con- 
scious growth  in  spiritual  dominion?  Then  you  must 
make  the  conditions  of  mind  necessary  for  the  influx  of 
the  Vitality  of  Eternity.  God,  the  Immaculate  Spirit,  is 
too  pure  to  behold  iniquity.  God's  universal  Mind  is  the 
life  and  the  mind  of  all  things,  but  his  Holy  Spirit — 
which  brings  health  and  peace  in  its  tender  ministrations 
— abides  in  the  more  refined  states  of  the  universal  Mind. 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  75 

And  only  those  who  purify  and  refine  their  thoughts  and 
feelings  will  enjoy  the  blessed  realization  of  the  Im- 
maculate One.    "The  pure  in  heart  shall  see  God." 

Jesus  was  willing  to  spend  thirty  years  of  his  life  edu- 
cating and  refining  his  nature,  that  the  Holy  Spirit  might 
manifest  its  healing  wisdom  through  him,  and  he  at- 
tained supreme  power  in  healing  and  in  manifesting 
Divinity.  He  attained  to  the  highest  point  in  human  evo- 
lution, and  his  joy  was  great.  He  often  spoke  of  his  joy 
and  peace  while  passing  through  the  greatest  trials.  He 
was  encompassed  by  the  angels  of  the  Father,  and  lived 
in  the  bliss  of  Being,  untouched  by  the  tribulations  of  the 
world,  because  he  made  his  whole  nature  a  pure  magnet, 
attractive  to  the  highest  and  holiest  powers  of  heaven. 

The  greatest  wisdom  and  the  mightiest  love  are  realized 
and  expressed  by  the  holiest  angels  and  archangels  of 
heaven.  When  the  emanations  from  the  angelic  sphere 
combine  with  those  of  the  awakened  soul,  the  healing 
power  is  strongest,  because  the  emanations  from  the  an- 
gels are  so  imbued  with  universal  love  and  sympathy 
that  the  curative  potency  is  enhanced  thereby.  The  Holy 
Spirit  of  God  is  organized  in  the  angelic  souls  of  heaven, 
and  through  these  angels,  who  once  lived  and  suffered  as 
mortals,  this  beneficent  Spirit  is  directed  in  sympathy  and 
compassion  to  the  healing  and  uplifting  of  mortals  wher- 
ever they  can  find  an  open  door.  We  might  desire,  with 
all  the  intensity  of  our  natures,  to  do  something  to  save 
a  man  who  was  unconscious  down  amid  the  noxious  gases 
of  a  mine,  but  the  conditions  would  not  allow  us  to  enter. 

To  the  angelic  presences,  accustomed  to  life  in  the  most 
harmonious  states  of  the  Mind  of  God,  the  animal  lusts 
and  discordant  feelings  of  human  life  are  as  disturbing 
and  bewildering  as  the  gases  of  the  mine  would  be  to  us. 


70  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

The  magnetic  and  mental  emanations  from  mortals  who 
are  living  in  the  enjoyment  of  the  ordinary  pleasures  of 
life,  without  aspiration  for  heavenly  truth,  fill  the  men- 
tal atmosphere  with  odors  and  vibrations  so  strong  and 
disagreeable  that  only  unregenerated  spirits,  not  long  de- 
parted from  the  earth  plane,  can  remain  in  close  associa- 
tion with  friends  still  incarnate.  The  high  and  holy  min- 
isters of  God  who  inhabit  Eternity  cannot  breathe  and 
hold  their  consciousness  amid  such  dense  vapors.  So  we 
see  the  wisdom  of  Jesus  Christ  in  retiring  so  often  from 
the  world,  in  order  to  come  into  sympathetic  relationship 
with  the  heavenly  source  of  his  power  and  receive  anew 
the  baptism  from  the  Holy  of  Holies.  So  we  see  the 
necessity  for  conditions  within  and  without,  if  we  would 
realize  the  holy  healing  power  which  was  manifest 
through  Jesus  Christ,  and  which  to-day  is  equally  potent 
to  heal  and  harmonize  every  child  of  God  on  earth  who 
will  fulfill  the  conditions  necessary  for  its  reception.  Do 
you  think  the  great  sympathy  and  love  of  God  for  each 
and  every  one  of  His  creatures  would  leave  one  child  in 
pain  or  suffering  one  moment  if  the  way  were  opened  for 
His  Spirit  to  reach  that  creature?  No!  God  longs  with 
infinite  love  to  bring  each  and  every  one  to  the  conscious 
realization  of  His  great  peace  and  perfection,  and  it  is  the 
perpetual  operation  of  His  love  that  is  gradually  lifting 
mankind  from  savagery  to  divinity. 

There  is  power  locked  up  in  the  chemical  elements  of 
the  earth  greater  far  than  dynamite  or  electricity,  and  man 
may  by  concentration  of  thought  discover,  and  by  me- 
chanical skill  operate,  this  power.  There  is  still  greater 
power  stored  in  the  mental  spaces  all  about  and  within 
the  mind  of  man,  and  this  power  is  being  discovered  and 
apolied  in  suggestion,  thought-transference  and  through 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  77 

the  mediumistic  phenomena  at  seances,  where  invisible 
minds  or  mental  forces  become  clothed  for  the  time  in  the 
habiliments  of  matter  and  overcome  all  known  laws  of 
physics  in  levitating  material  objects.  And  this  mental 
power  is  being  operated  to  restore  to  some  sort  of  har- 
mony the  physical  body,  as  well  as  to  compel  money  to 
come  to  fill  desires. 

But  there  is  a  power  in  God  much  greater  and  more 
satisfying  in  its  operation  than  either  material  or  mental 
power.  Behind  and  within  the  purest  degrees  of  all  the 
universal  forces  of  existence  abides  the  Supreme  Con- 
troller, the  Spirit  of  Almighty  God,  which  is  forever 
evolving  and  transforming  all  energies  and  forces  to  sub- 
serve its  purpose  of  wisdom  and  love.  It  was  the  trans- 
forming power  of  God's  love  that  Jesus  discovered  and 
revealed  to  mortals. 

And  it  is  this  Spirit  of  universal  Love  which  each  of  us 
must  realize  if  we  would  know  God. 

By  purity  of  life  we  prepare  our  temple,  and  by  deep 
devotion  and  holy  aspiration  we  stir  the  depths  of  our 
soul  into  intense  activity,  and  become  a  magnet  for  the 
Holy  Spirit.  The  soul  is  of  God ;  it  came  from  God,  and 
through  it  the  Spirit  will  express  to  our  mind  and  body. 

The  soul  in  its  incarnation  into  a  form  of  flesh  is  like 
a  seed  that  has  been  sown  in  the  earth.  It  must  be 
watered  by  our  thoughts  of  recognition  and  quickened  by 
our  deep  feelings  of  love  for  God.  It  has  an  affinity  only 
for  the  truth  of  God's  love;  the  thoughts  and  feelings 
generated  by  earthly  things  becloud  its  faculties  and  hin- 
der it  from  receiving  its  daily  bread  from  the  Father.  If 
the  mind  of  a  person  is  centered  wholly  upon  material 
things,  the  soul  becomes  isolated  from  the  Father.  If  the 
soul  is  strong  and  has  some  degree  of  awakening,  it  will 


78  HEALING    CURRENTS. 

tire  of  the  dreariness  and  darkness  of  mortal  vibrations, 
and  when  an  occasion  offers  in  the  way  of  sickness  or 
weakness  of  the  body,  it  will  sever  its  connections  with 
the  flesh,  and  return  to  the  freer  state  of  spiritual  life, 
causing  death  to  the  body.  But  it  will  still  be  burdened 
by  its  personal  mind,  which  it  must  regenerate.  The 
work  of  regeneration  would  have  been  much  easier  had 
the  personal  mind  received  and  accepted  the  knowledge 
of  spiritual  truths  before  death,  because  truth  received 
from  the  mortal  plane  of  understanding  has  more  weight 
and  produces  a  deeper  impression  on  the  mind  accus- 
tomed to  dealing  with  material  things. 

If  the  soul  is  not  awakened,  it  cannot  gain  much  reali- 
zation of  its  oneness  with  the  life  and  wisdom  of  the 
Father,  and  consequently  will  not  be  able  to  recreate  and 
hold  the  flesh  in  harmony  and  health. 

We  find  very  often  that  it  is  sufficient  to  educate  the 
soul  to  a  realization  of  its  oneness  with  the  Father  in  or- 
der to  bring  health  to  the  flesh. 

There  is  no  permanent  health  or  happiness  outside  the 
realization  of  the  heavenly  Presence.  Many  seek  for  health 
as  they  have  sought  for  happiness  in  material  things, 
and  find  it  not,  where,  if  they  would  but  make  conditions 
for  the  expression  of  the  healing  love  of  the  Father,  much 
disease  and  suffering  would  be  eliminated  from  their 
lives.  But  some  may  reply  that  they  have  known  pure 
and  devoted  christian  characters  who  have  been  the 
greatest  sufferers.  We  know  that  they  were  not  in  the 
knowledge  of  the  omnipotence  of  God's  love  and  good- 
ness, because  they  had  that  terrible  fear  that  they  or  some 
one  of  God's  children  might  possibly  be  damned ;  in  other 
words,  they  believed  in  the  power  of  evil  to  frustrate 
God's  Omnipotent  Goodness,  and  according  to  the  laws 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  79 

of  thought,  their  beliefs  in  evil  would  not  correspond 
with  the  Spirit  of  Love  nor  allow  it  to  manifest  in  their 
lives.  Their  fear  of  disease  and  pain  made  them  nega- 
tive and  receptive  to  these  conditions.  There  were  no 
bright,  hopeful,  joyous,  positive  thoughts  of  divine  faith 
in  their  minds,  so  the  Spirit  could  not  enter. 

We  have  known  of  those  who  have  been  deeply  inter- 
ested in  all  that  tended  to  the  helping  of  humanity.  They 
were  faithful  in  church  work,  active  in  works  of  charity, 
giving  the  most  of  their  time  and  energy  to  others,  and 
then  as  they  found  their  strength  lessening,  and  many  dis- 
turbances in  their  financial  conditions,  they  began  to 
doubt  God.  They  had  done  much  for  him,  and  what  was 
he  doing  for  them  ?  He  did  not  seem  to  care  how  much 
they  suffered  or  how  poor  they  became.  Was  he  just? 
Did  he  love  them  ?  Was  there  any  God  of  love  and  wis- 
dom at  all  ? 

They  fulfilled  the  second  part  of  the  Lord's  command- 
ment by  loving  their  neighbor  as  themselves,  but  failed 
to  see  the  depth  and  breadth  of  the  first  part  of  the  in- 
junction: "Thou  shalt  love  the  Lord  thy  God  with  all  thy 
heart,  mind,  soul  and  strength."  They  used  their  own 
strength  and  not  the  strength  of  the  Father.  If  they  had 
lived  in  the  constant  inspiration  of  his  Presence,  their 
souls  would  have  gained  new  power  daily;  wisdom  and 
vitality  and  a  living  spontaneity  of  joy  would  have  filled 
their  lives  with  gladness  and  health.  They  would  have 
radiated  away  all  conditions  and  thoughts  of  disease 
from  themselves  and  others.  We  know  these  things  to  be 
true,  for  we  have  lived  in  the  old  way  and  reaped  pain 
and  discouragement,  and  we  have  lived  in  the  new  way 
and  reaped  joyous  health  and  prosperity.  We  find  that 
the  Spirit  of  Love  makes  of  us  magnets  for  all  things 


80  HEALING    CURRENTS. 

that  we  may  desire  when  we  live  with  it  and  allow  its 
power  to  express  through  us.  But  if  we  did  not  spend 
some  time  daily  in  devotion  to  the  Father,  it  may  be 
readily  seen  that  the  Father  would  not  be  so  strong  with 
us  for  the  manifestation  of  either  his  wisdom,  his  health 
or  his  prosperity. 

We  know  that  if  we  seek  first  the  Kingdom  of  God  and 
his  righteousness — not  our  own  righteousness — all  things 
will  be  added,  and  this  is  done  by  fulfilling  the  command- 
ment of  Jesus,  which  embraced  all  commandments. 

v*       $P*        &9* 

A  POWERFUL  STATEMENT. 

The  race  has  been  taught  for  ages  that  evil  is  a  self- 
existent  force;  that  there  is  a  conscious  power,  or  devil, 
working  against  the  good  of  mankind. 

But  God  is  no  respecter  of  persons,  and  would  not,  in 
His  universal  and  impartial  love  for  all,  give  some  per- 
son or  power  the  monopoly  of  using  His  power  and  in- 
telligence for  evil  ends. 

No,  this  is  a  negative  belief  arising  from  ignorance, 
or  only  a  partial  knowledge  of  the  Goodness  of  the  All- 
Intelligence. 

Positive  knowledge  reveals  the  truth  that  the  intelli- 
gence in  man,  bird,  beast  and  all  created  things  is  good; 
in  fact,  very  good.  All  created  things  are  the  intelligence 
of  God  manifesting  and  evolving  through  the  successive 
steps  of  progressive  life.  All  are  growing  from  negative 
to  positive  continually  through  the  grades  of  undeveloped 
intelligence  or  ignorance,  and  will  finally  reach  the  de- 
velopment which  will  enable  them  to  grasp  the  positive 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  81 

knowledge  of  eternal  Truth,  and  work  consciously  with 
the  One  Intelligence,  the  Father  of  all  created  things. 

All  is  Good,  every  step  is  good,  even  though  it  be  a  mis- 
step or  seeming  mistake,  for  through  their  mistakes  God's 
children  learn  which  path  does  not  lead  to  happiness,  and 
thus  they  advance  in  knowledge. 

This  faith  that  all  is  good  can  become  the  salvation  of 
each  and  every  one  from  all  the  erroneous,  devitalizing 
beliefs  of  the  race. 

We  should  cultivate  in  ourselves  the  recognition  that 
all  life  is  truth  on  its  own  plane,  and  that  in  evolving 
and  progressing  minds  live  in  the  experience  of  truth 
negative  before  advancing  into  the  realm  of  positive  truth. 
This  will  give  us  the  patience  of  God,  with  all  the  ideas 
and  creeds  of  mortal  mind  which  the  race  has  evolved 
as  it  progressed  through  negative  mind  or  nescience. 

ALL  IS  GOOD ! 

This  is  positive  knowledge. 

This  is  the  faith  of  God  that  overcomes  the  world-mind. 

This  is  the  revelation  of  truth  that  heals  and  harmon- 
izes all  elements  of  mind  and  body. 

There  is  no  real  or  positive  evil. 

All  so-called  evil  beings  and  actions  are  in  and  from 
ignorance. 

There  may  be  thoughts  of  the  race,  or  race  beliefs, 
that  have  grown  positive  through  ages  of  existence  and 
universal  acceptance;  nevertheless,  they  live  in  and  be- 
long to  the  negative  sphere  of  Mind,  having  no  real  prin- 
ciples of  reason  or  truth  to  substantiate  them;  while 
thoughts  of  truth  are  alive  with  the  positive  force  and 
Spirit  of  God,  and  the  mind  that  expresses  them  is  en  rap- 
port with  the  minds  of  angels  and  archangels  and  every 
healing,  illuminating  potency  in  the  universe  of  Divine 
Mind. 


82  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

Every  mind  and  every  condition  of  ignorance  can  be 
developed  into  the  more  positive  condition  of  knowledge 
and  health  through  the  omniscient  power  inherent  in  the 
thought,  All  is  Good. 

Everything,  no  matter  how  evil  it  appears,  is  undevel- 
oped God  substance,  and  will  grow  and  progress  to  a 
more  intelligent  condition  under  the  fertilizing  recogni- 
tion that  ALL  IS  GOOD. 

Nothing,  nothing,  can  turn  against  the  one  who  lives  in 
the  positive  recognition  and  avowal  of  this  ever-present 
truth.  This  one  statement  of  absolute  Good,  that  our 
reasoning  powers  can  glory  in  for  weeks  and  rejoice  in 
for  months,  will  prove  itself  the  voice  of  Omnipotence 
by  making  all  of  our  mind  and  world  good  and  pros- 
perous, and  it  will  glorify  our  whole  nature  with  the  ex- 
hilarating life  that  comes  to  those  whose  minds  are  wholly 
in  tune  with  the  infinite  Good. 

Much  of  the  pain,  disease  and  poverty  of  a  patient  is 
the  outpicturing  of  negative  beliefs.  In  order  to  make  a 
convincing  impression  upon  the  mind  of  the  patient  the 
healer  must  be  conscious  of  the  power  of  thought,  and 
be  thoroughly  imbued  with  the  knowledge  that  ALL 
IS  GOOD.  The  healer's  mind  must  be  so  enthusiastic 
in  this  thought  of  truth  that  it  will  be  positive  to  the  pa- 
tient's belief  that  some  evil  exists  and  possesses  the  power 
to  harm.  Holding  the  patient  in  the  power  of  this  thought 
for  a  space  of  time,  radiating  its  light  through  the  mind 
and  directing  its  forces  into  the  parts  of  the  body  in  need 
of  education,  he  will  carry  the  conviction  of  the  Spirit  to 
the  error  thoughts  and  convert  them  to  a  more  positive 
state  of  health  and  peace. 

This  supreme  positiveness  is  the  highest  development 
of  the  healing  thought,  enabling  the  goodness  of  Truth 
to  assume  command  of  the  negative  mind  and  remodel  it 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  83 

after  its  own  pattern  of  perfection.  In  the  treatment  the 
whole  mind  becomes  so  devoted  and  concentrated  in  the 
healing  thought  that  there  are  times  when  it  seems  to 
lose  itself  into  the  thoughtless,  wordless  consciousness  of 
power,  becoming  the  instrument  of  the  miraculous  heal- 
ing influx  of  the  Christ. 

There  is  a  wonder-working  law  which  healers  have 
occasionally  touched — the  magical  mercy  of  Jesus  Christ 
— and  when  those  desirous  of  healing  for  self  or  others 
have  fulfilled  this  law,  either  consciously  or  unconsciously, 
the  results  have  been  all  that  could  be  desired,  the  healing 
perfect  and  complete. 

Jesus  was  dominated  with  but  one  purpose,  the  healing 
and  awakening  of  God's  beloved.  Every  cell  in  His  na- 
ture thrilled  with  that  one  desire,  the  vital  impulse  of  the 
great  Whole.  He  became  so  imbued  with  the  realization 
of  God  present  in  all,  that  with  his  glorified  vision  he 
saw  his  persecutors  as  gods,  and  tried  to  reveal  the  in- 
finite possibilities  of  the  God  presence  in  them  and 
around  them,  waiting  only  their  recognition  to  spring 
forth  into  newness  of  life  and  joy  within  and  abundant 
fruition  of  goodness  without  them.  The  healing  pres- 
ence became  so  actual  to  Him  through  singleness  of  eye 
to  the  power  of  Good  that  he  fully  represented  this  re- 
deeming and  saving  power.  He  was  physical  and  mental 
health,  and  his  touch  was  the  contagion  of  health. 

We  shall  grow  more  perfect  in  the  power  to  heal  as  we 
lose  our  life  of  worldliness,  as  we  forget  all  thoughts  of  a 
mortal,  material  world  of  evil,  in  the  contemplation  of 
the  truth  that  we  stand  face  to  face  with  the  living  Soul 
of  the  grand  universe,  expressing  its  vital  energy  in  every 
afom  of  this  splendid  cosmos  of  manifested  intelligence. 

Holy,  Holy,  Holy  is  the  Lord  of  hosts.  The  whole 
earth  is  full  of  His  Glory. 


84  HEALING   CURRENTS. 


OBSESSION. 

Disembodied  spirits  often  cause  debilitated  and  dis- 
eased conditions  of  the  body.  All  persons  are  sensitive 
in  a  greater  or  less  degree  to  the  influence  of  departed 
friends,  who  may  remain  for  a  time  in  close  proximity 
to  the  earth.  As  there  are  good  and  evil  (undeveloped) 
characters  in  this  world,  so  also  in  the  mental  or  spirit- 
ual realms  such  characters  exist,  and  their  influence  with 
mortals  has  been  proved  to  the  satisfaction  of  all  who 
have  given  the  subject  careful  attention.  A  spirit,  good 
or  evil,  cannot  remain  in  the  atmosphere  of  a  mortal 
without  drawing  from  the  magnetic  or  vital  force  of 
that  mortal,  so  it  is  of  great  value  for  mortals  to  know 
how  to  use  their  thoughts  to  dissolve  from  them  all 
disembodied  influences,  especially  when  they  feel  an 
unaccountable  depletion  of  the  nervous  system.  Epi- 
lepsy, paralysis,  and  some  cases  of  nervousness, 
general  debility  and  insanity  are  directly  caused 
by  the  existence  of  spirits  in  the  atmosphere  of  the 
personality.  Very  often  persons  dying  of  cancer,  con- 
sumption and  other  diseases  return  in  their  spirit  form 
to  their  friends,  and  as  their  minds  are  full  of  the 
thoughts  and  feelings  of  the  disease  with  which  they 
departed,  they  reflect  their  diseased  thoughts  and  feel- 
ings into  the  mental  organization  of  their  mortal  friends, 
and  only  an  understanding  of  the  mental  causes  of  the 
disease  avails  to  overcome  the  diseased  conditions  re- 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  85 

fleeted  into    the  bodies    of    those  who    are   thus    over- 
shadowed by  the  diseased  spirits. 

The  spirits  must  be  cut  away  by  the  use  of  the  thought 
power  and  instructed  to  go  to  the  healers  in  spirit  life  to 
be  healed.  The  spirits  must  be  talked  to  mentally  and 
told  of  the  trouble  they  are  causing  to  their  friends 
here.  They  must  be  freed  from  their  bondage  to  the 
earthly  life. 

The  account  of  Jesus  casting  out  spirits  from  the  epi- 
leptic and  insane  should  be  read  as  literal  truth.  See 
Addenda. 

t&&  £&  t0* 

TREATMENT   FOR   OBSESSION. 

Every  mediumistic  attribute  is  dissolved  from  my  na- 
ture. I  am  not  a  medium  to  the  invisible  world.  I  am 
not  a  medium  for  spirits  of  any  kind.  All  mediumistic 
fluids  are  dissolved  from  my  brain  and  nervous  system. 
All  elements  in  my  nature  that  cause  me  to  be  subject  to 
spirit  influences  are  dissolved,  are  now  entirely  eliminated 
from  my  nature. 

All  magnetic  connections  with  the  spirit  world  are  dis- 
solved from  my  brain.  Spirits  cannot  bind  themselves  to 
my  aura  by  any  magnetic  force.  Spirits  cannot  live  in 
proximity  to  my  nature.  I  repel  all  astral  and  spirit  in- 
fluences. All  connecting  links  between  friends  or  rela- 
tives in  the  spirit  world  are  dissolved.  I  do  not  draw  to 
myself  any  friends  or  foes  from  spirit  life.  Spirits  good 
or  evil  cannot  draw  upon  my  vitality. 

Spirits  have  no  power  to  devitalize  or  debilitate  my 
nature.     I  now  take  full  possession  of  my  own  magnetic 


86  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

sphere,  and  I  will  not  allow  any  mind,  incarnate  or  de- 
carnate,  to  influence-  me  or  draw  from  me. 

By  the  power  of  my  thought-word  I  dissolve  all  spirit 
entities  from  my  mental  atmosphere.  By  the  power  of 
my  spiritual  thought  I  resist  all  disembodied  influences. 
I  set  my  thoughts  so  positively  to  resist  all  false  mental 
influences  that  I  am  protected  by  my  thoughts  day  and 
night.  I  will  cultivate  by  daily  affirmation  and  denial  so 
strong  a  mental  force  that  no  spirit  of  any  kind  can  draw 
upon  my  vital  nature.  My  sexual  nature  cannot  be  in- 
fluenced by  or  devitalized  by  spirits.  My  own  mind  be- 
comes awake  to  its  own  spiritual  powers  so  that  it  pro- 
tects me  day  and  night. 

Through  the  power  of  Him  who  commanded  the  devils 
to  depart  from  the  nature  of  mortals  I  command  all 
spirits  to  depart  from  me.  I  will  that  they  shall  leave 
me  free  and  seek  the  freedom  of  the  higher  states  of  spirit 
life.  In  the  name  of  Jesus  Jehovah,  the  Master  of  all 
Spirits,  I  am  now  freed  from  all  obsessing  influences.  I 
now  rejoice  in  the  powers  of  a  free  spirit  of  God.  I  will 
cultivate  by  affirmation  and  denial  the  powers  of  my  own 
spirit,  and  I  know  that  this  process  will  develop  within 
and  around  me  a  mighty  mental  force,  and  through  this 
body  of  faith  substance  the  protecting  power  of  the  Holy 
Spirit  will  become  manifest  in  all  my  ways. 

So  lengthy  a  treatment  as  the  above  is  apt  to  diffuse 
the  thought  if  it  is  used  as  a  whole,  therefore  it  would 
be  better  to  use  it  in  sections,  and  to  memorize  those  sen- 
tences that  seem  to  be  most  potent  in  clearing  the  mental 
atmosphere.  Thoughts  of  this  kind  must  be  used  daily 
for  months  in  order  to  develop  a  mental  power  sufficient 
to  overcome.  The  mental  exercise  will  bear  fruit  in  more 
ways  than  one. 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  87 

In  some  cases  this  treatment  may  awaken  consider- 
able resistance  from  the  unseen  side  and  cause  mental 
antagonism.  When  this  disturbance  is  felt  a  treatment 
for  love  and  peace  should  be  used  to  harmonize  conditions. 
Spirits  should  not  be  held  to  this  plane  by  any  ties  of  rela- 
tionship; they  should  be  free  to  progress  into  higher 
spheres  of  knowledge.  Spirits  who  do  not  want  to  pro- 
gress have  no  right  to  devitalize  any  mortal  for  their  own 
selfish  ends. 

&9*        ^*        ^3* 

THE  MYSTERY  OF  OMNIPOTENCE. 

Mount  Pelee  uttered  its  devastating  word,  and  twenty- 
eight  thousand  souls  were  swept  from  this  field  of  ac- 
tion. After  a  great  cataclysm  there  arises  in  the  minds 
of  many  the  old  idea  of  God  in  His  wrath  smiting  the 
children  of  earth  for  their  wickedness.  Many  are  led  to 
question  the  almightiness  of  God,  in  the  orthodox  sense 
of  God  being  able  to  do  just  as  he  might  choose  in  caus- 
ing or  forestalling  the  manifestation  of  an  energy  like 
that  exhibited  on  the  island  of  Martinique. 

Is  there  a  personal  or  impersonal  God  who  is  able 
to  do  just  as  He  may  please  in  and  with  the  universe? 
Is  there  an  omnipotent  Intelligence  guiding  and  con- 
trolling the  operation  of  natural  law?  The  atheist 
quickly  answers,  No.  To  him  there  is  only  a  universal 
blind  force  that  operates  as  immutable  and  unchangeable 
law.  The  agnostic  sees  that  there  is  undeviating  law  op- 
erative everywhere;  more  he  does  not  claim  to  know. 
The  orthodox  thinker  claims  that  the  Lord  is  omnipotent, 


88  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

but  he  cannot  give  a  reason  why  the  Lord  should  allow 
cataclysms  to  interfere  with  the  peace  of  humanity. 

It  is  the  belief  of  a  great  number  of  the  advanced 
thinkers  of  the  day  that  there  is  an  omnipotent  and  uni- 
versal Intelligence  prevalent  in  the  universe,  but  that 
there  are  different  degrees  of  manifestation  of  this  one 
almighty  Power. 

The  physical  universe  of  matter  is  the  negative  aspect 
of  this  great  Power,  and  we  call  the  mode  of  expression 
of  this  great  Force  natural  law.  The  vibrations  of  force 
exist  in  a  continuous  scale,  from  the  gross  vibrations  of 
physical  substance  to  the  finest  vibrations  of  mental 
energy.  As  the  forms  of  life  come  into  manifestation 
they  organize  and  exhibit  this  universal  power  in  vary- 
ing degrees  of  complexity,  from  the  animalculse  to  man. 
As  forms  evolve  and  become  more  complex  they  come 
in  touch  with  finer  and  finer  degrees  of  force.  At  first 
they  have  only  the  power  to  organize  life;  later  there  is 
born  the  ability  to  sense,  which  develops,  still  later  in 
evolution,  into  the  animal's  faculty  of  instinct,  which  is 
a  certain  responsiveness  to  the  mental  waves  that  contain 
intelligence.  This  faculty,  which  we  call  instinct  in  the 
animal,  can  be  expanded  in  man  so  that  he  can  come  in 
touch  with  the  finer  and  deeper  waves  of  omniscience 
that  vibrate  through  the  mighty  Mind  of  God. 

When  the  great  processes  of  evolution,  working  so 
ceaselessly  and  tirelessly  in  Nature's  magic  wonder- 
house,  have  brought  the  complex  structure  and  brain  of 
man  into  manifestation,  we  can  say  that  God  has  made 
man  out  of  the  dust  of  the  earth ;  and  because  this  highly 
organized  being  is  capable  of  responding  to  the  Divine 
Spirit  that  inhabits  the  inmost  recesses  of  existence,  we 
can  also  say  that  God  has  breathed  into  him  the  breath 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  89 

of  life.  Therefore  incarnate  man  is  the  mediator  be- 
tween the  highest  and  lowest  states  of  being,  and  in  him 
are  organized  the  vibrations  that  allow  him  to  receive 
from  and  communicate  with  every  region  in  the  physical 
and  spiritual  universe. 

We  are  taught  that  each  form  is  composed  of  atoms 
that  are  vibrating  to  and  fro  with  intense  rapidity,  and 
that  the  atoms  themselves  are  but  forms  of  vibrating 
force.  The  tables,  chairs  and  books  in  our  rooms,  and 
even  the  walls,  are  masses  of  vibrations.  The  atmos- 
phere is  also  a  vibrating  substance ;  in  fact,  all  life  is  vi- 
bration in  different  degrees  of  intensity.  The  finer  vi- 
brations interpenetrate  those  more  gross.  For  instance, 
those  fine  vibrations  called  the  X-ray  penetrate  through 
flesh  and  through  wood  without  disturbing  the  vibra- 
tions of  those  substances,  and  there  are  still  more  spiritual 
vibrations  than  the  X-ray.  You  can  imagine  a  form 
composed  of  the  X-ray  vibrations  being  present  in  the 
spot  occupied  by  a  grosser  form,  without  one  form  being 
sensibly  present  to  the  other.  Thinking  along  the  same 
line,  you  can  see  how  the  mighty  vibrations  of  the  God- 
presence  can  be  present  in  the  room  and  in  one's  body, 
and  all  through  space,  without  being  directly  evident  to 
the  senses.  Thus  we  can  reason  that  the  Omnipotent 
Intelligence  is  omnipresent  in  the  realm  of  positive  ex- 
istence, without  being  able  to  directly  influence  the  opera- 
tions of  natural  law.  Thus  we  see  the  need  of  a  me- 
diator. We  see  that  creation  is  not  complete  without 
man,  and  that  God  is  dependent  upon  man  for,  the  ful- 
fillment of  His  manifestation,  as  truly  as  man  is  depend- 
ent upon  God  for  the  power  and  wisdom  that  shall  enable 
him  to  gain  dominion  over  the  negative  and  undeveloped 
farces  of  nature. 


90  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

The  resistant  granite,  the  crystal  quartz,  the  beautiful 
flower,  the  graceful  tree  and  the  strong  and  cunning 
animal  are  all  parts  of  the  vast  intelligence  of  God,  but 
they  are  intelligence  in  a  latent  state.  Only  in  man  is 
this  intelligence  come  to  consciousness  or  developed  to  a 
knowledge  of  its  power.  It  is  the  privilege  and  duty  of 
man  to  make  God  manifest  for  the  benefit  of  all  lesser 
degrees  of  evolving  intelligence.  And  even  in  man  there 
are  degrees  of  the  expression  of  this  intelligence.  Man 
may  only  be  receptive  to  the  vibrations  of  animal  life, 
and  he  may  live  in  the  sphere  of  animal  sensation,  or 
he  may  live  in  and  express  the  finer  and  more  interior  de- 
grees of  his  complex  nature  from  the  intellectual  sphere 
of  perception  and  understanding  to  the  will  sphere  of 
loving  and  being,  in  the  realization  of  the  omniscient  love 
of  the  Christ  consciousness,  which  is  the  presence  of  the 
Father  within. 

Jesus  Christ  was  developed  to  the  most  exalted  de- 
gree of  union  with  the  omnipotent  Father,  and  according 
to  his  power  of  organizing,  by  faith  and  love,  this  posi- 
tive intelligent  power,  he  was  master  of  all  the  lesser 
vibrations  of  mind  and  matter  and  was  able  to  inspire  the 
mind  of  humanity  with  a  renewed  impetus  toward  Di- 
vinity. 

The  pleasure  of  living  increases  as  the  interior  springs 
are  opened  and  allowed  to  flow  out  through  the  nature. 
Many  maiden  ladies  have  found  a  sweet  solace  in  caring 
for  flowers  and  mothering  cats  and  dogs.  These  ob- 
jects have  drawn  out  the  divine  love  from  within  the 
soul,  with  the  result  that  the  giver  and  the  object  of  care 
and  affection  were  both  blessed.  If  two  boxes  of  flower 
seeds  are  planted  at  the  same  time,  and  one  is  blessed 
with  thoughts  of  life  and  love  day  after  day,  while  the 
other  is  left  to  grow  unthought  of,  the  seeds  that  have 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  91 

been  brooded  over  by  a  thoughtful,  loving  mind  will  re- 
spond to  the  vivifying  influence  of  thought  and  outstrip 
in  rapid  growth  the  seeds  that  have  not  had  the  human 
blessings.  The  same  kind  of  treatment  will  bring  a  dog 
or  cat  or  horse  to  a  wonderful  development  of  intel- 
ligence; and  the  time  is  not  far  away  when  this  simple 
truth  will  be  understood  and  practiced  in  dealing  with 
the  perverted  or  undeveloped  intelligence  of  the  criminal 
classes.  Even  little  children  are  doing  a  great  work  in 
the  evolution  of  the  souls  of  animals  as  they  give  to  their 
pets  the  finer  and  more  highly  organized  vibrations  of  the 
human  species. 

Thus  the  higher  degrees  of  the  Father's  love  and  wis- 
dom are  open  to  the  lowliest  degrees  and  forms  of  life 
through  mankind,  and  every  human  being  may  be  a  co- 
operator  with  the  Father  in  lifting  all  beings  to  a  higher 
degree  of  intelligence  and  power  in  the  limitless  scale 
of  evolving  life.  Everyone  that  radiates  the  blessing  of 
love  to  all  creatures,  with  the  understanding  that  All  is 
Good,  is  a  mediator  between  the  Father  and  His  crea- 
tion, and  will  realize  the  great  satisfaction  that  comes 
from  expressing  the  qualities  and  powers  of  the  soul.  And 
the  birth  and  expression  of  the  Christ  love  in  and  from 
the  soul  will  bring  the  conviction  of  individual  immor- 
tality as  sons  and  daughters  of  God,  forever  working 
hand  in  hand  with  the  omnipotent  Father  in  His  great 
work  of  glorifying  His  universe. 

Knowing  this  great  truth  of  man's  intimate  relation 
to  the  Father,  as  an  agent  in  the  sublimization  and  spir- 
itualization  of  all  substance,  that  the  Father  may  be  all 
in  all,  we  can  look  forward  with  prophetic  vision  to  the 
unfolding  future,  when  all  error  and  ignorance  will  have 
been  transformed  into  divine  intelligence,  and  the  mind 
of  humanity  and  of  the  planet  will  be  so  filled  with  the 


92  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

harmonizing  light  and  love  of  the  Father's  Presence  that 
even  the  processes  of  nature  will  become  more  orderly 
and  intelligent — as  now  they  are  more  peaceful  and  set- 
tled than  they  were  in  the  past — so  that  all  disasters 
from  unorganized  forces  will  have  come  to  an  end,  and 
the  whole  earth  will  exhibit  the  fertility  and  richness  in 
grace  and  harmony  of  a  heavenly  kingdom,  where  the 
love  of  the  Father  is  lord  and  master  in  all  hearts  and 
throughout  the  length  and  breadth  of  visible  nature. 

c<?*  (J*  t?* 

CULTIVATE   YOUR   WILL. 

The  omnipotent  Will  of  God  is  holding  worlds  and  so- 
lar systems  in  obedience  to  a  harmonious  order.  You 
stand  in  the  highest  order  of  created  beings,  and  you 
have  the  ability  to  come  in  direct  contact  with  the 
Divine  Will,  to  the  end  that  it  may  express  its  purpose 
of  perfection  through  your  whole  nature.  Develop  the 
divine  will  within  you  by  exercising  it.  You  can  culti- 
vate such  a  mighty  force  of  will  by  the  constant  asser- 
tion, "I  am,  I  will,"  that  every  temptation  will  be  over- 
come and  every  bad  habit  transformed  into  good  by 
the  awakening  of  this  mighty  attribute  to  your  divinity. 
These  affirmations  will  give  you  the  godlike  power  of 
dominion : 

I  am  a  living  soul  of  God. 

I  will  realize  the  majesty  and  glory  of  my  divine  soul. 

I  will  feel  constantly  that  I  am  an  angel  of  light  and 
love. 

I  will  exercise  my  dominion  over  every  negative  condi- 
tion of  body  and  affairs. 

I  will  conquer  all  evil. 

I  will  resist  all  temptations. 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  93 

I  will  live  the  pure  life  of  Christ  in  the  flesh. 

I  will  fill  every  organ  of  my  nature  with  healing  life. 

I  will  express  the  perfect  life  and  health  that  exist  in 
my  soul. 

I  will  become  such  a  magnet  of  love  that  harmony  and 
prosperity  shall  surround  me  on  all  sides. 

I  praise  the  Father  for  this  mighty  power  that  is  now 
mine. 

I  praise  Jesus  Christ  that  my  soul's  highest  aspirations 
are  now  quickened  and  awakened  by  His  Holy  Spirit. 

I  will  walk  hand  in  hand  with  Jesus  Christ  in  making 
His  life  and  power  manifest,  and  help  establish  His  king- 
dom on  earth.    Praise  His  Holy  Name. 

(£•         ^*         ^9* 

BUILDING  THE  TEMPLE  OF  FAITH. 

You  see  the  beauty  of  the  divine  truth,  and  now  you 
desire  to  build  your  temple  of  mind  after  its  pattern. 
You  desire  to  manifest  the  truth  that  you  understand. 
Faith  is  the  substance  of  things  hoped  for.  Faith  is  a 
mental  energy  that  you  can  cultivate.  Every  time  you 
think  a  thought  of  truth  you  are  adding  one  more  word 
of  faith  to  the  mental  energy  that  is  building  up  your 
spiritual  body.  Every  time  you  make  a  strong  affirma- 
tion of  the  strength,  health  and  prosperity  which  are  now 
attributes  of  your  soul,  you  are  formulating  the  quality 
of  mental  energy  that  your  soul  can  use  to  come  into 
strong,  perfect  manifestation. 

The  faith  that  you  have  generated  in  the  past  has  been 
a  negative  form  of  faith.  You  have  not  known  the  won- 
derful power  of  thought,  and  you  have  allowed  various 
kinds  of  false  beliefs  to  occupy  your  mind,  and  conse- 


U  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

quently  your  mind-body,  the  spiritual  body  that  is  formed 
of  your  thoughts,  has  been  open  to  the  influences  and 
beliefs  that  fill  the  mind  of  the  world,  and  has  not  realized 
the  dominion  of  the  Mind  of  God. 

Your  mind  has  exercised  a  certain  negative  dominion 
over  the  flesh,  and  its  limiting  beliefs  are  the  cause  of 
much  bodily  discomfort.  And  all  the  thinking  that  has 
formed  your  present  mind-body,  which  now  dominates 
your  physical  organism,  must  be  regenerated  and  trans- 
formed into  true  intelligence,  that  the  power  of  God 
may  become  manifest  as  your  physical  healer  and  savior. 
This  change  of  mind  comes  gradually  by  the  processes 
of  education  and  growth.  There  is  an  increasing  power 
of  mind,  as  the  Presence  of  God  becomes  more  and 
more  visible  to  the  understanding. 

You  are  the  visible  form  of  an  endless  stream  of  vitality 
and  energy.  The  Holy  Spirit  of  love  broods  over  you 
and  is  willing  to  give  you  of  its  almighty  strength.  God 
is  your  life.  God  is  your  intelligence.  The  gift  of  eternal 
life  is  yours  as  fast  as  you  can  appropriate  it.  There  is  no 
limitation  placed  over  you  by  the  love  of  God.  You  are 
as  unlimited  as  your  source,  and  you  can  think  yourself 
into  freer  channels  of  life  and  expression.  You  will  feel 
the  glowing  fire  of  the  divine  presence  as  it  begins  its 
work  of  regenerating  your  physical  nature,  and  the  thrill 
of  the  heavenly  vitality  will  convince  you  that  your  body 
is  the  kingdom  of  heavenly  bliss. 

Spend  some  time  daily  in  thinking  and  speaking  truth 
for  yourself,  with  confidence  that  you  are  co-operating 
with  the  Father  in  building  a  divine  temple  for  His 
presence  to  inhabit.     Think  thus : 

I  am  in  the  midst  of  the  almighty  forces  of  God  that 
are  all  working  for  my  good.  All  are  working  for  my 
prosperity.     I  will  with  all  the  power  of  my  mind  and 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  95 

soul  that  all  my  affairs  shall  quickly  arrange  themselves 
for  the  demonstration  of  my  prosperity.  All  that  is  mine 
shall  come  to  me,  and  there  is  no  one  with  any  power  to 
withhold  my  own  from  me.  Love  and  justice  reign  su- 
preme in  all  my  world.  All  is  Good.  God  the  Good  pro- 
tects, sustains  and  prospers  me  now  and  at  all  times.  I 
recognize  only  the  good  in  all  beings.  My  faith  is 
grounded  and  unalterably  fixed  in  the  Good,  and  thus  my 
faith  will  conquer  every  belief  of  evil,  and  I  will  by  my 
true  faith  hold  myself  in  unity  with  the  powerful  Mind  of 
God. 

I  am  living  in  the  midst  of  an  ocean  of  vitality  and 
intelligence.  "In  God  I  live  and  move  and  have  my  be- 
ing." I  am  breathing  this  vitality  and  strength  every 
moment,  asleep  or  awake.  My  stomach  is  vitalized  and 
able  to  assimilate  sustenance  and  strength  from  all  I  eat. 
I  love  to  eat  and  absorb  strength.  I  am  in  tune  with  all 
nature  and  with  the  healing  power  of  God,  and  all  things 
are  giving  me  of  their  life  and  energy.  I  see  and  feel  that 
the  whole  universe  is  a  vast  sea  of  life  and  energy  and 
beneficent  intelligence  and  I  am  a  magnet  in  the  midst 
of  it  all,  appropriating  all  that  I  need  to  build  a  perfect, 
healthy  body  and  mind. 

I  know,  Oh  Thou  Eternal  One,  that  thy  love  holds  me 
in  its  almighty  embrace.  I  am  a  little  child  in  thy  hands. 
I  trust  implicitly  to  thy  all-wise  presence.  Fill  me  with 
thy  Spirit  of  Truth,  that  I  may  thoroughly  know  and 
feel  that  All  is  Good ;  that  all  fear  and  care  may  depart 
from  my  mind.  I  will  learn  of  Thee,  that  I  may  find 
Thy  peace.  I  know  that  as  the  spirit  of  thy  truth  grows 
strong  in  my  mind,  all  mortal  errors  and  fears  will  vanish, 
as  the  mists  dissolve  and  disappear  before  the  morning 
sun.     Thou  art  the  sun  of  my  soul,  and  in  the  brightness 


9<3  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

of  thine  omnipresent  glory  my  soul  now  awakens  and  is 
rilled  with  the  joy  of  immortal  life. 

I  praise  thy  intelligence,  which  I  see  manifesting  every- 
where. I  praise  thy  love,  which  is  present  within  each 
soul.  I  praise  thy  life,  which  is  the  omnipotent  sus- 
tainer  of  all  creatures.  I  praise  the  Lord  my  Christ  for 
the  grandeur  of  the  Sun  of  Righteousness  that  now  il- 
lumines and  glorifies  my  life. 

Glory  to  God  in  the  Highest,  peace  on  earth,  good- 
will to  men. 

^*  *£?*  £fr 

TRUST  IN  GOD. 

With  the  proper  understanding  of  the  truth  of  the 
Mighty  Lord  of  Lives,  I  know  you  can  bring  yourself  to 
so  perfect  a  faith  in  His  power  and  presence  that  you 
will  not  be  moved  by  anything  that  transpires  around 
you.  Unless  you  arrive  at  this  stage  of  faith  your 
knowledge  is  vain  and  valueless  as  a  spiritual  support. 

You  are  disturbed  by  inharmonious  conditions  in  your 
own  life  and  allow  yourself  to  be  affected  by  the  troubles 
of  other  people.  This  is  because  of  your  great  sympathy. 
But  the  one  who  is  firmly  poised  in  the  truth  of  the  good- 
ness of  the  PRESENCE  of  the  Father,  and  who  has  made 
Real  to  his  mind,  by  constant  affirmation,  the  truth 
that  He  is  the  OMNIPOTENT  ONE,  is  undisturbed  by 
the  many  appearances  of  evil  while  doing  all  possible  to 
alleviate  the  conditions,  because  he  is  firmly  grounded  in 
the  faith  that  the  Almighty  cannot  be  thwarted,  and  all 
must  from  OMNIPOTENT  NECESSITY  work  for 
GOOD.  And  when  we  are  so  strong  in  this  faith,  the 
true  faith  that  unites  us  to  the  power  of  Jesus  Jehovah, 
we  then  make  the  perfect  mental  conditions  whereby  only 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  97 

good  can  operate  in  and  around  us,  whereas,  if  we  are 
unsettled  in  mind  and  do  not  furnish  a  still  positive 
point  for  the  radiation  of  the  power  that  makes  for 
good,  all  things  seem  to  work  to  create  more  disturbance. 

We  cannot  keep  in  union  with  the  Christ  if  we  have 
any  other  gods  besides  Him,  if  we  allow  any  personality 
to  come  between  Him  and  us.  While  working  for  all 
good  results,  we  must  leave  each  and  every  soul  free  to  be 
moved  by  His  Will,  and  not  take  the  responsibility  of 
forcing  anything  to  come  in  the  life  of  another  just  as 
we  think  it  should,  for  then  we  may  operate  to  hinder 
the  very  thing  which  the  all-wise  Spirit  is  operating  to 
accomplish. 

The  more  we  positively  affirm  what  we  know  to  be  true, 
the  more  positive  and  powerful  our  faith  becomes,  so  it 
is  our  method  to  make  affirmations  continually  toward 
building  up  the  spiritual  mind  of  faith.  The  power  of 
God  is  impartial ;  it  will  operate  to  do  whatever  our 
thought  turns  it  to  accomplish.  So  we  must  speak  the 
words  of  truth  with  confidence,  knowing  that  they  are 
seeds  that  will  bring  a  perfect  fruitage  in  God's  own  time. 

Truth  is  mighty  and  WILL  Prevail — if  we  give  it  a 
mental  form  through  which  it  can  act. 

THE  WORD  OF  POWER. 

As  we  comprehend  the  symphonies  of  the  great  musi- 
cians, we  see  them  to  be  wonderful  creations  of  grace  and 
beauty.  We  understand  that  the  discords  are  just  as 
necessary  as  the  harmonies  to  make  a  perfect,  artistic 
whole.  We  see  that  discords  and  harmonies  must  be 
contrasted  in  order  to  bring  out  the  relative  value  oi 


9S  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

each.  And  looking  at  the  symphony  in  a  comprehensive 
way  we  say  that  it  is  all  harmony ;  viewed  from  the  ar- 
tistic standpoint  there  are  no  discords ;  it  is  a  perfect  evo- 
lution of  musical  thought.  But  looking  at  it  from  the 
standpoint  of  details,  analyzing  chord  after  chord,  we  use 
the  relative  statements,  and  say  that  one  set  of  notes  is 
a  discord,  while  another  is  a  harmony.  So  it  is  the  time 
element  that  makes  manifest  the  discords  and  reveals  the 
evolution  of  discords  into  harmonies.  There  are  long 
drawn  out  discords  and  the  quick  modulations  and  reso- 
lutions of  chords,  all  ending  at  last  in  the  tonic  or  key- 
note, which  is  the  victorious  alpha  and  omega  determin- 
ing all  progression  in  the  musical  composition. 

The  universe  is  the  grand  symphony  of  God's  love, 
and  our  souls  are  divine  notes  evolved  by  the  Master 
musician,  and  all  are  fulfilling  a  wise  end  and  use  in  the 
progressing  harmony  of  life.  As  we  contemplate  the 
vast  design  of  the  orderly  cosmos,  we  are  compelled  to 
acknowledge  an  operating  Wisdom  above  all  mortal  com- 
prehension. Looking  at  the  universe  from  a  point  of 
view  above  the  petty  details  of  mortal  existence,  we  are 
willing  to  acknowledge  that  it  is  an  artistic  production 
of  a  Master  Mind ;  that  it  is  a  living  symphony,  all  grace, 
all  wisdom,  all  harmony.  Coming  down  to  the  details  of 
life  in  time,  where  the  evolution  of  the  tones  of  the  uni- 
versal symphony  appear  as  discords,  and,  in  their  unre- 
lated groupings,  as  continuous  sounding  dissonances, 
we  are  apt  to  lose  sight  of  the  majestic  march  of  the 
Whole  in  its  progression  in  the  wisdom  and  love  of  God. 
God  is  the  Master  Musician,  and  His  soul  of  love  and 
light  is  the  keynote  of  existence,  the  alpha  and  omega 
from  which  all  the  harmonies  of  existence  proceed  and 
into  which  all  are  again  resolved. 

From  the  standpoint  of  His  wisdom  there  is  no  evil 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  99 

or  discord ;  all  is  good  and  all  is  harmonious  to  the  eternal 
Mind  that  rules  and  sways  all  in  endless  progressions  of 
wisdom  and  love.  It  is  only  because  we  look  at  things 
from  a  limited  viewpoint  in  time,  where  the  future  reso- 
lutions and  evolutions  of  the  discords  of  existence  are  not 
apparent,  that  evil  appears  as  an  incomprehensible  mys- 
tery. From  the  view  given  in  this  analogy  we  can  under- 
stand the  truth  that  all  life  and  intelligence  and  all  sub- 
stance are  expressions  of  God,  and  therefore  good,  and 
that  evil  is  but  an  appearance  to  us  because  we  do  not 
comprehend  the  purpose  of  God  or  the  evolution  of  His 
purpose  in  humanity.  No  philosophy  has  ever  given  a 
satisfactory  reason  for  the  existence  of  evil  or  evolved  a 
theory  of  a  beneficent  Intelligence  without  making  Him 
responsible  for  any  evil  that  might  enter  into  His  creation. 

This  idea  of  the  universal  goodness  of  all  that  is,  is 
the  foundation  thought  for  all  spiritual  progression. 
Spirituality  consists  in  coming  into  sympathetic  rela- 
tionship with  the  Mind  of  God  and  thinking  and  feeling 
as  His  Spirit  inspires,  and  in  order  to  accomplish  this 
our  mind  must  be  lifted  above  the  limited  conceptions 
which  the  race  has  evolved,  and  conceive  of  the  Spirit  of 
God  in  the  Goodness  of  His  eternal  reality.  If  we  com- 
prehend that  the  motive  from  which  His  wisdom  acts  is 
universal  love,  we  shall  desire  to  bring  our  whole  nature 
into  accord  with  this  supreme  Tone  of  life,  and  we  shall 
see  from  this  exalted  standpoint  that  love  and  goodwill, 
not  selfishness  and  condemnation,  are  the  Christ-like 
modes  of  expression. 

His  Spirit  is  ever  present  in  the  positive  states  of  the 
universal  Mind,  but  until  we  grow  to  a  positive  degree 
of  faith  or  knowledge,  our  mind  is  related  only  to  the 
negative  state  of  the  universal  Mind,  and  cannot  feel,  or 
respond  to,  the  movements  of  the  Spirit.    Like  the  plati- 


100  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

num  wire  in  the  glass  bulb,  we  are  glorified  by  our  ability 
to  resist  the  vibrations  of  Spirit,  and  thus  make  it  mani- 
fest. As  our  mental  structure  becomes  more  and  more 
positive  with  divine  thoughts  and  feelings,  we  advance 
from  negative  to  more  positive  states  of  spiritual  life, 
until  we  gain  a  power  of  spiritual  positiveness  and  re- 
sistance that  enables  us  to  stand  upright  as  Sons  of  the 
Eternal,  and  feel  the  beatings  of  the  waves  of  deific  life 
against  every  particle  of  our  spiritual  nature.  Verily,  we 
must  be  almightily  positive  in  love  and  truth  if  we  would 
be  able  to  polarize  and  organize  into  our  own  being  the 
forces  of  Omnipotence. 

It  is  a  common  idea  that  man  is  a  medium  or  receptacle 
for  God,  an  instrument  through  which  God  will  flow, 
as  water  flows  through  a  tube,  or  electricity  through  a 
copper  wire.  I  have  watched  those  who  have  held  this 
idea,  but  have  failed  to  see  them  attain  to  any  exalted 
consciousness  of  God.  It  has  been  my  experience  that 
God  seeks  to  glorify  minds  that  can  stand  without  flinch- 
ing in  the  white  glory  of  the  ISfameless  presence,  and 
trace  their  pedigree  to  God,  and  unite  with  Him  in  ex- 
pressing the  power  that  has  dominion  over  the  negative 
minds  and  conditions  which  have  not  yet  arrived  at  the 
consciousness  of  the  divinity  resident  within  the  positive 
center  of  their  being.  This  dominion  is  but  the  power  of 
love  that  irresistibly  leads  and  attracts  undeveloped  minds, 
even  against  their  knowledge  and  will,  into  the  way  of 
progressive  evolution  toward  the  sublime  heights  of  di- 
vinity. 

It  was  the  positive  knowledge  which  Jesus  had  of  His 
oneness  with  the  Father  that  enabled  Him  to  bear  the 
glory  of  the  Father  in  His  nature.  For  years  He  had 
cultivated  a  body  of  thought,  a  character  built  out  of 
positive  affirmations  of  true  thought,  until  He  had  a  pure, 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  101 

resistant  spiritual  nature  which  had  become  an  organiza- 
tion of  the  mighty  thought  of  God,  a  radiating  Center  of 
divine  love  and  wisdom.  He  thought  the  truth  and  spoke 
what  He  saw  to  be  true  of  His  soul,  until  the  aggregation 
of  a  vast  number  of  positive  thought-forces  combined  to 
form  His  mind  into  one  glorious  word  of  power.  He 
lived  so  continually  in  the  thought  and  faith  of  the  Logos 
that  He  became  the  Word  and  Spirit  of  the  Almighty 
incarnate. 

He  was  so  positively  alive  with  the  life  and  thought  of 
God  that  it  was  enough  for  him  to  project  an  emanation 
of  his  own  faith  into  the  nature  of  one  who  needed  and 
was  ready  for  this  healing  influx,  to  set  his  whole  nature 
to  vibrating  with  divine  harmony  and  health.  The  Spirit 
of  God  inspired  the  whole  aggregation  of  his  thoughts, 
and  his  glorified  mind-body  filled  his  flesh  with  the  vital- 
ity of  eternity,  so  that  when  he  projected  an  emanation 
from  his  soul  sphere,  his  mental  sphere  and  his  magnetic 
sphere  into  a  patient,  all  conditions  were  made  for  the 
instantaneous  demonstration  of  health  in  the  patient's 
whole  being.  Thus  the  health  and  harmony  of  Jehovah 
God  came  into  instantaneous  manifestation  through  His 
spiritualized  instrument.  And  in  the  degree  that  we  al- 
low the  spirit  of  truth  and  love  to  express  through  our 
nature,  we  also  shall,  like  Jesus,  be  able  to  make  God's 
mercy  manifest. 

We  are  just  beginning  to  learn  that  our  nature  is  a 
battery  for  the  generation  of  mental  force.  We  are  con- 
tinually sending  out  currents  of  thought  force  from  our 
mental  battery.  And  it  is  being  demonstrated  that  our 
thoughts  are  alive  with  an  energy  and  intelligence  capable 
of  operating  at  a  distance  from  the  brain  from  which 
they  are  sent.  And  more  wonderful  still,  we  are  being 
influenced  for  good  or  ill  by  the  thoughts  of  others  which 


102  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

we  allow  to  enter  our  mental  sphere.  So  that  we  are 
either  positive  generators  of  thoughts  which  affect  others, 
or  we  are  ourselves  being  affected  by  the  thoughts  of 
others.  In  fact,  we  are  always  being  impressed  by  minds 
more  positive  than  ours,  and  in  turn  impressing  minds 
less  positive.  Knowing  this,  it  behooves  us,  for  our 
own  protection,  to  become  more  positive  than  the  minds 
with  whom  we  associate,  and  that  we  may  realize  the 
greatest  good  for  ourselves,  and  give  the  minds  who  come 
under  our  influence  an  impulse  toward  purer  and  higher 
thinking,  we  should  cultivate  an  expression  of  thought 
which  will  relate  us  to  the  mighty  Mind  of  eternal  Good- 
ness and  Wisdom. 

We  are  learning  of  the  power  of  the  word,  and  its 
magical  influence  with  other  minds,  but  many  are  gain- 
ing a  realization  that  when  the  power  of  the  word  is  used 
for  selfish  ends  it  may  bring  more  sorrow  than  joy ;  that 
with  the  operation  of  occult  forces  there  comes  a  respon- 
sibility which  is  apt  to  bring  more  bondage  than  freedom. 
Those  who  try  to  hold  others  in  selfish  bondage  do  not 
rise  out  of  the  sphere  of  selfish  forces  themselves,  and  so 
with  the  intensification  of  their  selfish-mindedness  they 
are  limited  as  never  before.  Only  those  who  are  willing 
to  arise  and  go  to  the  Father,  and  abide  in  His  love  and 
wisdom,  find  the  way  that  leads  to  the  demonstration, 
in  their  individual  lives,  of  the  Word  of  power. 

The  mysterious  power  of  the  Spirit  of  God  is  not  a 
physical  vibration,  nor  is  it  a  mental  vibration  of  thought ; 
it  is  a  power  above  and  beyond  thought.  Some  have 
thought  that  this  Breath  of  the  Almighty  could  be  in- 
drawn by  certain  breathing  exercises.  These  exercises 
will  refine  the  physical  nature  and  make  it  sensitive  to 
certain  occult  vibrations,  but  they  are  of  a  sphere  sub- 
ordinate to  the  almighty  Spirit.     The  Spirit  is  a  breath 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  103 

in  a  correspondent  sense  only.  It  is  inbreathed  into  the 
spiritual  mind  as  air  is  inspired  by  the  lungs,  but  no 
process  of  physical  respiration  will  open  the  mind  to  the 
Breath  of  divine  Wisdom.  This  can  only  come  by  edu- 
cating the  mind  in  the  knowledge  of  eternal  truth.  Every 
wise  teacher  has  emphasized  the  fact  that  freedom,  health 
and  salvation  are  to  be  found  in  the  mighty  principle 
called  truth.  Therefore,  Jesus  taught  truth  instead  of 
breathing  exercises  as  a  means  of  health  and  soul  poise. 
It  is  the  Spirit  above  man's  mortal  thought  which  en- 
dows man  with  divine  power.  Let  us  take  for  illustration 
two  men  of  equal  mental  powers.  Each  understands 
how  to  generate  mental  force  from  his  organism.  The 
first  has  great  faith  in  his  own  mental  powers,  and  ac- 
cording to  his  faith  he  generates  forces  from  his  mental 
battery  which  proceed  to  accomplish  that  whereunto  they 
were  sent.  The  second  has  faith  in  the  goodness  and 
power  of  God,  and  generates  thoughts  of  truth  which 
have  the  power  of  the  first  man's  thoughts  plus  as  much 
of  the  Spirit  as  the  second  can  organize  into  his  thought. 
Thus  the  man  whose  mind  is  illuminated  with  truth  will 
have  a  power  in  his  thoughts  and  words  which  will  carry 
a  conviction  of  the  Spirit  equal  to  the  purity,  the  sincer- 
ity and  the  realization  of  truth  of  the  mind  from  which 
they  are  evolved.  When  the  mind  perceives  the  eternal 
verities  and  enunciates  them  into  positive  thoughts,  these 
thoughts  are  alive  with  the  Spirit  that  is  eternal  life  itself. 
More  important  then  than  physical  breathing  exercises 
or  mental  concentration  is  the  awakening  of  the  soul  to 
the  knowledge  and  love  of  the  living  God,  that  it  may  in- 
breathe the  Breath  of  Eternity  and  gain  the  conscious 
power  which  will  illuminate  the  mind  and  revitalize  the 
body  with  a  spontaneous  joy  that  will  be  irresistibly  po- 


104  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

tent  in  transforming  the  nature  and  subordinating  all 
processes  into  harmony  with  itself. 

If  the  student  sits  and  practices  breathing  exercises  or 
mental  concentration  in  a  mortal  frame  of  mind,  thought 
vibrations  will  be  indrawn  from  the  negative  mortal 
sphere  of  the  universal  mind,  but  if  the  student's  mind  is 
first  made  positive  and  radiant  with  the  Spirit  of  truth, 
by  affirmation  of  living  eternal  truth,  there  will  come,  by 
the  law  of  like  attracting  like,  an  influx  of  thought  which 
will  have  an  uplifting  and  exalting  power  superior  to  that 
which  comes  from  the  first  process. 

To  sit  in  a  negative  state  of  thought  and  passively 
draw  upon  the  invisible  for  occult  power  will  make  one 
a  medium  for  a  quality  of  mental  influx  like  that  with 
which  his  mind  is  in  tune  at  the  moment.  Thus  is  medium- 
ship  developed,  which  opens  the  mental  doors  to  just  the 
quality  of  mind  which  we  are  striving  to  outgrow  and 
overcome.  So  the  mind  must  be  first  exalted  by  aspira- 
tion and  affirmation  to  the  love  and  contemplation  of 
divine  truths,  and  then  when  the  whole  being  becomes 
spiritually  positive  in  the  joy  of  expressing  living 
thoughts  of  wisdom,  a  state  of  passive  receptivity  will 
bring  to  the  soul  the  emanations  of  heavenly  inspiration. 

There  is  latent  now  in  each  individual  soul  a  power  of 
divinity  capable  of  transforming  the  whole  body  into 
health  and  perfection.  This  power,  which  is  the  Spirit  of 
the  Almighty,  may  be  expressed  through  positive  affirma- 
tions of  truth ;  thoughts  of  recognition  which  embody  in 
mental  form  its  divine  potency.  Through  faith  this  Spirit 
manifests  its  power.  And  faith  may  be  cultivated  and 
developed  by  affirmations  of  truth  relating  to  the  good- 
ness and  wisdom  and  perfection  of  this  power.  We  may 
affirm  the  presence  of  almighty  health  and  strength  until 
we  feel  the  glowing  power  infilling  our  thoughts  and 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  105 

tingling  with  joyous  life  through  every  cell  of  the  body. 
It  is  by  affirmation  of  the  truth  that  we  build  the  spiritual 
temple  of  faith  through  which  God  comes  into  manifest 
expression  in  our  flesh.  And  as  we  develop  this  spiritual 
word  potency,  and  tune  our  nature  to  the  keynote  of  the 
divine  life  of  love  and  service,  we  shall  gain  the  con- 
sciousness of  the  actual  presence  of  the  Father,  and  be- 
come so  alive  with  His  grace  and  harmony  that  God  will 
live  in  every  part  of  our  being,  and  we  shall  begin  to 
realize  in  some  degree  the  possibilities  of  demonstration 
that  Christ  attained  as  the  Word  of  Power. 

(^*  %^  *£T* 

NERVOUS  DEBILITY. 

Nervous  debility  is  often  caused  by  accumulations  of 
dark  mental  forces  in  the  aura  or  mental  atmosphere  of 
the  person,  which  produce  a  despondent  feeling  and  also 
weaken  the  nervous  system,  because  they  absorb  the 
vital  essence.  They  must  be  dissolved  by  persistent 
denials  like  these  which   follow : 

Omnipotence  is  dissolving  all  false  mental  forces  from 
my  presence. 

All  disturbing  memories  are  dissolved. 

All  connections  with  mortal  personalities  of  the  past 
are  dissolved. 

The  Spirit  is  dissolving  all  mentalities  from  my  atmos- 
phere. 

All  accumulations  of  dark  and  depressing  thoughts  are 
dissipated. 

All  mortal  thoughts  are  washed  away. 

My  home  and  my  temple  are  now  purified  by  the  white 
light  of  the  Divine  Presence.  I  will  not  have  my  home  an 


106  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

abiding-place  for  any  earth-bound  spirits  of  past  ac- 
quaintance. Infinite  peace  and  power  are  now  working 
to  make  all  conditions  for  my  perfect  healing.  The 
mighty  Angels  of  God  are  my  protection,  and  under  the 
shadow  of  His  wings  I  abide. 
GLORY  TO  GOD  IN  THE  HIGHEST! 

c5*  !^*  t^* 

DENY  THE  IMPERFECT:  AFFIRM  THE  PER- 
FECT. 

The  human  battery  of  mental  energy  may  generate 
thought  which  is  constructive  or  destructive.  As  the  elec- 
tric spark  is  discharged  from  the  electric  apparatus,  so, 
in  like  manner,  sparks  of  thought  are  discharged  from 
the  mental  apparatus.  Although  the  charges  of  mental 
force  are  invisible  to  mortal  sight,  they  are,  nevertheless, 
much  more  potent  in  many  ways  than  the  crude  spark 
of  electric  energy.  Sparks  of  thought  force  are  superior 
to  electric  sparks  because  they  are  intelligent,  and  the 
power  in  each  spark  will  work  intelligently  to  accomplish 
whatever  it  is  directed  to  do,  and  instead  of  becoming 
exhausted  it  becomes  stronger  by  drawing  like  mental 
elements  to  itself.  We  have  a  very  faint  realization  as 
yet  of  the  power  of  thought.  When  the  world  wakes  up 
to  the  proper  spiritual  value  of  thought,  to  the  creative 
value  of  thought,  the  members  of  the  human  family  will 
become  as  gods  in  their  dominion  over  the  flesh  and  over 
all  negative  environments. 

By  affirmation  of  truth  thoughts  of  constructive  power 
are  generated.  By  denial  of  the  beliefs  of  the  past  which 
we  see  to  be  false  we  generate  a  dissolving  force  which 
dissolves  from  the  subconscious  and  conscious  mind'  all 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  107 

dark  and  limiting  thought  forces  that  tend  to  disease  and 
discord  in  the  human  economy. 

The  subconscious  mind  is  the  storehouse  of  all  the 
thoughts  and  feelings  of  this  present  life,  running  back 
to  the  thoughts  and  feelings  of  the  parents  which  formed 
the  basis  of  the  subconscious  mind. 

The  subconscious  mind  of  each  personality,  then,  is  a 
mental  garden,  in  which  is  planted  all  the  false  and  un- 
developed thoughts  and  feelings  of  the  whole  race,  or  of 
that  part  of  the  race  from  which  the  personality  descended 
most  directly.  And  as  the  subconscious  mind  is  the  spirit 
form  or  matrix  which  molds  its  physical  counterpart, 
forming  and  operating  every  organ  in  the  body,  directing 
the  new  food  elements  that  are  partaken  of  daily  to  their 
proper  places  in  the  formation  of  the  body,  it  is  necessary, 
therefore,  to  go  back  into  this  subconscious  character 
form  to  find  the  potent  cause  for  the  discord  and  inhar- 
mony  in  the  physical  body.  If  the  seeds  of  lust,  limita- 
tion, fear,  ignorance,  revenge,  cruelty,  disease  or  death 
have  been  sown  by  ancestors  or  by  conscious  thought  in 
the  garden  of  the  subconscious  mind,  then  all  these  seeds 
will  have  to  be  dissolved  in  order  that  the  subconscious 
mind  may  reflect  the  perfect  order  and  harmony  of  the 
heavenly  mind  of  God  and  make  God's  perfect  thought 
into  a  perfect  temple  of  flesh.  Not  until  the  subconscious 
mind  is  cleansed  and  purified  by  the  dissolving  power  of 
thought  can  the  soul  power  within,  the  true  individual 
from  God,  gain  its  perfect  mastery  over  its  instrument  of 
flesh. 

All  the  thoughts,  like  thoughts  of  lust,  that  have  been 
termed  sinful  must  be  denied  out  of  the  mind,  because 
they  limit  the  soul  in  its  perfect  expression  and  fill  the 
blood  with  poison.    Evil  thoughts,  like  lust,  anger,  jeal- 


108  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

ousy,  etc.,  have  a  negative  creative  force.  They  transform 
the  food  elements  into  poisonous  compounds.  This  is  now 
demonstrated  conclusively  by  scientific  experiment.  But, 
thanks  to  the  knowledge  of  the  action  of  mind,  we  know 
that  we  no  longer  need  to  suffer  for  the  sins  in  thought 
of  our  parents,  nor  do  we  need  to  suffer  for  our  own  sins 
of  the  past.  We  can  use  the  process  of  mental  denial  to 
dissolve  all  the  seeds  of  past  thoughts  from  the  conscious 
and  subconscious  mind.  A  spark  of  electric  energy  may 
be  sent  through  the  depilatory  needle  to  the  root  of  a  hair 
to  destroy  the  root,  so  by  denial  may  sparks  of  thought  be 
sent  into  the  mysterious  recesses  of  our  subconscious 
mind  to  destroy  all  false  beliefs  of  the  past.  The  same 
mental  force  may  be  used  to  dissolve  all  false  growths, 
all  swellings,  all  poisonous  elements  and  every  diseased 
condition  from  the  physical  form.  For  every  one  of  these 
things  has  a  mental  counterpart,  and  unless  the  mental 
growth  is  first  dissolved  the  material  means  used  to  dis- 
solve the  physical  growth  will  not  always  be  successful, 
because,  given  the  proper  conditions,  the  mental  form 
will  again  reproduce  itself  in  the  flesh.  So  the  physician 
of  the  future  will  perform  surgical  operations  mentally 
for  false  growths  to  get  permanent  results. 

The  best  results  are  attained  by  the  use  of  denial,  fol- 
lowed by  affirmation.  It  will  be  found  that  the  process 
of  denial  tends  to  disturb  both  the  mental  and  physical 
forces  of  the  body.  Denial  of  diseased  conditions  will 
disturb  the  reign  of  those  conditions,  and  denial  of  old 
mental  beliefs  will  unsettle  the  mind  for  a  time,  causing 
the  darkness  of  past  thoughts  to  rise  up  and  shroud  the 
mind  in  gloom.  But  there  is  no  real  reason  for  fear,  if 
the  denials  are  not  persisted  in  for  too  long  a  time. 
Strong  denials  should  be  followed  by  peaceful,  harmoniz- 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  109 

ing  affirmations,  in  order  to  allay  any  mental  or  physical 
disturbance  caused  thereby. 

The  following  examples  of  the  application  of  mental 
denial  make  clear  the  process.  The  student  can  see  from 
these  how  to  exercise  the  mind  in  denying  all  conditions  of 
mind  and  body  which  do  not  represent  the  ideal : 

DENIAL  OF  FEAR. 

I  take  my  stand  on  my  eternal  soul,  and  by  the  dissolv- 
ing power  of  my  mind  I  dissolve  away  all  the  limiting 
thoughts  of  the  past. 

I  am  a  soul  in  unity  with  the  omniscient  Spirit  of  God. 
I  dissolve  all  thoughts  of  ignorance  from  my  mental  at- 
mosphere. I  am  wise  with  the  wisdom  of  my  soul.  I  am 
the  Light  that  clears  away  all  clouds  of  mortal  ignorance. 
I  am  the  light  of  heaven. 

All  fearful  memories  of  the  past  are  dissolved.  I  will 
persist  in  casting  out  all  fearful  thoughts  from  my  mind 
until  only  the  Light  of  divine  Love  remains.  My  soul  is 
in  union  with  the  perfect  love  of  God.  I  am  the  perfect 
love  of  God  expressing.  There  is  absolutely  nothing  to 
fear.  All  race  thoughts  of  fear  are  dissolved  from  my 
mind.  All  hereditary  thoughts  of  fear  are  dissolved  from 
my  conscious  and  subconscious  mind.  I  will  no  longer 
be  bound  by  haunting  thoughts  of  fear.  I  command  my 
subconscious  mind  to  cast  out  all  haunting  thoughts  of 
fear.  My  soul  stands  in  the  joyful  light  of  Love  and  can- 
not feel  fear  in  any  form.  My  soul  is  clad  in  the  mantle  of 
Light  and  cannot  be  troubled  by  memories  of  the  past.  I 
am  the  fearless  Child  of  Omnipotence.  I  know  the  truth 
that  All  is  Good.  I  know  I  cannot  lose  anything.  I  know 
that  no  force  in  heaven  or  on  earth  can  take  my  conscious 
individuality  from  me.     I  cannot  be  robbed  of  any  good 


110  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

thing.  So  I  have  nothing  to  fear.  The  fearless  Spirit  of 
Jesus  Jehovah  is  radiating  from  within  my  soul.  Praise 
His  Holy  Name. 

DENY    MORTAL    HEREDITY. 

As  a  soul  born  in  the  image  and  likeness  of  the  Mother- 
Father  God,  I  deny  the  power  and  influence  of  mortal 
heredity.  I  deny  all  limitations  of  a  mortal  heritage.  I 
deny  the  negative  truth  of  my  mortal  heredity  in  favor 
of  the  positive  truth  of  my  immortal  heritage  as  a  soul  of 
God.  I  will  recognize  the  power  of  life,  health  and  per- 
fection within  my  soul,  and  by  my  recognition  of  the 
soul  power  I  will  overcome  all  negative  laws  of  mortal 
belief. 

I  cannot  be  affected  by  cancerous  conditions  in  my  mor- 
tal parents.  I  refuse  to  allow  any  cancerous  conditions 
to  take  root  in  my  nature.  By  the  power  of  my  divine 
soul  I  dissolve  from  my  nature  all  tendency  toward  can- 
cerous conditions.  I  will  no  longer  look  back  to  mortal 
parents  as  my  ancestors.  I  will  trace  my  birth  direct  to 
God,  who  is  the  real  parent  of  my  real  being.  I  do  not 
draw  any  of  my  mental  or  physical  attributes  from  mortal 
parents.  I  draw  all  my  life,  all  my  thought  and  all  my 
power  to  express  life  and  health  direct  from  God.  I  deny 
from  my  mind  any  belief  that  I  can  be  subject  to  the  dis- 
eases of  my  ancestors.  By  the  power  of  my  will  I  dis- 
solve all  possibility  of  cancer  in  my  organism.  By  the  in- 
tensity of  my  thought  I  dissolve  every  condition  from  my 
flesh  that  would  allow  cancerous  conditions.  By  the 
power  of  the  Flame  of  God  within  my  soul  I  cleanse  and 
purify  my  mind  and  body  of  all  poisonous  elements.  I 
will  keep  my  mind  and  body  so  pure  and  my  thought  so 
true  to  the  power  of  the  divine  that  only  perfect  life  and 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  Ill 

health  shall  manifest  through  me.  I  am  an  endless  stream 
of  life  direct  from  God,  and  by  recognition  of  my  life  in 
God  I  will  keep  the  stream  of  my  life  pure  and  perfect 
forever. 

DENY  MENTAL  WEAKNESS. 

God  is  my  life.  God  is  my  strength.  God  is  my  mental 
power.  I  am  not  losing  my  mind.  I  am  not  getting 
weaker  in  mental  power.  God's  Mind  is  all  about  me,  and 
from  His  Mind  I  now  draw  my  mental  energy  and 
strength.    I  am  surrounded  by  His  peace  and  harmony. 

I  will  not  be  troubled  about  material  affairs  or  about 
anything.  I  will  trust  all  my  affairs  to  the  Mighty  God. 
I  will  have  faith  that  all  things  shall  work  out  for  our 
good.  I  trust  to  the  love  and  wisdom  of  God  to  bring 
all  to  pass. 

I  will  sleep  in  the  peace  of  God  every  night.  I  will 
build  up  in  mental  strength  every  night.  I  WILL  NOT 
have  any  more  fainting  spells.  I  will  develop  my  will  and 
my  mental  power  by  continual  use.  I  will  exercise  my 
will  to  overcome.  I  am  greater  than  all  these  negative 
conditions  that  have  held  me  down,  and  I  now  exercise 
my  will  to  conquer  for  the  glory  of  God. 

%&&  t&&  ^* 

DENY  THE  CAUSE  OF  DISEASE. 

In  treating  diseases  mentally,  deny  out  of  the  mind 
the  cause  of  the  appearance.  There  is  no  cause  for  dis- 
ease in  your  soul  nature,  which  is  your  true  nature.  In 
thinking  the  truth  to  overcome  error  thoughts  always 
deny  every  cause  that  is  not  real  in  your  soul  nature. 
Your  soul  is  truth.  The  life  and  perfection  of  the  soul 
are  positive  power.    Think  the  truth  of  your  soul,  speak 


112  HEALING    CURRENTS. 

the  truth  of  jour  soul,  and  trust  it  to  overcome  all  nega- 
tive appearances  in  the  flesh.  While  pain  and  disease 
may  appear  very  real  to  the  senses,  they  are  not  real  con- 
ditions to  the  soul  nature.  What  the  soul  knows  and  feels 
as  true  is  the  real  standard  of  eternal  truth.  The  soul 
recognizes  unlimited  life  and  perfection  as  the  only  per- 
manent truth,  no  matter  what  may  appear  real  in  the 
body.  And  if  the  conscious  mind  will  agree  with  the 
soul  and  deny  all  causes  of  sickness  and  pain  as  unreal, 
the  soul's  power  and  perfection  will  become  manifest. 

Deny  cause  thus:  There  is  no  cause  in  my  soul  for 
this  pain.  There  cannot  be  any  cause  for  pain  in  this 
temple  of  truth.  My  soul  is  the  life  and  peace  of  my  flesh. 

CATARRH. 

Catarrh  is  caused  by  the  feverish  passions  and  lusts 
of  the  race.  Almost  everyone  through  mortal  heredity 
has  received  of  the  passionate  nature  of  mortals.  But 
from  God,  by  divine  heredity,  each  one  has  received  an 
interior  nature  of  purity  and  peace. 

It  is  not  to  be  inferred  from  this  that  everyone  who 
has  catarrh  is  of  an  impure  mind.  Some  of  the  purest 
in  thought  are  affected  through  heredity  with  conditions 
handed  down  for  generations.  The  hereditary  causes  of 
diseases  exist  in  the  subconscious  mind,  where  they  are 
not  perceived  by  the  conscious  or  intellectual  mind,  and 
from  where  they  affect  the  constructive  processes  of  life. 
It  is  the  duty  of  each  one  to  deny  out  of  the  subconscious 
mind  the  causes  of  disease  and  all  evil  tendencies  received 
from  mortal  heredity  and  assert  the  power  of  the  divine 
nature  until  it  becomes  masterful  in  controlling  the  mind 
and  body. 

Treatment  for  Catarrh.— I  am  a  pure  soul  of  God. 
There  is  no  cause  for  catarrh  in  me.    The  lusts  and  pas- 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  113 

sions  of  mortal  heredity  cannot  poison  my  blood  nor  taint 
my  flesh  with  impurity  or  disease.  There  is  no  cause  for 
catarrh  in  this  mucous  membrane.  I  dominate  this  whole 
body  with  the  pure  thoughts  and  feelings  of  my  soul  na- 
ture. My  mind  and  body  are  cleansed  of  all  impure 
thoughts  and  feelings.  The  Holy  Spirit  is  powerful  to 
cleanse  me  of  all  evil  and  make  me  whole. 

(£*  ^*  ^» 

INSOMNIA. 

The  subconscious  mind  is  all-powerful  in  inducing 
sleep.  It  is  very  sensitive  to  mental  suggestions,  working 
to  carry  out  the  most  dominant  suggestion  that  it  has 
received. 

When  wakefulness  has  become  a  habit  of  the  mind, 
much  patient  effort  may  be  required  in  some  cases  to  en- 
tirely overcome  this  habit,  but  rest  assured,  if  the  proper 
suggestions  are  given  to  the  subconscious  mind  the  for- 
mer suggestions  of  wakefulness  will  be  uprooted  and  re- 
freshing sleep  will  become  a  permanent  habit. 

The  habit  should  be  formed  of  absolutely  casting  aside 
all  the  worries  and  cares,  and  even  the  thoughts,  of  daily 
affairs,  before  getting  into  bed.  The  reclining  position 
should  be  connected  with  the  idea  of  sleep  and  rest  of 
mind  and  body,  and  under  no  circumstances  allow  the 
mind  to  go  back  over  the  affairs  of  the  day  after  going  to 
bed,  because  the  activity  of  mind  thus  induced  will  settle 
down  into  the  subconscious  state  and  a  tiresome  dream 
activity  will  continue  after  the  conscious  mind  has  become 
heavy  with  slumber ;  thus  is  insomnia  developed.  Before 
retiring  use  the  treatment  for  denying  out  of  the  mind  the 


114  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

thoughts  of  the  day,*  and  turn  the  thoughts  still  further 
away  from  daily  cares  by  devotional  study.  A  more 
spiritual  side  of  the  mind  will  become  active,  the  blood 
will  retire  from  those  parts  of  the  brain  that  have  been 
active  all  day,  and  with  the  reclining  position  will  come 
restful  slumber. 

If  the  mind  reverts  to  the  thoughts  of  the  day,  deny 
them  out  and  affirm  that  you  are  going  to  sleep ;  that  you 
retired  for  that  purpose.  If  they  persist  in  returning 
rather  than  be  conquered  by  them,  arise  and  turn  your 
thought  again  to  your  spiritual  studies,  to  the  Christ  and 
the  angel  worlds ;  direct  your  thought  away  from  the  ma- 
terial plane  and  its  affairs  entirely,  so  as  to  bring  a  more 
spiritual  side  of  the  mind  into  action. 

The  following  thoughts  should  be  used  to  eradicate  the 
idea  of  wakefulness  from  the  subconscious  mind : 

When  I  retire  for  the  night  I  shall  go  to  sleep  immedi- 
ately, and  no  habit  of  wakefulness  shall  keep  me  from 
sleeping. 

When  I  lie  down  the  blood  shall  flow  away  from  my 
brain  to  the  extremities  of  the  body,  and  my  brain  shall 
rest. 

Sweet  sleep  shall  steal  over  my  senses,  bringing  peace 
and  rest  to  body  and  brain. 

Wakefulness  is  not  a  normal  condition  at  night.  I 
can  overcome  it,  because  all  the  needs  of  my  nature  tend 
to  inaction  after  action,  to  sleep  after  wakefulness. 

I  will  not  become  discouraged  even  after  apparent  fail- 
ures, because  I  know  that  all  nature  is  co-operating  with 
my  efforts. 

My  conscious  and  subconscious  minds  will  sooner  or 
later  adjust  themselves  to  fulfill  my  desire  and  need  for 
sleep,  because  they  are  obedient  to  my  will  and  desire. 

•See  page  57. 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  115 

If  I  awake  during  the  night  I  shall  expect  to  immedi- 
ately go  to  sleep  again. 

And  now  I  lay  me  down  to  blissful,  dreamless  sleep, 
I  pray  that  I  may  sink  myself  into  Thy  Will. 
And  through  Thy  will  to  waken  to  another  day, 
To  follow  Thee,  my  Master,  closely  all  the  way. 

^%         ^5*         ^* 

LET  YOUR  SOUL  EXPRESS. 

Pain  and  disease  in  the  body  are  often  a  crying  out  of 
its  parts  to  the  soul  for  more  life.  The  soul  is  the  mighty 
magnet  that  can  hold  the  atoms  and  organs  of  the  nature 
in  perfect  harmony  and  peace.  But  when  the  mighty 
polarizing  power  of  the  soul  is  dormant  and  covered  up  by 
material-mindedness,  the  physical  organization  is  not  fed 
with  the  spontaneous  life  of  the  soul,  and  consequently 
cannot  carry  on  its  work  with  the  intelligence  and  skill 
necessary  to  the  perfect  operation  of  all  parts  in  unity. 
Where  there  is  this  lack  of  vitality  from  the  soul,  decay 
begins,  and  soon  there  are  discord  and  inharmony  in  the 
physical  economy.  The  nerves  cry  out  to  the  soul,  "O 
give  us  food,  that  we  may  tarry  on  our  active  life ;"  the 
mucous  membrane  calls  foi  vitality  that  it  may  repair  the 
waste  tissue,  and  the  joints  try  hard  to  make  the  soul 
know  that  they  are  in  need  of  lubricating  oil. 

The  soul  is  a  power  greater  and  more  intelligent  than 
the  whole  nature;  it  is  life;  it  is  creative  energy;  it  is 
the  true  physician  to  the  body ;  it  is  the  medicine  for  all 
the  ills  of  the  flesh. 

The  soul  can  generate  from  its  physical  nature  any 
known  force  that  exists  in  external  nature,  for  man  is  an 


116  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

epitome  of  God  and  His  infinite  Nature.  Does  electricity 
heal?  Well,  the  body  is  a  chemical  laboratory,  and  the 
action  of  the  chemicals  in  the  physical  battery  is  con- 
stantly producing  electric  currents  that  are  finer  and  more 
potent  than  the  crude  product  evolved  from  external  na- 
ture. Is  the  human  magnetism  valuable  in  the  cure  of 
diseased  conditions?  It  most  certainly  is,  for  the  human 
organism  cannot  exist  without  a  plentiful  supply  of  mag- 
netic force.  The  physical  atoms  but  float  in  the  electric 
and  magnetic  currents,  and  are  carried  hither  and  thither 
as  subjects  of  their  attractive  power,  and  they  group 
themselves  around  centers  of  force  and  intelligence  to 
form  the  various  organs  of  the  body,  as  the  iron  filings 
group  themselves  in  circles  in  the  magnetic  field  of  a 
horseshoe  magnet. 

Can  the  vibrations  of  the  X-ray  dissolve  abnormal 
growths  from  the  flesh?  Then  the  soul  can  also  free  its 
body  of  false  growths,  for  it  is  a  master  hand  at  produc- 
ing those  subtle  vibrations  of  the  X-ray  machine. 

Awaken  the  soul  and  let  it  express  through  the  whole 
body,  for  it  created  the  body  for  its  own  use,  and  not  that 
the  body  should  try  to  live  a  separate  existence  of  its  own, 
apart  from  the  soul.  Let  the  soul  have  its  body  as  its 
own;  then,  as  the  soul  finds  free,  joyous  expression 
through  its  human  organization,  it  will  gather  the  neces- 
sary elements  from  the  food  assimilated  and  make  its 
own  medicines  for  the  healing  of  every  part.  It  will  fill 
its  body  with  the  vitality  of  God,  for  the  soul  is  a  native 
of  eternal  life,  and  on  familiar  terms  with  God,  the  Great 
Physician. 

The  soul  will  generate  a  brain  full  of  faith  in  its  own 
unlimited  power,  and  a  body  full  of  thought  force  that 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  117 

will  sway  every  energy  and  organ  and  atom  to  the  ex- 
pression of  its  intelligent  will. 

The  soul  is  the  real  self,  the  true  individual  that  is 
the  very  form  and  likeness  of  God.  Surrender  to  your 
souls,  O  mortals,  and  then  you  will  see  the  mighty  con- 
queror come.  Then  the  soul  will  say,  "I  am  come  that 
ye  might  have  life,  and  have  it  more  abundantly.  I  am 
the  way,  the  truth  and  the  life.  I  and  my  Father  are  one. 
He  that  hath  seen  me  hath  seen  the  Father." 

In  some  way  the  soul  must  be  resurrected,  else  there 
is  no  hope  for  permanent  health  or  the  attainment  of  per- 
fection. 

The  diseased  part  may  be  rubbed  and  pinched  and  mag- 
netized and  electrified  and  exercised  if  it  will  help  to  bring 
back  the  circulation  of  life,  but,  above  all,  it  must  be 
blessed  and  talked  to  and  infused  with  thought  force,  and 
the  soul  must  be  called  forth  into  expression  before  the 
healing  and  saving  power  will  manifest.  It  matters  not 
how  badly  paralyzed  a  limb  may  be,  if  you  can  call  the 
soul  to  live  in  the  decaying,  dying  parts,  there  will  be  a 
return  of  health  and  satisfying  vitality,  for  lo,  the  soul  is 
the  resurrection  and  the  life  everlasting. 

Let  your  soul  speak  these  potent  words,  for  the  words 
of  Jesus  are  voiced  by  each  soul  as  it  comes  into  mani- 
festation :  "I  proceeded  forth  and  came  from  God,  neither 
came  I  of  myself,  but  He  sent  me.  This  is  the  work  of 
God,  that  ye  might  believe  on  Him  whom  He  hath  sent. 
I  am  the  bread  of  life ;  he  that  cometh  to  me  shall  never 
hunger,  and  he  that  believeth  on  me  shall  never  thirst. 
For  I  came  down  from  heaven  not  to  do  my  own  will, 
but  the  will  of  Him  that  sent  me.  Whoso  eateth  my  flesh 
and  drinketh  my  blood  (the  thoughts  and  affections  of  the 
soul)  hath  eternal  life;  and  I  will  raise  him  up  at  the  last 


118  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

day.  As  the  living  Father  hath  sent  me,  and  I  live  by  the 
Father,  so  he  that  eateth  me,  even  he  shall  live  by  me.  It 
is  the  Spirit  that  quickeneth;  the  flesh  profiteth  nothing. 
The  words  that  I  speak  unto  you,  they  are  spirit  and  they 
are  life.  He  that  belie veth  on  me,  out  of  his  interior 
shall  flow  rivers  of  living  water.  If  a  man  keep  my  say- 
ing, he  shall  never  see  death.  (He  shall  realize  the  eternal 
consciousness  of  the  soul  while  yet  in  the  flesh.)  Before 
Abraham  was  I  Am." 

t&&  &?*  (<?• 

YE  ARE  SLUMBERING  GODS ! 

The  essential  attributes  of  Jehovah  God  are  organized 
into  your  individual  soul.  The  Father  has  organized  His 
omniscient  love  into  a  glowing  sun  of  light  and  power, 
and  this  divine  ego  is  your  soul,  your  true  self,  the  Lord 
of  your  mind  and  body. 

This  living  Pearl  of  Divinity  is  the  Presence  of  God 
within  your  nature;  you  can  well  afford  to  sell  all  your 
accumulations  of  earthly  thought,  even  though  it  seem  a 
great  sacrifice,  in  order  to  attain  to  conscious  possession 
of  this  Pearl  of  great  price. 

This  divine  individual  of  God,  this  Christ  within,  is 
slumbering  in  the  spiritual  depths  of  your  being,  awaiting 
the  quickening  word  to  arouse  its  mighty  consciousness 
into  spiritual  activity  and  power.  "Know  ye  not  that  ye 
are  the  temple  of  the  living  God,  and  the  Spirit  of  God 
dwelleth  within  you?" 

Spiritualize  your  mind  and  body,  or  your  positive  and 
negative  mind,  with  the  radiance  of  the  Father's  presence 
by  prayerful  devotion  to  the  Lord  of  souls,  for  thus  will 
you  polarize  to  yourself  the  spiritual  emanations  from  the 
Soul  of  God,  which  will  surround  and  infuse  your  soul 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  119 

with  heavenly  life  and  strength,  and  awaken  it  again  to  a 
realization  of  its  mighty  possibilities  as  a  living  son  of 
God. 

In  fervent  devotion  of  spirit  pour  out  your  prayers  and 
praises  to  the  Great  Glory  that  is  the  sum  of  almightiness 
within  and  above  your  soul  being,  and  thereby  you  will 
generate  the  quickening  flame  that  shall  set  your  soul  on 
fire  with  conscious,  blissful  power. 

Only  in  the  zeal  and  purity  of  a  devotional  life,  of  a 
mind  and  body  purified  of  earthly  thoughts  and  de- 
sires, and  living  to  fulfill  the  purpose  of  the  soul,  which 
is  the  will  of  God,  can  the  soul  develop  and  expand  its 
immortal  potentialities  and  make  God  manifest  in  the 
flesh. 

Unless  you  are  living  for  your  soul,  you  have  not 
learned  to  live ;  the  great  meaning  and  purpose  of  life  are 
to  you  as  a  book  that  has  not  been  opened.  You  are  but 
conscious  on  the  lowest  and  dreariest  stratum  of  your  con- 
sciousness. All  the  blissful  pleasures  of  the  higher  planes 
of  thought  and  feeling  in  your  being,  the  joyous  mingling 
of  the  positive  and  negative  attributes  of  your  spiritual 
nature,  are  hidden  from  you,  and  the  doors  of  heaven> 
from  which  streams  the  light  of  eternal  consciousness, 
seem  closed,  and  you  seek  for  pleasure  and  peace  where 
none  are  to  be  found. 

Turn  you  to  the  light  that  never  fails,  to  the  love  that 
is  longing  to  infold  you  in  conscious  bliss;  turn  from 
your  idols  of  flesh,  which  intoxicate  the  mind  and  destroy 
the  body;  turn  to  the  Lord  your  God;  and  if  you  will 
worship  Him  with  the  same  untiring  zeal  with  which  you 
sought  for  transient  things,  He  will  reward  you  with  His 
unchanging  love,  and  your  soul  will  awaken  to  immortal 
life,  and  then  with  your  help  it  will  purify  and  glorify  the 


120  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

sacred  centers  in  your  body  and  teach  you  the  secret  of 
spiritual  alchemy,  whereby  the  conserved  forces  of  your 
body  pass  through  a  transmutation  that  refines  them  into 
a  substance  necessary  to  the  soul  in  the  expression  of  the 
Word  of  Power. 

And  this  knowledge  will  be  useless  to  you  unless  you 
have  proven  your  sincerity  by  overcoming  the  lusts  of  the 
flesh  and  conquering  all  attractions  that  would  draw  you 
from  your  devotion  to  your  divine  purpose  of  making 
God  manifest.  For  without  absolute  purity  of  life,  the 
soul,  which  has  its  birth  from  the  immaculate  purity  of 
the  divine  nature,  cannot  correspond  with  the  flesh,  be- 
cause of  the  partition  of  impure  thoughts  and  feelings. 
But  when  your  will,  coupled  with  the  awakened  will  of 
your  soul,  has  gained  complete  dominion  over  the  desires 
of  the  flesh,  your  soul  will  express  through  your  pure, 
true  thought,  and  flood  the  six  sacred  centers  in  your 
body  with  the  soul  consciousness,  and  then  will  you  be 
conscious  of  the  immortality  of  the  Sons  of  God  even  to 
the  most  negative  degree  of  your  nature. 

These  six  sacred  centers  may  be  called,  because  of 
their  inner  and  outer  functions,  the  twelve  doors  of  re- 
generation, for  it  is  through  these  doors  that  the  victorious 
soul — in  the  consciousness  of  Christ,  and  one  with  Him 
in  the  work  of  the  Father — enters  into  conscious  expres- 
sion as  the  son  of  man. 

Oh,  that  all  children  of  the  Father  might  learn  of  the 
holy  path  of  regeneration — this  straight  and  narrow 
path — which  leads  to  the  highest  mastery,  and  gives  the 
greatest  joy  and  peace  to  the  devotee. 

When  once  you  see  this  path  of  immortality,  its  purity, 
its  grace  and  its  bliss,  you  will  be  filled  with  a  divine  en- 
thusiasm to  travel  it  to  the  supreme  goal,  and  you  will 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  121 

see  the  uselessness  of  all  mortal  aims  that  do  not  tend  to 
allow  you  to  fulfill  the  object  of  your  soul's  incarnation, 
the  manifestation  in  form  and  power  of  the  Word  of  God. 
And  once  you  place  your  feet  on  this  path  you  will  go  for- 
ward steadily  in  the  progressive  way,  allowing  no  ob- 
stacle to  hinder  your  determination,  nor  any  idea  of  time 
to  disturb  your  faith,  for  you  will  be  filled  with  the  convic- 
tion that  you  are  in  the  path  of  life,  and  only  by  system- 
atic effort  for  days,  months  and  years  can  you  fulfill  the 
object  of  your  being. 

And  when  all  thought  and  desire  of  your  nature  are 
polarized  toward  the  realization  of  the  highest  ideal,  even 
the  loss  of  the  physical  counterpart  of  the  mind  will  not 
stop  the  upward  progression  through  the  aeons  of  eternity, 
because  your  soul  will  continue  to  inhabit  its  pure  mind- 
body  or  spirit  form  and,  like  the  resurrected  Jesus,  it 
will  continue  the  development  and  regeneration  of  its 
mental  forces  and  express  its  wisdom  and  power 
through  its  spiritual  body,  in  all  its  future  progressions  in 
the  objective  realms  of  the  universal  heavens. 

v5*        ^*        $5* 

AWAKE,    MY    SOUL,    AWAKE,    AND    CHRIST 
SHALL  GIVE  THEE  LIGHT. 

"And  now,  O  Father,  glorify  Thou  me  with  Thine 
own  self  with  the  glory  which  I  had  with  Thee  before 
the  world  was." — John  xvii:5- 

Your  divine  soul  nature  as  a  son  of  God  lived  in  the 
heavens  with  the  Father  previous  to  taking  up  a  physical 
form — "before  the  world  was." 

Just  as  you  would  go  to  Europe  or  to  any  part  of  the 


122  HEALING    CURRENTS. 

world  for  the  sake  of  gaining  knowledge ;  just  as  pioneers 
have  braved  the  dangers  of  a  savage  and  undeveloped 
country;  just  as  missionaries  sacrifice  home  for  the  sake 
of  doing  good  to  an  unknown  people,  so  your  soul  of  its 
own  free  will  and  choice  left  its  heavenly  home,  where  all 
was  light  and  joy,  for  the  experiences  to  be  gained  in  this 
world  of  ignorance,  for  the  development  of  its  latent 
powers,  for  the  good  it  might  do  others,  and  in  due  time 
it  will  return  to  its  mansion  in  the  skies  and  rejoice  in  a 
fuller  and  mightier  realization  of  God  from  having  sensed 
and  conquered  the  more  negative  conditions  of  time  and 
space.  You,  as  a  personality,  do  not  recall  the  past  be- 
cause your  personality  did  not  then  exist;  your  limited 
personal  memory  is  the  result  of  present  experience; 
your  personality  is  from  below,  your  individuality  is  from 
above.  Your  personality  is  the  image  and  likeness  of 
mortal  parents;  your  soul  individuality  is  the  image  and 
likeness  of  God.  "The  first  man  is  of  the  earth  earthy; 
the  second  man  is  the  Lord  from  heaven/'  Your  divine 
soul  slumbers  because  of  the  darkness  and  materiality  of 
mortal  mind.  But  you,  like  Jesus,  may  awaken  your  soul 
to  its  former  realization  of  power  and  dominion.  "If  the 
Spirit  of  God  dwell  in  you.  ...  If  Christ  be  in 
you.  ...  If  the  Spirit  of  Him  that  raised  up  Jesus 
from  the  dead  dwell  in  you,  He  that  raised  Christ  from 
the  dead  shall  also  quicken  your  mortal  bodies  by  His 
Spirit  that  dwelleth  in  you" — Romans  viii:9,  10,  II. 

Recognize  and  talk  to  your  soul  in  the  following  man- 
ner and  its  latent  powers  will  respond  to  your  recogni- 
tion and  love.  There  is  an  exalted  power  in  these  state- 
ments which  you  will  feel  as  you  repeat  them  over  and 
over. 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  123 

"Awake,  my  soul,  stretch  every  nerve 

And  press  with  vigor  on. 
A  heavenly  race  demands  thy  zeal, 
And  an  immortal  crown." 

Awake,  my  soul,  and  feel  the  power  of  heaven  that 
slumbers  in  thee. 

Awake,  and  realize  that  thou  art  one  with  the  power 
of  God.  Awake,  and  realize  that  thou  art  the  angel  of 
His  presence. 

Thou,  my  soul,  art  a  magnet  for  the  healing  power  of 
the  angels.  Thou  art  a  conscious  power  able  to  draw  on 
the  protecting  power  of  heaven. 

Together  we  draw  on  the  mighty  Spirit  of  Jesus  Je- 
hovah to  be  our  shield  and  buckler,  our  strength  and 
protection. 

My  soul,  thou  art  able  to  call  to  our  aid  the  triumph- 
ant Master  of  heaven.  Thou  art  able  to  pray  for  the 
mystic  protection  of  heaven. 

My  soul,  I  praise  the  mighty  Spirit  of  God  within 
thee.  Recall  thy  power  of  the  divine  past,  and  rouse  up 
thy  power  to  dissolve  from  me  all  dark  spirits  of  earth. 
We  are  strong  with  the  strength  of  almighty  God.  We 
speak  the  word  of  power  that  dissolves  away  all  disturb- 
ing mental  elements.  We  are  strong  with  the  strength 
of  eternal  life,  and  we  can  conquer  even  death.  We  now 
realize  our  victory  over  every  negative  condition.  We 
now  realize  physical,  mental  and  soul  strength  in  the 
name  of  Jesus  Jehovah.  "Father,  glorify  Thy  son,  that 
Thy  son  also  may  glorify  Thee/' 


124  HEALING   CURRENTS. 


SOUL  DEVELOPMENT. 

Soul  development  is  accomplished  through  furnishing 
the  soul  with  a  mind  of  spiritual  thought  power ;  through 
building  for  the  soul,  which  is  a  globule  of  radiant  life 
and  intelligence,  a  perfect  mental  battery,  with  a  positive 
and  negative  pole  sufficiently  strong  and  intelligent  to 
allow  the  powers  of  the  soul  to  come  into  manifestation. 
This  cannot  be  accomplished  in  a  day,  or  fully  even  in  a 
year,  but  is  a  progressive  development  through  educa- 
tional growth. 

If  a  strong  soul  should  suddenly  awaken  to  anything 
like  the  state  of  consciousness  that  it  realized  prior  to  in- 
carnation, the  quick  transformation  could  not  be  borne 
by  the  mind  and  body,  and  there  would  be  such  a  dis- 
turbance of  equilibrium  as  to  cause  a  separation  between 
the  soul  and  body.  Therefore,  each  soul  awakening  must 
be  followed  by  such  soul  expression  as  will  tune  the  mind 
and  body  to  a  more  intense  vibration  of  spiritual  force, 
before  the  human  nature  is  prepared  for  another  endow- 
ment of  power  from  on  high. 

The  first  step  toward  soul  expression  is  along  the  line 
of  dissolving  the  erroneous  beliefs  of  the  race  from  the 
mind;  the  beliefs  of  mortal  mind  in  an  evil  power  or 
presence,  which  keep  the  mind  in  a  negative  and  power- 
less condition ;  and  the  establishment  of  a  body  of  faith, 
through  understanding  the  powerful  presence  of  truth 
and  intelligence. 

The  negative  conditions  of  individuals  result  from  lack 
of  mental  development  in  the  right  direction ;  from  lack 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  125 

of  true  faith.  There  is  a  positiveness  above  the  strength 
of  mortal  mind,  in  the  faith  generated  from  the  Mind  of 
God.  True  faith  is  formulated  from  true  thinking,  and 
is  a  positive  intelligent  mental  force  capable  of  cultivation 
to  that  degree  of  power  where  it  will  overcome  every 
negative  condition  of  mind,  subjective  or  objective. 

The  soul  is  Holy  Spirit  individualized.  Thought  is 
the  vehicle  of  Spirit.  Thoughts  of  truth  and  love  are 
spiritual  vibrations  embodying  the  intelligence  and  power 
of  the  soul.  The  soul  can  only  find  conscious  expression 
through  thoughts  akin  to  its  own  nature,  therefore  such 
time  as  is  spent  in  meditation  on  the  I  Am,  affirming 
truths  of  the  soul,  is  spent  wisely,  and  develops  a  mental 
body  of  such  positive  intelligence  as  will  allow  the  soul 
consciousness  to  come  into  objective  expression.  This 
spiritual  study  and  affirmation  develop  a  positive  pole  for 
the  soul  battery,  and  through  this  positive  pole  the  soul 
will  gradually  overcome  its  negative  pole  of  mind — the 
body — and  bring  every  negative  tendency  of  the  sense 
mind  into  subjection  to  its  wise  dominion. 

Everything  is  God  in  higher  or  lower  aspect  or  de- 
grees of  expression.  Everywhere  is  the  potential  Pres- 
ence full  of  illumination  and  healing  mercy.  All  is  Good. 
Take  away  the  names  which  make  all  things  seem  com- 
monplace and  we  lose  our  mortal  concept  of  them  and 
are  face  to  face  with  an  indefinable  intelligent  force,  the 
visibility  of  the  All-Substance,  in  which  are  latent  unlim- 
ited possibilities  ready  to  yield  obedience  to  any  idea  that 
the  man  of  God  chooses  to  formulate. 

The  great  consciousness  that  All  is  Good  is  in  our 
souls  awaiting  realization.  The  constant  affirmation 
All  is  Good  is  one  method  of  polarizing  mind  and 
brain  cells  from  their  weak   and  negative  condition  to 


126  HEALING    CURRENTS. 

that  state  where  they  can  become  the  body  of  that  mighty 
spiritual  idea — the  soul. 

God  is  an  inconceivable  Power  right  with  us,  in  our 
thoughts  and  in  our  bodies,  ready  to  formulate  in  our 
faith  in  any  way  that  we  may  THINK.  We  are  sur- 
rounded by  the  omnipotent  power  day  and  night,  and 
we  have  only  to  use  our  thought  and  will  to  bring  this 
miraculous  power  into  expression. 

Our  thoughts  are  living  cups  which,  when  rightly 
formed,  become  receptacles  for  the  wine  of  the  Spirit. 
When  the  thoughts  are  pure  and  good  they  are  filled 
with  divine  intelligence  and  unite  us  with  the  omniscience 
of  the  God-Mind,  giving  us  to  know  without  effort  the 
mysteries  of  Godliness. 

Thought  is  the  current  that  circulates  between  the 
positive  Mind  of  God  and  the  negative  mind  of  human- 
ity. By  thought  the  positive  mind  acts  upon  the  negative 
mind,  for  the  thought  of  God  is  the  Holy  Spirit.  Only 
through  thought  can  God  be  made  known  to  man.  Man 
can  express  as  much  of  God  as  he  can  generate  by  think- 
ing, for  unless  a  man  thinks  positive  thoughts  of  truth 
there  is  no  direct  connection  between  his  mind  and  the 
Mind  of  God.  God  is  within  the  soul,  and  the  soul  is  a 
form  of  God  that  has  grown  to  its  present  strength  and 
wisdom  through  thinking  and  expressing  the  God  power 
latent  within.  And  it  is  only  by  constant,  devoted 
thought  that  the  soul  will  build  itself  a  temple  of  thought 
within  the  flesh  and  express  what  it  knows  of  God  for 
the  benefit  of  fellow  souls. 

Souls  are  hindered  in  their  growth  and  development 
by  being  plunged  into  the  darkness  of  material  life.  But 
the  soul  contains  an  individualized  power  of  dominion 
gained  from  experiences  of  past  lives  on  earth  and  in 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  127 

heaven,  and  the  spell  of  materiality  can  be  put  away,  al- 
lowing the  powers  of  the  spiritual  nature  to  express  in 
even  higher  degree  than  ever  before. 

It  is  necessary  for  students  to  set  aside  part  of  the 
time,  when  they  shall  be  free  from  all  interference,  either 
in  a  room  apart  or  close  to  nature  and  nature's  God. 
Then  material  work  and  plans  and  all  thought  of  ma- 
terial things  should  be  put  aside,  and  the  whole  mind 
given  to  deep  study — not  in  extended  reading,  but  in  ap- 
plication to  the  lessons  and  thoughts  that  are  conducive  to 
development  of  spiritual  character  and  dominion.  Then 
the  angelic  visitants  from  the  immortal  spheres  will  be 
attracted  to  the  devotee,  and*  they  will  touch  the  magical 
springs  of  the  soul  life  as  only  awakened  souls  can,  and 
bring  the  emanations  from  the  Holy  One  that  will  satisfy 
the  mind  with  the  peace  of  eternity,  and  quicken  the  soul 
to  a  new  consciousness  of  its  power  as  an  expression  of 
the  heavenly  Father.  The  manifestors  of  the  Almighty 
Good  will  come  to  those  who  will  make  and  keep  them- 
selves positive  with  faith  in  the  power  of  Jesus  Jehovah 
— omnipresent  and  omnipotent  love — and  weave  the 
ethereal  potency  of  His  Holy  Presence  into  their  whole 
life. 

Praise  His  Holy  Name. 


128  HEALING   CURRENTS. 


THE  GLOBE  OF  GLORY. 

The  Egyptians  had  a  true  conception  of  the  soul,  for 
their  symbol  of  the  soul  was  a  winged  globe.  A  true 
conception  of  the  soul  and  of  the  triune  nature  of  man 
is  necessary  as  a  foundation  for  divine  growth  and  un- 
foldment.  Man  has  a  soul  that  relates  him  to  the  soul 
nature  of  God,  a  mind  related  to  the  mind  of  God,  and 
a  body  through  which  he  expresses  in  the  external  body  of 
God;  thus  he  is  a  perfect  copy  of  the  divine  nature  of 
God.  Imagine  a  globe  of  glory,  a  living  sphere  of  intel- 
ligent light,  organized  from  the  omniscience  of  God,  and 
you  have  an  idea  of  your  soul. 

This  soul  globule  is  intelligent  with  the  wisdom  of 
God,  alive  with  the  vitality  of  God,  and  nothing  less  than 
a  radiant  form  of  His  pure  glory.  God  is  the  Mother 
and  Father  of  the  soul.  Each  soul  is  a  son  of  God — a 
Christ.  Your  soul  is  God  manifesting — your  lord  and 
redeemer. 

"The  Lord  said  unto  my  Lord:  Sit  thou  at  my  right 
hand,  until  I  make  thine  enemies  thy  footstool" — Psalms 
110:1. 

This  scriptural  passage  mentions  the  Father  speaking 
to  the  individual  soul,  or  lord  of  the  body,  telling  it  to  sit 
on  the  right  side,  the  true  side,  the  positive  side,  and  it 
will  realize  the  power  to  overcome  all  things. 

Your  soul  is  a  stranger  to  you  and  you  have  no  realiza- 
tion of  its  godlike  powers  and  attributes.  When  great 
emotions  have  been  quickened  in  you  by  beautiful  music, 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  129 

or  you  have  been  overwhelmed  by  a  great  joy,  then  your 
soul  has  been  stirred  a  little  and  you  have  sensed  its 
presence.  Those  who  know  their  soul  and  obey  its  will 
live  in  an  ecstasy  of  divine  realization;  heaven  lives  in 
them  now. 

It  is  a  common  idea  that  the  mind  is  only  in  the  brain, 
but  the  truth  is  that  the  mind  is  a  body  of  mental  force, 
just  as  the  physical  organism  is  a  body  of  physical  force, 
and  as  such  the  mind-body  is  the  residence  of  all  life, 
sensation  and  memory,  for  it  is  the  essence  and  cause 
of  the  physical  body.  At  the  dissolution  of  the  body,  the 
spiritual  or  mind-body  which  has  held  the  flesh  in  form 
floats  free  from  the  physical  body,  and  as  this  mind  body 
is  the  sum  of  all  the  knowledge,  memory  and  volition  of 
the  individual,  it  can  be  readily  seen  that  a  person  feels, 
sees  and  acts  just  the  same  in  the  spiritual  body  as  in  the 
physical,  with  this  difference,  that  he  is  not  limited  by 
the  weight  and  grossness  of  the  physical  form.  Imagine 
your  body  so  light  that  it  could  float  through  space  and  be 
propelled  in  any  direction  by  the  action  of  your  will,  and 
you  will  have  a  perfect  idea  of  your  mind-body  or  spir- 
itual form  in  which  you  will  find  yourself  when  you  lay 
aside  your  cumberous  but  useful  physical  instrument. 

You  are  in  this  spirit  form  now,  and  this  spirit  form 
is  your  personal  self,  but  you  are  so  strongly  identified 
with  your  flesh,  being  infused  into  it,  that  you  think  your 
fleshly  body  is  you.  You  will  be  surprised  to  find  how 
complete  you  are  when  you  enter  the  spiritual  world  to 
begin  a  larger  experience,  as  the  butterfly  emerges  from 
the  cocoon.  I  can  tell  you  these  things  because  under  the 
direction  of  the  Masters  from  the  celestial  sphere  I  have 
gained  the  power  of  laying  my  body  down  and  taking  it 
up  at  will,  that  I  might  be  free  to  enter  the  heavenly 


130  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

worlds  and  return  with  a  knowledge  of  truth  which 
would  be  of  great  benefit  to  humanity. 

The  physical  body,  the  spiritual  body  and  the  soul  body 
are  each  on  a  different  plane  of  being.  To  illustrate:  A 
person  in  the  flesh,  a  decarnate  spirit  and  a  celestial  be- 
ing may  all  be  in  the  same  room,  and  the  mortal  may  not 
see  the  spirit  or  the  celestial  soul,  and  the  spirit  may  not 
see  the  being  from  a  higher  or  more  interior  state  of 
existence;  but  the  highest  evolved  being  of  the  three 
may  see  both  the  unawakened  spirit  and  the  unawakened 
mortal.  Thus  each  person  can  be  a  spiritual  entity,  and 
have  potential  within  him  the  soul  of  a  god,  and  yet  not 
be  cognizant  of  it.  True  knowledge  uncovers  the  mys- 
teries that  have  veiled  the  divine  constitution  of  man, 
and  enables  man  to  know  that  there  is  One  within  him 
who  is  the  resurrection  and  the  life  everlasting. 

Jesus  was  awake  to  his  soul  being,  and  realized  as 
everyone  must  realize  sometime,  somewhere,  that  he  was 
one  with  the  Father,  and  a  manifestation  of  the  Presence 
of  the  Father.  Your  soul,  if  it  were  awake,  could  say  of 
itself  with  equal  truth  all  that  Jesus  said  of  himself. 

The  soul  is  the  life  of  both  the  physical  and  spiritual 
bodies.  Under  present  conditions  the  soul  does  not 
get  a  chance  to  express  much  more  than  life  through 
the  body,  but  the  education  is  being  spread  broadcast 
which  will  awaken  the  souls  of  humanity,  and  cause  them 
to  express  more  and  more  of  heavenly  grace. 

True  spiritual  knowledge  is  imparted  to  spirits  as  they 
rise  free  from  earthly  impediments,  with  the  result  that 
in  time  the  soul  awakens  to  the  memories  of  past  lives, 
and  the  experience  of  its  last  incarnation  is  blended  with 
all  the  knowledge  gained  from  an  endless  past. 

When  the  glorious  state  is  reached  where  the  soul  re- 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  131 

alizes  itself  one  with  God,  and  awake  to  the  delights  of 
ages  of  experience  and  effort,  where  it  can  review  all  its 
manifestations  and  see  the  reason  for  all  things,  it  will  no 
longer  need  to  appear  in  any  particular  form  like  those 
of  earth,  unless  it  wishes  to  manifest  in  the  lower  spir- 
itual worlds  in  a  form  recognizable  to  someone  who 
knew  its  personality. 

The  soul  in  its  own  estate  needs  not  hands  to  feel  with 
nor  eyes  to  see  with,  for  it  is  all  sensation  and  all  sight — 
an  omniscient  form  of  the  God-Mind — and  soul  with  soul 
may  commune  by  a  blending  of  spheres,  which  conveys 
with  the  rapidity  of  thought  all  that  one  wishes  to  im- 
part to  another.  In  the  God-Mind  the  soul  may  blend 
with  the  spheres  of  angels  and  archangels,  and  the  bliss- 
ful wisdom  of  the  angels  and  gods  existing  in  the  Sea 
of  Divinity  vibrates  through  all  spheres  out  into  the 
boundless  expanse  of  immortal  worlds. 

Even  while  we  are  living  in  the  body  our  soul  may 
be  awakened  to  the  joys  of  the  past  through  divine  in- 
struction, and  we  may  sense  the  thrill  of  the  divine  vibra- 
tions as  the  emanations  of  holy  souls  come  to  us  laden 
with  celestial  inspiration. 

When  the  soul  desires  to  incarnate,  this  globe  of  light 
and  love  descends,  and  by  identifying  itself  with  the 
fetus,  the  infant  form  is  quickened  with  individual  life. 
The  soul  becomes  a  potential  power  within  the  tiny  in- 
fant form,  and  gradually  develops  for  itself  a  new  brain 
and  new  faculties  for  physical  expression. 

At  about  the  age  of  twelve  it  may  begin  to  express 
somewhat  of  its  own  individuality,  but  it  is  a  spiritual 
entity  and  can  only  express  itself  through  a  mind  edu- 
cated in  spiritual  truths.  In  the  majority  of  cases  the 
mind  is  developed  and   expanded   with   earthly  knowl- 


132  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

edge,  but  the  things  that  pertain  to  the  soul  are  not  con- 
sidered of  practical  use;  so  instead  of  being  stimulated 
with  love  and  blessings,  the  soul  more  often  is  covered 
over  with  condemnation  and  false  beliefs,  that  close  up  all 
the  mental  avenues  through  which  its  power  and  beauty 
might  shine  forth.  Thus  the  living  Christ  of  each  one  is 
crucified  by  the  ignorance  of  the  world. 

"Though  Christ  a  thousand  times  and  more 
In  Bethlehem's  stall  be  born, 
If  He's  not  born  within  thyself, 
Thy  soul  is  still  forlorn." 

You  can  fill  your  mind1  with  heavenly  knowledge,  and 
the  memories  of  heaven  and  its  joys  will  awaken  within 
your  soul,  so  that  you  will  be  a  radiant  center  of  living 
joy.  You  can  bless  everyone  and  everything  with  the 
love  that  springs  up  within  your  soul  from  God  as  you 
begin  to  realize  that  you  are  the  love  of  God  expressing ; 
and  the  rainbow  tints  of  light  will  illuminate  your  soul, 
and  your  mind  will  grow  more  luminous  day  by  day, 
until  your  presence  will  dissolve  all  fear  and  pain  and 
fill  with  celestial  gladness  the  sleeping  souls  of  mortals, 
so  that  they  will  be  quickened  and  after  a  time  awakened 
to  the  full  glory  in  which  you  live. 

And  as  the  divine  germ  of  omnipotence  in  you  develops 
and  expands,  you  will  feel  more  godlike  and  your  whole 
life  will  be  a  song  of  praise  to  the  indwelling  glory  of 
Jehovah-Nissi,  your  self-existent  Victory. 

Glorious,  most  glorious  to  the  eye  of  the  soul  are  those 
transcendent  beings  who  inhabit  the  celestial  sphere  of 
the  Christ.  Each  one  is  a  globe  of  Glory,  radiant  as  a 
living  sun  with  the  light  and  heat  of  God's  eternal  love 
and  wisdom;  but  loveliest  of  all  is    the    transcendent 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  133 

grace  of  that  mightiest  monarch  of  souls,  the  Sun  of 
Righteousness,  Jesus  Christ.  The  combination  of  all  the 
mighty  souls  who  have  evolved  through  ages  of  time  to 
that  sublime  degree  of  unfoldment  forms  the  central  nu- 
cleus in  the  universal  soul  of  God,  and  from  this  glorious 
sphere  of  light  and  love  the  angels  and  archangels  send 
out  the  emanations  of  the  God  power  to  the  farthest 
extremes  of  God's  universe,  to  quicken  and  awaken  the 
mighty  germ  that  lies  slumbering  in  the  being  of  each 
individual. 

Think  of  Jesus  on  the  mount  being  transfigured  by  the 
glory  of  his  own  awakened  soul : 

"The  awful  glory  of  that  day 
When  all  the  Father's  brightness  shone 
Through  manhood's  veil  of  clay." 

Then  bring  to  yourself  the  realization  of  the  same 
quickening  power  by  thinking  of  the  globe  of  glory 
within  you  which  is  your  own  individualized  soul  power, 
and  inbreathe  into  your  own  soul  the  glory  of  the  Master 
soul,  as  you  sit  in  the  silence  communing  with  Him,  at 
the  same  time  holding  the  words :  Glory,  Glory,  Glory,  and 
after  a  little  practice  you  will  sense  the  emanations  of  His 
Holy  Presence  that  are  imparted  by  the  angelic  hosts  to 
every  soul  who  will  place  itself  in  the  proper  attitude  to 
receive  the  Holy  Spirit. 

"We  all  with  open  interior,  beholding  as  in  a  mirror  the 
Glory  of  the  Lord,  are  changed  into  the  same  image  from 
glory  to  glory,  even  as  by  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord." 


134  HEALING    CURRENTS. 


HOW  TO  REALIZE  GOD. 

O  blessedness  all  bliss  above, 

When  Thy  pure  fires  prevail ! 
Love  only  teaches  what  is  love ; 

All  other  lessons  fail. 
We  learn  its  name,  but  not  its  powers; 
Experience  only  makes  it  ours. 

— Guyotni". 

Philosophy  is  very  interesting  to  the  intellect,  but  it 
does  not  satisfy  the  heart.  Science  reveals  the  working  of 
the  laws  of  God's  nature,  but  the  secret  of  His  Presence 
is  not  discerned.  Music  is  the  most  uplifting  and  inspir- 
ing of  the  arts;  it  moves  our  soul,  and  often  makes  us 
feel  what  science  and  philosophy  cannot  explain. 

Music  attunes  us  to  the  Spirit,  and  causes  us  to  feel  the 
deep  pulsations  of  the  soul  nature. 

God  is  love,  the  great  emotion  of  life,  the  supreme 
motion  that  imparts  life  and  activity  to  all  things. 

To  know  this  is  to  understand  the  essential  truth  of 
Being,  but  the  mere  intellectual  comprehension  of  this 
truth  will  not  satisfy  the  heart,  nor  fill  the  life  with  the 
bliss  of  the  Divine  Being;  nor  will  mental  acceptance  of 
the  truth  that  God  is  love  impart  the  divine  motion,  His 
transforming  emotion  to  the  feelings,  so  that  one  is  for- 
ever after  a  new  being,  filled  with  the  joyous  health 
and  happiness  of  the  Spirit  of  Love. 

God  is  love,  and  love  does  not  flow  into  the  intellect; 
love  enters  the  feelings  and  affections  and  inspires  all  the 
emotions  of  the  heart.     The  intellect  has  its  use  in  the 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  135 

development  of  a  rational  faith,  the  intellect  sees  the  light 
of  God's  presence,  but  the  heart  feels  the  ecstasy  of 
divine  realization.  The  true  way  to  realization  is  so  sim- 
ple that  many,  after  hearing  of  it,  consider  it  of  so  little 
importance  that  they  continue  to  search  among  the  com- 
plex fabrications  of  philosophy  for  the  joy  which  only 
comes  through  the  awakened  emotions  of  the  heart. 

The  difference  between  mortal  love  and  the  love  of  God 
is  that  mortal  love  is  personal  and  thus  limited  in  its  pleas- 
ure, while  immortal  love  transcends  all  personal  limita- 
tions; it  is  impersonal  and  unlimited  in  its  joy-giving 
power.  Personal  love  feels  for  a  few;  the  love  of  God 
feels  for  all. 

If  you  would  realize  God,  love!  If  you  can  awaken 
your  love  nature,  and,  without  thought  of  recompense, 
pour  yourself  out  as  a  blessing  for  others,  you  will  for- 
get the  petty  vexations  that  spring  from  the  limitations 
of  your  personality;  you  will  forget  yourself  in  the  su- 
preme joy  of  loving;  you  will  realize  the  love  for  others 
which  is  God. 

Behold,  an  angel  stands  before  you !  He  is  all  radiant 
with  the  glory  of  the  Father's  Presence.  His  face  shines 
with  the  realization  of  the  beauty  of  holiness ;  every  fea- 
ture expresses  the  purity,  the  tenderness  and  the  nobility 
of  Divine  Love  personified.  His  presence  breathes  out 
the  music  of  love,  the  harmony  of  heaven.  His  whole 
being  vibrates  with  the  light  of  God.  Even  his  garments 
are  luminous  with  the  joyous  radiance  that  proceeds  from 
his  soul.  You  see  the  image  of  God's  likeness — of  love — 
and  your  soul  is  enraptured  with  the  vision  of  divine 
loveliness,  as  it  feels  the  benediction  of  love  streaming 
from  the  angelic  character. 

That  angel  in  all  his  beauty,  in  all  his  power,  is  the 


136  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

realization  of  the  Spirit  of  Divinity,  is  the  visibility  of 
God — love  expressing  through  an  individual  form.  And 
that  angel  is  your  real  self,  your  soul,  the  image  and 
likeness  of  God.  Within  your  soul  are  all  the  attributes 
of  Divinity,  all  the  powers  and  possibilities  of  the  might- 
iest archangel. 

Let  your  soul  express  and  you  will  realize  that  you 
are  the  angel  of  His  Presence.  When  you  walk  the 
streets  and  mingle  with  the  people  keep  this  truth  in 
mind,  that  you  are  that  beautiful  angel  radiant  with  joy- 
ous love  to  all  creatures,  and  you  will  find  a  new  joy  in 
life;  you  will  feel  that  the  kingdom  of  heaven  is  now  a 
divine  verity,  and  you  will  allow  the  truth  which  makes 
the  kingdom  harmonious  and  perfect — the  truth  of  love — 
to  manifest  through  your  character. 

I  became  thoroughly  convinced  of  the  utility  of  this 
way  by  reading  of  a  number  of  nuns,  who,  living  in  re- 
tirement from  the  world,  passed  their  whole  time  praying 
for  and  blessing  humanity.  Those  who  had  caught  a 
glimpse  of  them  said  it  was  evident  to  the  sight  that  they 
lived  in  the  joy  of  heaven,  for  their  faces  were  trans- 
formed with  the  wonderful  beauty  of  expressing  souls. 

Not  by  breathing  exercises,  not  by  mental  gymnastics, 
but  by  expressing  love  will  you  realize  God. 

I  have  walked  among  people  in  the  realization  that  I 
existed  but  to  impart  the  joyous  light  of  love  to  igno- 
rance-darkened souls,  and  while  radiating  a  blessing  to 
these  souls  in  need,  I  have  felt  my  soul  thrilled  with  the 
Holy  Spirit;  I  have  felt  the  love  of  God  for  humanity, 
and  to  feel  that  is  to  feel  what  Christ  felt,  the  Spirit  of 
Mercy,  which  endowed  him  with  wisdom  and  healing 
power.  I  have  held  myself  in  this  attitude  of  mind  while 
listening  to  music — "I  am  Thy  love  to  all  souls.    I  am 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  137 

the  angel  of  Thy  presence  illuminating  all  souls  with  the 
wisdom  of  love" — and  so  great  became  the  ecstasy  of  my 
soul  that  I  felt  like  crying  out  for  joy.  The  wonderful 
Breath  of  the  Spirit  became  so  mighty  in  its  deep,  mys- 
terious movements  through  my  being  that  I  could 
scarcely  contain  myself. 

Those  who  are  unawakened  conceive  of  God  as  a  pro- 
found stillness;  their  idea  of  peace  is  a  state  of  in- 
activity. There  is  no  stillness  anywhere ;  only  in  the  realm 
of  matter  is  there  any  degree  of  inactivity,  and  matter  is 
only  relatively  inactive  in  comparison  with  the  more  re- 
fined activities  of  mind.  As  we  enter  the  deeper  nature 
of  man  the  activity  as  well  as  the  complexity  of  active 
forces  increases,  and  culminates  in  the  Spirit  of  the  soul, 
which  is  the  breath  or  motion  of  Omnipotence,  the  emo- 
tion which  is  love. 

There  are  two  movements  of  the  love  nature,  love  for 
God,  and  love  for  the  neighbor.  All  religious  systems 
have  developed  God  lovers — devotees  who  became  in- 
fatuated with  the  divine  ideal  as  manifested  through  an 
individual — and  many  of  these  spent  their  lives  in  an 
ecstasy  of  devotion;  they  wedded  themselves  to  the 
teacher  or  savior,  who  to  them  was  God  personified,  and 
poured  out  their  thoughts  in  the  extravagant  language  of 
the  lover  to  his  beloved,  Jesus  revealed  the  harmonious 
balance;  he  realized  the  love  of  God  through  intense  de- 
votion, and  then  poured  it  out  in  sympathy  and  com- 
passion for  the  alleviation  of  the  suffering;  expressing 
the  way,  the  truth  and  the  very  life  of  the  Father  in  his 
own  personality.  God  becomes  real  in  the  character  of 
the  Christ.  We  see  how  God  feels  and  acts  toward  us. 
Many  cannot  get  a  realization  of  the  Father's  love  ex- 
cept through  looking  to  the  Christ  as  an  example.     Oh, 


138  HEALING    CURRENTS. 

how  few  realize  the  wonder  of  His  Presence,  the  merciful 
act  of  his  soul  in  sacrificing  the  bliss  of  highest  heaven, 
for  the  sake  of  revealing  the  way  to  the  Father's  love,  that 
human  souls  might  be  saved  from  walking  in  the  path  of 
pain  and  defeat.  Only  a  God  could  be  so  forgetful  of 
self;  only  love  in  its  purity  and  power  could  will  to  ac- 
complish so  great  a  mercy. 

The  mightiest  archangel  visited  this  planet  on  a  mis- 
sion of  mercy!  The  Spirit  of  Infinite  Love  was  able  to 
speak  to  humanity  through  the  highly  developed  and 
fully  awakened  soul  of  Jesus.  God  talked  to  the  souls 
walking  in  the  valley  of  ignorance,  and  tried  to  tell  them 
the  healing  truth,  the  saving  truth,  the  inspiring  truth; 
that  they  were  immortal. sons  of  God;  that  within  their 
being  slumbered  the  possibilities  and  powers  of  Gods ; 
that  they  were  the  immortal  seeds  of  God's  love  sown  in 
the  earth,  and  from  this  sowing  God  would  reap  a  har- 
vest of  living  conscious  souls. 

If  mortals  could  but  see  the  beauty  of  this  truth,  the 
goodness  of  all  that  exists  in  the  infinite  nature,  they 
would  live  to  love  and  praise;  they  would  rejoice  in  their 
power  of  love  and  become  a  radiant  blessing  of  love  to 
each  other. 

You  have  no  idea  of  the  spiritual  power  that  you  may 
realize  by  the  exercise  of  the  spirit  of  love  toward  others. 
You  must  begin  sometime  if  you  wish  ever  to  enter  the 
kingdom  of  love.  Death  will  not  translate  you  into  the 
kingdom  of  loveliness,  if  you  are  unlovely  in  character. 
Neither  would  death  plunge  you  into  any  greater  misery 
than  you  now  realize.  It  would  tend  to  free  you  from 
many  false  beliefs  and  set  you  to  searching  for  the  way 
which  you  should  have  found  while  in  the  flesh,  but  if 
you  had  not  cultivated  the  expression  of  soul  love,  neither 
God  nor  angel  could  transform  your  feelings  so  that  you 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  139 

could  appreciate  an  atmosphere  of  beauty  and  refine- 
ment in  the  society  of  immortal  souls  of  love  and 
wisdom. 

But  why  wait  for  death?  Embrace  the  opportunities 
that  present  themselves  in  the  eternal  Now.  Now  shed 
that  love  and  compassion  which  covers  and  conquers  all 
things,  for  you  will  never  walk  the  same  path  twice,  and 
an  opportunity  neglected  is  lost  forever. 

Begin  with  the  lowliest  creatures  of  earth.  Think  of 
the  tiny  forms  of  life  inhabiting  the  blades  of  grass,  liv- 
ing under  the  stones,  swimming  through  the  water,  and 
filling  the  woods  with  a  murmuring  music  that  chants 
the  praises  of  universal  life.  Every  one  of  these  tiny 
creatures  is  an  organization  of  mental  energy  individual- 
izing the  universal  Mind  and  Substance.  The  little 
minds  within  these  beings  do  not  die  when  the  body  de- 
cays ;  they  continue  to  exist  in  the  universal  Mind  and  re- 
inhabit  other  forms,  growing  step  by  step  from  lower  to 
higher  forms,  gaining  intelligence  and  power  through 
their  endless  evolution. 

Now  you  can  help  on  the  evolution  of  these  small 
minds.  Think  of  the  great  length  of  time  that  must 
elapse  before  these  little  forms  of  mind  shall  have  evolved 
to  the  place  where  they  will  be  self-conscious  as  you  and 
I  are  self-conscious.  Do  you  not  feel  a  sympathy  with 
their  active  endeavors  to  gain  and  grow  in  intelligence? 
Well,  you  can  help  them  by  blessing  them  with  your  love 
and  intelligence.  When  you  bless  a  butterfly,  for  in- 
stance, the  whole  race  of  butterflies  feels  the  waves  of 
force  which  proceed  from  your  mind,  and  their  minds 
are  strengthened  with  the  influx.  So  you  can  aid,  from 
your  more  highly  developed  powers  of  soul  and  mind, 
every  creature  in  existence.  God  loves,  and  embraces  all 
creatures  in  his  love.    If  you  would  realize  God  you  must 


140  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

enlarge  your  love  to  feel  as  God  feels.  There  cannot  be 
any  condemnation  for  anything  in  universal  love.  Love 
has  no  enemies. 

Bless  all  things  in  the  mineral,  vegetable  and  animal 
kingdoms;  then  you  will  feel  more  inspired  with  love 
for  humankind. 

Think  of  the  myriads  who  are  suffering  physical  pain 
and  mental  anguish  for  lack  of  the  love  which  shall 
quicken  the  healing  power  within  their  souls  and  give 
them  peace.  Believe,  when  you  send  out  your  blessing 
of  love  to  them,  that  your  love  will  set  their  souls  to 
vibrating,  and  they  will  feel  the  blessing  and  lift  up  their 
hearts  in  praise  to  the  Father,  who  has  inspired  your 
thought  and  feeling  with  his  healing  peace.  Do  this  in 
His  name,  for  Love's  sake,  and  you  will  be  warmed  and 
healed  by  the  love  you  shed  abroad.  You  will  learn  from 
this  practice  how  to  start  the  mighty  stream  of  love  to 
flowing,  and  when  you  have  it  started  you  can  direct  it 
into  any  part  of  your  own  organism  in  need  of  its  life- 
giving  and  transforming  power.  It  will  start  as  a  little 
trickling  rivulet,  and  as  you  encourage  its  expression  it 
will  wash  from  your  mind  the  obstacles  to  its  progress 
as  it  flows  outward  through  your  nature;  it  will  wash 
away  the  mud  and  melt  away  the  granite  in  your  mind,  it 
will  become  a  rushing  torrent  of  spiritual  energy  that 
will  convert  all  the  streams  of  your  mental  thought  and 
feeling  into  one  mighty  motive  of  divine  purpose,  which 
will  link  your  will  and  all  the  forces  of  your  nature  to 
the  omnipotent  purpose  of  God,  and  allow  his  love  power 
to  manifest  through  you. 

This  is  the  goal  toward  which  evolution  is  pushing 
you.  This  is  the  supreme  attainment  of  spiritual  unity 
with  the  Father.  This  is  the  way  to  realize  and  manifest 
the  love  which  is  God. 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  U\ 


REALIZATION. 

These  affirmations,  when  made  in  the  proper  spirit,  will 
awaken  the  feeling  of  divine  love  and  develop  the  pres- 
ence of  God  within. 

I  desire  that  the  Spirit  of  Christ  shall  radiate  through 
my  soul,  mind  and  body  for  the  inspiration  of  humanity. 

I  am  a  radiant  center  of  soul  life  to  all  my  world. 

I  am  an  impersonal  lover  of  humanity.  From  my 
soul  pours  the  fountain  of  impartial  and  impersonal  love 
to  all  the  children  of  the  Father. 

With  true  understanding  I  behold  the  immortal  soul 
of  each  individual  as  the  quenchless  spark  of  Divinity, 
and  to  these  immortals,  clothed  in  the  deceptive  garb  of 
mortal  personality,  I  give  my  spirit  of  living  love. 

I  am  a  soul  sun  of  love  and  wisdom  to  all  human  kind. 
I  bless  the  good  and  the  bad,  knowing  that  all  are  chil- 
dren of  the  Father,  in  process  of  evolution. 

My  soul  loves  to  feel  that  it  is  a  strength  and  comfort 
to  all  souls. 

My  soul  loves  to  feel  that  it  is  fulfilling  the  work  of 
the  Christ  in  strengthening  the  poor  in  spirit. 

Now  I  am  one  with  the  Father  and  with  all  exalted 
souls  in  heaven,  and  now  in  the  silence  the  radiations  of 
my  love  and  light  reach  out  to  all  souls  incarnate,  up- 
lifting and  inspiring  all  within  my  sphere  of  influence. 

I  am  a  link  uniting  Divinity  with  the  lowest  states  of 
life,  and  through  my  love  for  all  life  I  have  an  omni- 
present influence  for  good. 

I  praise  and  bless  the  evolving  life  in  the  mineral  and 


142  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

vegetable  kingdoms  of  nature,  and  in  response  to  my 
recognition  and  blessing  there  comes  flowing  back  a 
wave  of  omnipresent  vitality. 

I  recognize  and  bless  the  intelligence  of  God  that  is 
striving  to  manifest  throughout  the  animal  kingdom. 

I  bless  the  lowly  ones  in  human  form  who  have  not 
yet  realized  the  omnipresence  of  God.  I  bless  them  with 
the  quickening  light  of  eternal  life. 

My  words  and  thoughts  of  blessing  clothe  the  spir- 
itual light  in  vibrant  substantial  form,  enabling  the  light 
of  God  to  reach  the  lowest  depths  of  mortal  mind. 

My  thoughts  of  truth  shall  be  living,  quickening 
seeds  of  immortal  life  sown  in  mortal  minds,  and  in 
God's  good  time  they  shall  bear  fruit  and  lead  minds  to 
the  Sun  of  Righteousness. 

I  am  a  mighty  magnet  radiant  with  the  attractive 
power  of  the  Christ  love  and  compassion,  that  con- 
tinually draws  souls  to  the  immortal  Christ. 

My  life  and  mind  and  soul  shall  serve  and  praise  the 
immortal  Jesus  Jehovah  whose  Spirit  has  led  me  into  the 
path  of  everlasting  bliss. 

%&&  10*  ^* 

ORGANIZATION. 

Much  has  been  said  and  written  against  forming  or- 
ganizations for  the  promulgation  of  truth.  Those  who 
condemn  the  organization  of  individuals  for  the  accom- 
plishment of  any  purpose  are  answered  by  the  logic  of 
nature,  which  is  the  voice  of  God.  Only  through  the 
process  of  organization  does  the  life  of  God  manifest  in 
his  universal  nature.  Without  the  law  and  process  of  or- 
ganization there  could  be  no  form  of  any  kind. 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  143 

Whenever  the  Spirit  of  God  has  anything  to  accom- 
plish, there  is  evolved  an  organization  of  atoms,  of  forces, 
of  individuals  or  of  souls  for  its  accomplishment.  Even 
the  atom  is  held  by  modern  science  to  be  an  organization 
composed  of  a  central  ion  surrounded  by  a  large  or  small 
number  of  electrons.  Thus  the  atom  is  composed  of 
a  central  spark  of  force  with  a  number  of  smaller  par- 
ticles of  force  surrounding  it.  And  atoms  are  aggregated 
together  to  build  every  variety  of  form  in  existence.  The 
solar  system  is  but  an  atom  greatly  magnified.  Every 
force,  material  or  spiritual,  evolves  a  suitable  organiza- 
tion for  its  expression  and  manifestation. 

If,  in  the  early  history  of  the  planet,  atoms  had  not 
begun  to  organize  and  build  forms  the  human  form 
would  never  have  been  produced;  for  the  human  body 
is  the  most  perfect  organization  that  nature  has  yet 
evolved. 

Organization  does  not  cease  with  this  material  world. 
It  continues  into  the  spiritual  worlds.  We  see  an  intel- 
ligent power  working  to  organize  atoms  into  forms  for 
the  expression  of  various  elements,  and  we  see  the  same 
law  working  through  human  intelligence  to  draw  minds 
together  of  like  motive  and  thought  for  the  fulfilling  of 
ideals.  What  we  see  nature  doing  apparently  in  a  blind 
way,  and  what  we  see  human  folks  doing  lamely,  we 
may  be  sure  nature  more  spiritualized  and  more  spiritual 
beings  are  doing  according  to  the  greater  wisdom  and 
freer  expression  of  power  that  pertains  to  such  states  and 
beings. 

Around  and  above  us  there  is  a  mighty  organization 
of  souls,  of  living  eternal  beings,  invisible  to  physical 
sight  but  nevertheless  of  great  influence  in  the  mind  of 
the  race.    There  is  a  supreme  head  to  this  vast  organiza- 


144  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

tion  of  souls,  a  central  soul  of  majesty  and  power  whose 
being  is  the  keynote  to  the  whole.  The  triumphant  soul 
of  Jesus  of  Nazareth  is  the  Lord  of  Lords  and  King  of 
Kings.  He  is  the  true  Master  of  souls,  whether  free  or 
incarnate.    He  is  the  supreme  organizer  of  souls. 

As  the  planets  are  held  by  the  attraction  of  the  sun, 
or  the  little  particles  of  electric  energy  are  held  by  the 
central  spark  in  the  atom,  so  the  sons  of  God,  the  souls 
of  just  men  made  perfect,  are  attracted  to  that  soul  who 
is  the  Sun  of  Righteousness,  and  with  him  form  the 
mightiest  organization  in  existence. 

All  souls  who  have  awakened  to  the  consciousness  of 
the  Christ  power,  all  who  have  realized  God  as  the 
soul  power  of  their  being,  and  have  gained  dominion 
over  material  things  and  forces  by  the  exercise  of  that 
power  have,  in  the  spiritual  worlds,  risen  to  the  soul  es- 
tate of  gods,  and  live  and  work  with  Christ  for  the  edu- 
cation and  upliftment  of  humanity,  both  incarnate  and 
decarnate. 

They  have  realized  in  their  own  souls  the  mercy  of 
God.  They  realize  divine  compassion  for  souls  bound  by 
the  limitations  of  ignorance,  and  they  work  and  pray  un- 
ceasingly that  the  light  may  penetrate  the  darkness  of 
mortal  ignorance  and  dispel  the  gloom  and  sorrow  which 
hang  over  humanity. 

Under  the  mechanical  law  of  reaping  what  we  sow, 
we  might  never  hope  for  freedom  from  the  unceasing 
fruitage  of  evil  thoughts  and  acts.  We  should  be  bound 
forever  to  reap  all  the  evil  thoughts  that  we  had  sowed 
into  the  Mind  of  the  world'.  The  seeds  of  past  evil 
thoughts  would  continually  come  to  fruitage  in  discord- 
ant conditions  of  mind  and  body.  The  Hindus  taught 
that  souls  were  bound  to  the  wheel  of  the  law  of  cause 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  145 

and  effect,  bound  by  what  is  termed  Karma.  They  dei- 
fied Karma  and  gave  it  unlimited  power,  as  the  unen- 
lightened Christians  deified  the  Devil  and  made  him  al- 
most equal  with  God ;  and  both  were  bound  in  slavish  fear 
to  their  own  ignorant  beliefs.  But  we  now  have  caught 
the  gleam  of  heavenly  truth.  We  now  know  that  sin 
and  sickness  have  no  right  to  limit  the  soul's  expression. 
We  know  that  by  faith  in  the  goodness  of  truth,  by  ex- 
ercise of  our  positive  thoughts  of  truth,  we  may  dissolve 
the  evil  seeds  of  past  sowing  and  consume  all  their  rank 
mental  growths.  By  the  grace  of  divine  truth,  by  the 
grace  of  Jesus  Christ  and  his  ministering  host  of  angels, 
we  are  saved  from  the  sins  of  ignorance,  and  our  souls 
realize  their  inherent,  God-given  dominion  over  all  Kar- 
mic  laws,  over  all  mental  causation,  and  our  souls  are 
enthroned  with  Christ  at  the  right  hand  of  Power,  in  the 
realization  of  the  omnipotence  of  the  Cause  of  causes,  the 
glorious  truth  of  divine  love. 

The  beneficent  light  of  heaven  is  poured  into  our 
souls  by  the  ministering  hosts  of  the  Christ,  and  the  slum- 
bering soul  spark  within  us  is  quickened ;  new  aspirations 
are  born ;  we  desire  to  know  and  feel  higher  ideals ;  and 
the  quenchless  flame  of  love  is  kindled  within  our  souls 
and  our  bodies  become  filled  with  and  healed  by  the  living 
glory  of  our  immortal  nature.  To  the  age-long  work  of 
the  Christ  and  his  redeemed  souls  must  all  credit  be  given 
for  the  golden  glory  that  now  illuminates  the  Mind  of  the 
world,  which  is  now  as  never  before  saving  humanity 
from  the  dominion  of  sin,  sickness  and  death.  The  work 
that  the  Father  gave  him  to  do,  and  which  was  started 
by  him  during  his  earthly  incarnation,  has  grown  in  grace 
and  power  through  the  ages,  more  so  in  the  spiritual 
realms  than  on  the  earth  plane,  until  now  the  hosts  of 


148  JIEALING   CURRENTS. 

heaven  of  every  race  and  creed  and  color  are  marshalled 
for  the  glorious  consummation  of  making  the  kingdom  of 
love  and  peace,  health  and  prosperity,  manifest  on  earth 
as  it  is  in  heaven. 

With  wondrous  rapidity  minds  are  awaking  to  the 
light  of  truth  that  is  shed  all  about  them.  Souls  are  being 
kindled  all  over  the  world,  and  many  voices  in  many 
tongues  are  telling  of  the  healing,  saving  Spirit  of  Truth, 
and  whenever  the  full  conditions  are  made  the  Spirit 
heals.  Some  have  tried  to  gain  a  monopoly  of  the  truth 
and  claim  all  rights  to  its  promulgation.  Organizations 
cannot  bind  or  limit  the  great  light  that  is  flooding  the 
earth.  We  need  not  fear  that  anything  but  good  can 
come  from  any  organization.  Organization  has  been  espe- 
cially useful  in  overcoming  the  prejudice  and  ignorance 
of  old  creeds  and  superstitions,  and  as  a  protection  for  the 
pioneers  of  truth  in  the  wilderness  of  ignorance  against 
the  savage  resistance  to  truth. 

"As  many  as  are  led  by  the  Spirit  of  God,  they  become 
the  Sons  of  God"  radiant  with  the  divine  glory  of  love 
and  wisdom  individualized  within  the  soul.  They  are  led 
by  the  Spirit  of  peace  and  purity.  They  are  fed  con- 
stantly on  supernal  love  and  wisdom.  Their  souls  glow 
with  the  substance  divine,  and  they  know  their  kingship 
as  sons  of  Jehovah  God.  They  know  the  companionship 
even  while  incarnate  of  the  immortal  sons  of  God,  old  in 
wisdom  and  power.  They  love  His  name  and  keep  His 
precepts,  and  the  Christ  Spirit  of  mercy  and  Grace  abides 
within  and  expresses  from  their  souls,  radiating  from 
them  to  quicken  and  strengthen  other  souls.  They  are 
ministered  unto  by  the  holy  angels,  and  in  turn  minister 
unto  souls  in  need. 

In  the  name  and  love  of  our  Lord  and  Master — the 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  147 

Lord  of  hosts — we  find  the  fulfillment  of  all  the  desires 
of  our  souls.  In  His  name  comes  the  comforter — the 
Holy  Spirit — through  the  ministering  power  of  the  holy 
angels,  filling  the  soul  with  love,  the  mind  with  wisdom 
and  the  body  with  life  and  health ;  even  bringing  into 
the  life  of  the  one  who  fulfills  the  divine  law  a  prosperity 
which  is  unfailing. 

Your  souls  are  composed  of  the  glory  of  God,  of  His 
radiant,  divine  substance,  sparkling  with  conscious  reali- 
zation of  endless  love  and  life.  Take  this  affirmation  of 
praise  into  your  mind  and  heart: 

"Holy,  Holy,  Holy  is  the  Lord  of  Hosts, 
The  whole  earth  is  full  of  His  Glory." 

Know  that  your  soul  is  full  of  the  glory  of  God.  Strive 
to  realize  that  your  earth  (your  body)  is  filled  with  His 
Glory — the  glory  that  radiates  from  the  immaculate  soul 
of  Jesus  Jehovah.  He  is  the  visibility  of  the  Absolute 
God  to  your  soul.  He  is  the  Door  to  the  eternal  life,  now. 
Draw  His  glory  into  your  soul,  for  He  is  the  resurrection 
and  the  life  everlasting  within  your  soul.  His  essence  and 
substance  are  within  your  soul.  The  Christ  child  slum- 
bers within  your  virgin  soul.  Let  His  Spirit  bring  forth 
the  immortal  conception  within  you,  and  His  presence 
will  fill  your  soul  with  immortal  bliss,  undying  love.  His 
glorious  consciousness  will  grow  so  great  within  your 
soul  that  you  will  transcend  the  limitations  of  mortal 
knowing  and  feel  and  know  as  the  angels  feel  and  know, 
with  the  full  intuition  of  the  omniscient  Mind  of  God. 
You  will  partake  of  the  manna  of  heaven.  Your  soul  will 
be  so  thrilled  and  satisfied  with  the  grand  passion  of  its 
Lord — of  love  in  the  sublime  degree — that  there  will  be 


148  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

no  craving  for  mortal  affection.  You  will  be  a  radiant 
love  power  always  giving  love  to  souls,  but  never  seeking 
it  in  return.  The  inexhaustible  riches  of  Christ's  love 
will  be  your  satisfaction  and  eternal  peace.  "Ye  are 
complete  in  Him." 

V&  l£*  %£* 

PRAY  WITHOUT  CEASING. 

The  foregoing  article  seems  too  good  to  be  true,  but  I 
can  testify  that  it  is  the  record  of  conscious  revealment. 
I  have  seen  with  soul  sight  that  which  I  teach,  and  my 
record  is  the  same  as  given  by  John.  (I.  Epistle,  Chapter 
i  and  2.     Read  "blood"  as  the  symbol  of  wisdom.) 

How  is  it  to  be  realized?  By  unceasing  devotion  to 
God  through  daily  study  of  divine  truth,  daily  prayer 
for  more  of  the  Spirit  in  heart  and  mind,  united  to  mental 
affirmation  of  the  love  and  wisdom  and  perfection  in  the 
soul. 

You  are  on  this  plane  of  manifestation  for  no  other 
purpose  than  soul  development  and  expansion.  Through 
fulfilling  this  necessity  of  your  being  you  will  find  endur- 
ing rest  and  satisfaction,  and  in  no  other  way.  If  you  do 
not  develop  you  immortal  soul,  but  instead  turn  all  your 
attention  to  earthly  things,  when  you  lose  your  body  you 
will  not  find  enjoyment  in  the  realms  of  light.  As  a  spirit 
you  will  feel  no  attraction  toward  the  realms  where  con- 
gregate the  artists,  musicians,  scientists  or  wise  men  of 
heaven.  Unless  you  develop  a  love  for  divine  wisdom 
and  express  love  in  helping  others  while  here  the  social 
life  of  the  heavenly  spheres  will  prove  monotonous  to  you, 
because  there  is  no  happiness  there  any  more  than  here 
except  in  the  activity  of  the  higher  faculties  of  the  mind 


HEALING  CURRENTS.  149 

and  soul.  So  if  your  love  is  for  earthly  things  and  affairs 
entirely ;  if  your  treasure  is  in  this  world,  your  heart  will 
be  here,  and  you  will  remain  in  the  atmosphere  of  earth  as 
an  earthbound  spirit,  hovering  about  the  marts  of  trade, 
in  the  bank  or  in  the  saloon — according  to  your  quality — 
in  an  unsettled  state  of  weary  search  for  the  peace  which 
earth-life  cannot  give  you.  You  may  so  strongly  desire 
to  be  back  in  the  ways  of  the  world  that  you  will  be  will- 
ing to  lose  your  memory  for  a  time  and  become  incarnate 
again  in  human  form — just  because  you  have  no  affinity 
for  the  spiritual  life.  Neither  God  nor  spirit  would  deter 
you  from  incarnating  in  a  baby  form  and  again  going 
through  this  grade  of  Life's  school,  if  you  desired  to  do 
so.  And  you  might  incarnate  a  number  of  times  if  you 
chose  until  you  tired  of  earthly  experiences  or  had  ac- 
complished the  full  measure  of  your  desire  through  rein- 
carnating. 

Each  one  is  a  law  unto  himself  in  this  respect.  God 
leaves  our  will  free,  and  we  are  always  free  to  choose  any 
path  of  progression  that  suits  us  best.  There  is  no  com- 
pulsion but  that  of  uneducated  desire. 

I  must  say  right  here  while  on  this  subject  that  I  know 
from  authority  that  is  divine  that  no  soul  or  spiritual  be- 
ing is  compelled  to  reincarnate  against  its  will  or  desire. 

People  in  the  world  live  and  talk  on  the  nothing  side 
of  life.  The  frivolity  and  attractiveness  of  mortal  life  is 
not  endowed  with  eternal  life  and  joy.  It  is  all  transient 
and  as  far  as  we  are  concerned  must  come  to  an  end. 
And  when  minds  live  in  the  contemplation  of  material 
things  apart  from  spiritual  realities,  they  lose  hold  of 
their  soul  life  and  come  to  nothing — they  die  sooner  than 
would  be  necessary  if  they  kept  hold  of  the  life  of  God, 
within  and  above  the  soul. 


150  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

We  need  to  magnetize  our  minds  by  contact  with  the 
central  dynamo  of  Life  in  order  to  partake  of  His 
vitality  to  enable  us  to  overcome  the  dying  habit  which  is 
natural  to  physical  forms. 

Forms  die  when  they  can  no  longer  be  made  to  serve 
the  purpose  of  Life.  Those  who  keep  their  conversation 
and  their  thoughts  in  the  eternal  light  of  heaven  become 
immortalized  while  here ;  they  live  in  heaven  while  here, 
and  when  they  tire  of  physical  activities  they  lay  aside 
their  physical  form  as  they  would  lay  aside  a  garment  no 
longer  of  use.  The  physical  and  spiritual  worlds  have 
become  blended  in  one  great  reality  in  which  they  live 
eternally  whether  here  or  there  as  to  visible  presence. 

New  Thought  students,  in  the  discovery  of  the  power 
of  mental  affirmation,  are  apt  to  underestimate  the  value 
of  prayer.  This  comes  from  a  belief  that  the  soul  is  all- 
sufficient  in  itself,  and  from  a  lack  of  understanding  of 
the  great  fact  that  the  individual  soul  is  as  dependent 
upon  the  invisible  inhabitants  of  the  spiritual  realms  all 
about  and  above  us  for  its  sustenance  and  strength  and 
proper  development  as  the  personality  is  dependent  upon 
mortal  teachers  and  parents  for  its  care  and  education, 
as  well  as  upon  the  farmer  and  store-keeper  for  its 
supplies. 

Some  have  a  sort  of  a  vague  idea  of  God  as  a  prin- 
ciple, capable  of  thinking  without  a  mind,  of  acting  with- 
out the  use  of  form;  a  formless  energy  that  is  watching 
about  everywhere  ready  to  do  every  one  a  good  turn  with- 
out the  asking.  Remember  that  the  law  of  cause  and  ef- 
fect operates  with  the  same  undeviating  exactitude  in  the 
spiritual  realms  as  in  this  world.  If  you  want  to  gain  any 
effect,  to  heal  a  disease,  to  overcome  a  habit,  you  must 
start  into  activity  a  cause  equal  to  that  effect. 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  151 

The  exalted  consciousness  of  Divinity — God — does  not 
come  into  contact  with  material  things,  or  with  mortal 
minds,  except  through  the  mediation  of  souls.  God  has 
evolved  souls  for  that  purpose.  Souls  are  the  individ- 
ualized activities  of  God.  Souls  are  the  eyes,  ears  and 
hands  of  God.  Souls  that  have  awakened  to  the  inner 
consciousness  of  God  feel  the  movement  of  His  Spirit, 
and  through  the  working  of  that  inner  Will  of  wisdom 
and  mercy  they  work  from  the  spiritual  side  of  life  to  ful- 
fill the  prayers  of  humanity.  We  are  co-workers  with 
God  in  the  manifestation  of  His  Will  and  wisdom.  God 
needs  us !  He  is  as  dependent  upon  us  to  act  for  Him  as 
we  are  dependent  upon  Him  for  the  power  to  act.  And 
we,  incarnate,  are  dependent  upon  our  elder  brothers  and 
sisters  in  spirit  life  for  much  of  the  goodness,  health  and 
prosperity  that  we  experience  in  this  life.  And  by  prayer 
to  the  Father  or  to  the  Christ  we  set  in  motion  an  intel- 
ligent power  which  communicates  our  desire  to  the  proper 
department  of  the  divine  Mind,  and  when  the  desire  has 
grown  to  sufficient  strength  through  continual  prayer  or 
through  even  one  very  intense  prayer,  it  furnishes  a  basis 
of  mental  energy  through  which  divine  intelligence  may 
operate  to  bring  results. 

If  we  do  not  pray  to  the  Divine  for  what  we  need  we 
do  not  make  our  desires  known  in  heaven.  All  desires 
are  prayers,  and  all  desires  bring  results  equal  to  their 
strength  and  intelligence.  If  we  have  a  desire,  that  desire 
will  go  out  from  our  mind  and  work  on  other  minds  to 
bring  results.  It  will  not  rise  above  the  plane  of  thought 
in  which  it  is  generated.  It  will  grow  stronger  as  it  is 
held  daily;  its  force  and  ability  is  increased  by  added 
desire.  But  it  works  singlehanded.  A  desire  uttered  in 
prayer  to  God  gains  the  co-operation  of  angelic  beings. 


152  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

Prayer  sets  in  motion  the  Providence  of  God,  which  is  an 
organized  power  composed  of  multitudes  of  mighty  spir- 
itual beings. 

Every  prayer  creates  a  thought-form  which  becomes 
visible  before  the  angels  of  God,  and  His  Spirit  of  wis- 
dom works  through  them  to  try  to  bring  about  condi- 
tions for  the  answering  of  the  prayer.  The  many  limita- 
tions to  the  answering  of  a  prayer  cannot  always  be  over- 
come immediately,  and  so  the  prayer  must  be  persisted 
in  until  the  forces  of  heaven  and  earth  are  able  to  combine 
to  bring  its  fulfillment.  If  through  lack  of  faith  or  dis- 
couragement the  prayer  ceases,  co-operation  from  the 
heavenly  realms  will  soon  cease,  because  the  angels  are 
dependent  upon  human  minds  for  the  thought  force  nec- 
essary to  them  if  they  would  operate  in  the  Mind  of  the 
world.  Jesus,  understanding  this,  gave  the  parables  in 
the  eleventh  and  eighteenth  chapters  of  Luke,  showing 
his  disciples  how,  by  unceasing  prayer,  they  should  keep 
knocking  at  the  heavenly  gates  of  supply. 

During  the  war  the  prisoners  in  Andersonville  prison 
were  dependent  upon  the  filthy  and  unwholesome  water 
of  a  little  creek  that  passed  within  the  stockades.  They 
prayed  to  God  for  water  to  drink,  and  from  under  a  tree 
stump  there  gushed  a  spring  of  fresh  water.  The  prayers 
of  many  minds  generated  a  mental  power  which  was  used 
by  the  powers  of  heaven  to  help  that  hidden  spring  of 
water  to  burst  forth  from  the  bowels  of  the  earth.  The 
powers  of  God  have  no  conscious  activity  on  this  plane 
except  through  the  mental  organization  of  persons  on  this 
plane.    They  require  our  faith  and  co-operation. 

In  the  seventies,  Minnesota  was  overrun  by  locusts. 
After  every  other  means  had  failed  the  Governor  called 
for  the  prayers  of  the  whole  state  that  divine  aid  be  in- 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  153 

voked  for  the  saving  of  the  crops.  The  little  pests  became 
extinct  on  the  day  following  the  prayers. 

In  England  a  large  institution  for  boys  was  kept  sup- 
plied with  food  and  funds  by  the  prayers  of  its  founder, 
George  Muller.  He  did  not  even  ask  for  what  he  needed, 
and  his  expenses  were  very  large,  there  being  several 
hundred  mouths  to  feed.  A  quarterly  report  was  sent  out 
to  those  interested,  and  from  all  over  the  world  money 
and  supplies  kept  pouring  in  according  to  the  need.  His 
prayers  brought  the  aid  of  heaven,  and  those  who  had 
means  in  abundance  were  influenced  to  give  by  the  in- 
visible agencies  which  his  prayers  invoked. 

The  world  is  again  waking  up  to  the  realization  of 
the  power  of  the  prayer-answering  God.  Even  the  most 
conservative  orthodox  journals  are  giving  space  to  those 
who  write  about  the  health,  the  prosperity  and  the  gen- 
eral spiritual  good  that  has  come  in  answer  to  prayer. 
Prayer  serves  a  purpose  that  simple  desire,  affirmation  or 
suggestion  cannot  serve,  although  these  methods  are  of 
great  value  in  the  proper  development  of  the  soul  and 
mind. 

Up  to  a  few  years  ago,  my  life  seemed  a  downright 
failure.  I  could  not  make  a  success  of  anything.  I  was 
sick  in  body  and  morbid  in  mind.  I  lacked  individuality. 
But  I  learned  of  the  Way,  the  Truth  and  the  Life.  I 
learned  how  to  commune  with  God.  Through  learning 
how  to  pray  I  found  the  power  in  God  that  gave  me  in- 
dividuality. Through  prayer  I  drew  into  myself  that  es- 
sence of  the  Spirit  which  made  me  a  conquering  man. 
Through  prayer  my  soul  reached  out  to  its  Father  and 
received  its  daily  bread  from  His  living  Word  of  ever- 
lasting life.     My  soul  drew  on  the  Spirit  and  became 


154  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

aflame  with  the  divine  glory.     It  was  born  again  of  the 
water  of  truth  and  of  the  Holy  Spirit. 

A  material  illustration  may  make  more  clear  the  value 
of  prayer  to  a  human  soul.  There  hangs  from  the  ceiling 
a  live  wire  charged  with  the  positive  electric  current  from 
a  mighty  dynamo.  In  my  hands  I  hold  the  negative  wire. 
I  reach  up  and  touch  this  negative  wire  to  the  positive 
wire,  when  immediately  there  is  a  blinding  flash  of  elec- 
tric light.  Thus  it  is  that  man  is  glorified.  God  is  the 
positive  Mind,  the  positive  Spirit.  Man  is  the  negative 
mind,  the  negative  spirit.  During  prayer  the  mind  of 
man  reaches  out  (and  within)  toward  the  positive  Mind 
of  God,  toward  the  Mind  that  is  full  of  the  realized  power 
generated  in  the  dynamo  of  omnipotent  Love,  and  when 
the  prayer  becomes  sincere  and  intense  with  love  and  de- 
votion there  occurs  that  wondrous  meeting  of  the  human 
and  the  Divine,  the  negative  and  the  positive,  and  the 
flash  of  immortal  glory  fills  the  negative  mind  with  quick- 
ening power  that  makes  it  a  source  of  life  and  power 
forever  after.  Many  have  felt  in  greater  or  less  degree 
this  touch  of  the  Divine ;  it  was  a  time  of  conversion  with 
them,  and  they  look  back  to  it  with  tender  recollection, 
and  look  forward  to  the  future  state  of  bliss  in  heaven  as 
a  continuous  feast  of  spiritual  communion  like  that  one 
glorious  experience  of  the  past.  But  why  wait  for  heaven 
when  heaven  waits  for  you  ?  That  communion  may  be  a 
daily  fact  of  your  experience,  and  its  realization  should 
be  sought  for  daily.  Let  it  become  the  dominant  pur- 
pose of  your  life  to  grow  spiritual,  to  manifest  God. 
Gradually  turn  all  your  desires  in  that  direction  and  com- 
pel all  your  destiny  to  work  to  that  end.  Do  not  let  any 
apparent  limiting  condition  thwart  your  purpose.  By 
prayer  you  may  have  the  co-operation  of  God,  and  work- 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  155 

ing  with  God  as  your  faith  and  strength  all  things  are 
possible;  you  can  become  invincible.  All  power  wills 
your  permanent  success. 

Pray  to  God  and  His  Christ  and  your  prayer  will  reach 
the  most  exalted  plane  of  power,  drawing  to  you  the 
blessings  of  the  highest  and  holiest  souls  in  heaven. 

In  the  following  the  prayerful  attitude  is  united  with 
the  affirmation  of  truth,  making  together  a  very  powerful 
combination. 

Oh  Mother-Father  God !  I  am  a  soul  child  born  from 
the  blending  of  Thy  divine  attributes.  Satisfy  me  with 
Thy  love.  In  my  soul  are  cradled  the  masculine  and  fem- 
inine potencies  of  Divinity.  My  soul  is  an  organization 
of  Thy  love,  wisdom  and  power;  an  image  of  all  Thy 
qualities;  a  Seed  of  Divinity.  Through  living  in  the 
glorious  sunshine  of  Thy  Love,  all  these  wonderful  soul 
potencies  are  becoming  quickened.  Glorify  me  with  the 
illumination  of  Thy  loving  presence,  that  I  also  may 
glorify  Thee. 

I  am  a  perfect  soul  born  from  Thy  perfect  nature,  but 
I  need  to  live  in  the  sunshine  of  Thy  Spirit,  that  the  power 
within  may  grow  and  develop  as  a  seed  of  God  sown  in 
an  earthly  body. 

I  need  to  commune  with  Thee  consciously,  thinking  the 
thoughts  of  Thy  Mind  and  feeling  the  emotions  of  Thy 
great  Heart  of  love  in  order  that  this  negative  earth-mind 
and  body  may  become  fertilized  with  Thy  life,  making  a 
perfect  soil  for  the  expansion  of  the  soul  seed  of  power 
within. 

My  soul  is  illuminating  and  healing  this  mind  and  body 
as  I  commune  with  Thy  Spirit.  My  soul  becomes  more 
glorious  as  I  exercise  Thy  love  and  wisdom.  I  am  Thy 
soul-son.     The  glory  that  transfigured  the  mortal  flesh 


156  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

of  Jesus  is  in  my  soul  and  will  now  transform  my  charac- 
ter and  transfigure  my  flesh  as  I  inbreathe  Thy  Holy 
Spirit  by  high  desires  and  holy  aspirations.  I  am  com- 
plete and  satisfied  in  Thee.  I  am  Thy  immortal  son. 
Thine  is  the  power  and  glory  forever.     Amen. 

a  healing  prayer. 
Living  Father! 

I  recognize  that  my  life  is  one  with  Thy  unlimited  life 
and  power.  Thy  constructive  Mind  is  within  me,  build- 
ing my  mind  and  body  in  strength  and  perfection.  I  open 
my  mind  to  the  influx  of  Thy  mighty  Presence  of  health 
and  peace.  Thou  art  within  me  a  fountain  of  vitality 
flowing  into  every  faculty  and  organ  of  my  being.  Thou 
art  God  within  my  nature,  and  thy  life  and  health  have 
all  power  to  regenerate  and  heal  my  body.  I  am  organiz- 
ing Thy  life  and  strength  into  a  mind  and  body  of  health 
and  perfection.  Thy  substance  is  feeding  and  restoring 
every  part  of  my  body  to  positive  health.  I  praise  Thy 
healing  life  and  intelligence  in  every  organ,  in  every 
nerve,  in  every  atom  of  my  flesh.  I  praise  Thy  glorious 
wisdom  which  is  illuminating  my  soul  and  purifying  my 
mind  of  every  limiting  thought.  I  praise  Thy  tender, 
healing  Love  which  invigorates  and  upholds  me,  and  dis- 
solves away  all  fear.  Oh,  Living  Father,  this  is  Thy 
holy  temple,  make  it  a  perfect  dwelling  place  from  which 
shall  radiate  Thy  healing  love  and  wisdom  to  all  Thy  chil- 
dren. 

Father,  glorify  me  with  Thy  healing  power,  that  I  also 
may  glorify  Thee. 

Read  this  prayer  over  a  few  times,  trying  to  realize 
every  word  within  your  being,  and  then  sit  in  the  silence 
while  the  Spirit  of  the  Father  flows  through  your  nature, 
fulfilling  your  desire. 


HEALING  CURRENTS.  157 

to  increase  love. 
Loving  Father! 

Bless  her  mind  with  Thy  wonderful  love  which  dis- 
solves away  all  vindictive  feelings.  Hold  her  personality 
in  the  glowing  presence  of  Thy  harmonizing  love  until  all 
her  antagonistic  feelings  are  melted  down.  O  Father, 
melt  from  her  heart  all  hateful  thoughts  and  feelings.  I 
bless  her  with  Thy  love  which  overcomes  all  her  feelings 
against  me.  I  feel  so  great  a  love  flowing  from  Thy  pres- 
ence within  my  soul  that  when  she  thinks  of  me  she  is 
disarmed  and  cannot  feel  aught  but  love.  I  bless  all  my 
world,  visible  and  invisible,  with  Thy  harmonizing  love. 
All  is  love. 

I  bless  all  the  intelligent  centers  in  my  body  with  Thy 
healing  love.  From  my  awakening  soul  I  pour  healing 
love  into  every  part  of  my  body.  Thy  love  streams  out 
from  the  presence  of  Jesus  Jehovah  filled  with  the  power 
to  heal  all  my  flesh  and  it  holds  me  in  eternal  peace. 
Thy  love  is  my  mighty  protection.  I  praise  Thy  Spirit  of 
love. 

O  THOU  ETERNAL  SPIRIT  OF  WISDOM  ! 

Awaken  and  inspire  my  soul  with  Thy  Divine  Breath. 
Let  my  mind  become  illumined  with  Thy  glory.  In- 
spire all  my  thoughts  with  the  pure  light  of  Thy  Om- 
niscient Mind.  I  pray  with  all  the  sincerity  of  my  mind 
for  the  Spirit  which  shall  quicken  my  intuition  and  lead 
me  into  the  highest,  holiest  understanding  of  the  mys- 
teries of  Thy  Divine  Life.  Guide  me,  Oh  Thou  Great 
Jehovah,  in  the  path  of  light  and  love.  With  all  the  fer- 
vor of  my  emotional  nature  I  desire  Thy  wisdom.  In- 
spire my  judgment  and  increase  my  power  of  discrimina- 
tion.   Help  me  to  live  like  Jesus  Christ  under  the  inspira- 


158  HEALING    CURRENTS. 

tion  of  Thy  Holy  Wisdom  Power,  that  the  power  of  Thy 
Spirit  may  become  manifest  through  my  mind  and  body, 
for  the  increase  of  Thy  Glory  in  the  souls  of  humanity. 
Thine  be  the  honor  and  glory  through  time  and  eternity. 
Amen. 

Our  Father  ! 

Father  of  all  souls,  who  art  in  the  pure,  heavenly  state 
within  all  souls,  who  art  the  Soul  of  souls — hallowed  be 
Thy  Name  of  ever-living,  ever-potent  love. 

May  Thy  kingdom  of  love  and  justice  become  manifest 
to  all  beings  in  human  and  animal  forms;  may  Thy  al- 
mighty Will,  which  bringeth  peace  and  plenty,  be  done 
on  earth  as  it  is  done  in  the  heavenly  realm  of  souls. 

Thy  wisdom  and  love  are  revealed  in  the  peaceful 
purity,  and  in  the  grace  and  perfection  of  our  souls.  Thy 
kingdom  come,  Thy  will  be  done  in  mind  and  body  as  it 
is  done  in  our  souls. 

Give  us  this  day  our  daily  bread ;  fill  all  our  necessities 
and  satisfy  all  our  desires  from  the  goodness  of  Thy  om- 
nipresent Mind,  and  feed  us  spiritually  with  the  bread 
of  life,  that  we  may  grow  strong  in  the  wisdom  and 
dominion  of  Thy  Spirit. 

Forgive  us  our  trespasses,  as  we  forgive  those  who  tres- 
pass against  us. 

Dissolve  from  us  all  condemnation  and  teach  us  to  see 
the  angel  of  Thy  Presence  in  all;  inspire  us  with  Thy 
feeling  of  love  and  compassion  for  all  souls,  that  we  may 
quicken  and  resurrect  the  latent  goodness  and  power  in 
souls  incarnate. 

Lead  us  in  victory  over  all  temptations,  and  deliver  us 
from  even  the  appearance  of  evil.  Let  us  feel  the  attraction 
of  Thy  Spirit  leading  us  to  freedom  from  all  mortal  at- 
tractions, that  we  may  fulfill  the  laws  of  the  soul-life  as 


HEALING  CURRENTS.  159 

sons  of  God — joint  heirs  with  Christ  in  the  purity  and 
power  of  God. 

We  abide  with  Thee  now  in  the  bliss  of  Being,  for 
Thine  is  the  kingdom,  and  the  power,  and  the  glory  for- 
ever and  ever.    Amen. 


%?•  ^*  <^* 

THE  GOD-MAN. 

Man  is  the  highest  expression  of  God,  and  he  can 
evolve  to  a  higher  type  of  being  through  the  understand- 
ing and  recognition  of  the  truth  that  he  is  the  Mind  of 
God  through  and  through,  from  soul  to  physical  atoms. 

Man  is  making  visible  as  much  of  God  as  he  realizes ; 
manifesting  the  life  and  intelligence  that  he  has  ap- 
propriated from  the  universal  source. 

The  God-Man  is  conscious  that  his  substance  and  life  is 
God.  His  mind  and  body  have  been  educated  to  that  de- 
gree of  consciousness  that  he  can  truly  realize  and  affirm : 
"I  and  my  Father  are  one."  He  has  polarized  so  much  of 
the  Infinite  Intelligence  into  his  brain,  and  educated  the 
cells  of  the  body  to  express  so  much  of  life  and  intel- 
ligence, that  every  part  of  his  being  is  positive  God-Mind, 
developed  from  negative  mind  into  a  consciousness  of 
power  and  dominion  that  commands  the  respect  and 
obedience  of  all  negative  and  undeveloped  forms  of  mind. 

He  is  the  temple  of  the  living  God,  and  God  lives  in 
and  glorifies  his  whole  nature. 

The  negative  conditions  of  disease  and  death  find  no 
place  within  his  organism,  for  each  atom  has  become 
positive  with  conscious  life ;  and  the  latent  healing  power 
resident  within  each  living  cell  of  tissue,  which  is  a  cer- 


160  HEALING  CURRENTS. 

tain  manifestation  of  life  and  spirit,  has  evolved  until  the 
whole  body  expresses  the  healing  Spirit  of  God. 

There  is  no  craving  for  the  gratification  of  the  senses 
or  longing  for  the  companionship  of  any  being  or  beings, 
for  the  soul  has  awakened  to  conscious  unity  with  the 
bliss  of  eternal  Being,  and  realizes  that  it  is  an  organized 
expression  of  the  masculine  and  feminine  principles  of 
the  Divine  Mind,  a  complete  whole  within  itself;  and 
having  educated  the  sense  mind  up  to  its  own  plane,  it 
is  able  to  hold  in  equilibrium  the  magnetic  and  electric 
forces  of  the  human  battery,  which  satisfies  the  nature 
with  divine  peace  and  harmony. 

The  Christ  Mind  is  the  mighty  key  to  this  spiritualized 
nature,  the  vital  tone  to  which  every  atom  of  the  body  is 
tuned,  and  his  life  is  radiant  with  celestial  melody  as  it 
vibrates  throughout  the  tiny  spheres  filled  with  universal 
life  and  love. 

This  is  the  joyful  sound,  so  free  from  fear  or  care, 
It  springeth  forth   with  joyous  bound  all  through  the 
etheric  air. 

He  lives  in  the  opulence  of  omnipresent  love  and  is 
permeated  with  its  supreme  glory,  which  transfigures  him 
— when  he  retires  from  the  world  for  divine  communion — 
and  holds  him  in  the  ecstasy  of  immortality.  He  is  that 
love  individualized,  and  is  filled  with  the  eternal  energy 
of  giving  and  receiving.  He  is  a  perpetual  spring,  for 
from  his  heart  and  soul  life  there  emanates  the  blessing 
of  universal  love  to  all ;  from  his  mind  flow  the  illum- 
inated thoughts  of  truth,  filled  with  freeing,  healing 
grace  for  humanity;  his  lips  speak  forth  the  words  of 
everlasting  life  and  joy ;  and  his  hands  are  active  in  im- 
parting the  healing  touch. 


HEALING  CURRENTS.  161 

Through  his  intuition  and  acquired  knowledge,  he  fur- 
nishes to  his  associates  valuable  and  useful  information; 
the  tone  of  his  voice  interests  and  impresses  those  with 
whom  he  comes  in  contact;  and  through  the  truth  which 
dwells  in  his  own  life  he  is  able  to  give  to  others  the  pearl 
of  great  price.  He  is  constantly  giving  and  receiving. 
His  friends  for  whom  and  with  whom  he  is  working  are 
receiving  with  him  from  the  one  living  invisible  Source, 
whose  center  is  everywhere. 

Knowing  truly  how  to  give  and  receive,  how  to  at- 
tract and  express,  he  is  living  in  opulence,  for  he  is  com- 
plying with  the  law  of  divine  circulation  that  fills  his 
emptiness  from  a  limitless  store. 

He  is  living  in  the  understanding  of  his  union  with  the 
inexhaustible  Source  of  all ;  the  inexhaustible  productive- 
ness ;  the  supreme  love  which  is  all-sufficient  in  all  places. 

Having  but  one  great  desire,  the  healing,  awakening 
and  freeing  of  God's  beloved,  he  is  in  tune  with  the 
mighty  purpose  of  God,  which  gives  him  a  power  and 
wisdom  that  penetrate  to  the  root  cause  of  all  manifesta- 
tions ;  and  all  forces  in  the  universe  conspire  to  carry  out 
his  will;  and  success  crowns  his  efforts  with  perfect  ac- 
complishment. 

The  limitations  of  matter  have  disappeared  from  the 
consciousness  of  the  God-Man,  for  his  pure  penetration 
into  the  essence  of  things  has  resolved  all  the  different 
and  varied  forms  of  manifestation  into  the  one  responsive 
Substance,  which  obeys  his  will  because  he  has  entered 
the  plane  of  consciousness  that  is  the  essential  element 
of  all  substances,  and  from  this  plane  of  causation  he  can 
move  the  interior  springs  of  all  lives,  and  as  an  em- 
bodiment of  God  he  causes  all  things  to  conform  to  his 
mighty  purpose. 


162  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

This  spiritual  man,  standing  in  the  consciousness  of 
the  real  and  true,  sees  all  things  as  they  are  and  not 
as  they  seem  to  the  eye  of  uneducated  sense,  and  to  his 
vision  the  universe  is  spread  out  as  a  limitless  sea  of  in- 
telligent mental  forces,  a  vibrating  ocean  of  light  and  life, 
glistening  in  every  atom  with  the  effulgence  of  a  mighty 
intelligence,  and  comprehending  in  its  boundless  love  all 
the  beings  who  have  evolved  from  and  who  forever  dwell 
in  the  breadth,  depth  and  height  of  its  immense  activity. 

Seeing  that  All  is  Mind,  All  is  Good,  All  is  God,  the 
God-Man  is  one  with  all  of  God  and  God's  expressions ; 
there  is  no  limitation  to  his  vision  or  to  his  knowledge, 
for  he  is  God  in  every  faculty,  and  can  hear  all  the  vibra- 
tive  whisperings  of  the  Good  in  all  the  universe,  and  en- 
joy the  blending  of  his  mind  with  the  Mind  that  fills  in- 
finity, partaking  of  Divine  Omniscience. 

Realizing  that  he  is  all  spirit,  and  that  there  is  no  law 
but  the  Will  of  God,  and  he  is  himself  that  will,  what- 
ever he  wills  will  be  effected  through  his  nature.  He 
can  become  positive  to  the  light  vibrations  of  space  so 
that  mortal  eye  cannot  see  his  form,  and  he  can  make 
himself  so  positive  to  the  attraction  of  earth  that  water 
will  seem  a  solid  substance  to  his  feet.  He  will  also  exert 
a  powerful  and  beneficial  sway  over  other  natures  who 
are  willing  to  be  dominated  by  his  positive  will  of  good- 
ness and  peace,  which  quickens  them  with  the  vitality  of 
Eternity,  and  satisfies  their  whole  being  with  the  living 
bread  of  life. 

Glory  to  the  perfected  God-Man,  for  he  is  the  per- 
sonality' of  the  Absolute  God. 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  163 


A  CONCEPTION  OF  GOD. 

The  basis  of  all  systems  of  thought  is  God,  Every 
new  philosophy  is  founded  on  a  new  conception  of  this 
one  primal  power.  The  many  seekers  after  God  are  like 
the  blind  men  who  tried  by  groping  to  get  a  concep- 
tion of  an  elephant.  One  got  hold  of  the  tail,  and  to  him 
the  elephant  was  like  a  rope.  To  the  one  who  found  the 
trunk  the  elephant  was  like  a  snake.  Running  against 
his  broad  side,  another  was  certain  that  the  elephant 
was  like  a  walk  And  from  the  shape  of  a  leg  the  fourth 
was  sure  the  elephant  was  like  a  tree.  So  all  the  limited 
conceptions  of  God  are  but  partial  and  one-sided  views  of 
the  Infinite  and  Eternal  One.  We  might  as  well  accept  the 
fact  to  start  with  that  from  the  very  meaning  of  the  words 
infinite  and  eternal,  which  are  used  as  descriptive  of  Deity, 
God  is  nothing  less  than  the  whole.  We  must  see  that  God 
is  at  least  as  great  as  the  vast  universe ;  and,  if  we  concede 
that  all  is  a  manifestation  of  one  power,  there  will  be 
room  in  our  idea  of  Divinity  for  all  the  expansion  that 
will  come  to  our  mind  through  growth  in  knowledge. 

The  Hindu  Vedantists  postulated  an  abstract,  imper- 
sonal Being,  that  was  beyond  all  ideas  of  consciousness, 
neither  conscious  nor  unconscious,  so  immutable  that  it 
was  incapable  of  generating  a  universe,  and  so  absolutely 
quiescent  and  peaceful  that  in  it  there  was  no  thought  or 
desire  or  activity  of  any  kind.  After  formulating  this  en- 
tirely incomprehensible  idea  of  Divinity,  they  were  led 
to  think  that  this  absolute  Being  was  the  only  reality  and 
the  only  truth;  that  all  else  was  nothing — unreal  and  il- 


164  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

lusive ;  that  all  created  things  were  the  "figments  of  a  fic- 
titious illusion ;"  that  both  the  internal  and  external  order 
of  things,  the  earths  and  earthy  beings  and  the  heavenly 
states  with  their  countless  hosts  were  all  a  vast  hyp- 
notism; an  endless  succession  of  dreams  that  were  to  be 
escaped  by  absorption  into  the  abstract  state  of  the  Eter- 
nal. To  escape  the  joys  of  life  as  well  as  the  sorrows 
was  the  aim  of  every  true  aspirant  for  emancipation  from 
the  bondage  of  existence,  and  all  effort  was  to  the  end 
of  sublimizing  the  mind  to  the  degree  that  the  individ- 
uality should  lose  itself  into  the  one  great  essence  of 
existence. 

But  the  pendulum  has  now  swung  to  the  opposite  ex- 
treme, and  humanity  at  present  is  not  seeking  to  lose  its 
individuality,  but  to  build  it  stronger ;  not  desiring  to  es- 
cape existence,  but  to  enter  more  deeply  into  it.  There 
was  truth  in  the  Hindu  ideas  of  Divinity  and  in  their 
methods  of  spiritual  worship,  but  it  was  not  the  whole 
truth ;  just  as  there  is  partial  truth  in  the  ideas  of  God 
prevalent  in  the  orthodox  world,  and  the  conquering  and 
overcoming  activities  of  the  Western  race  are  the  expres- 
sion of  a  divine  method,  in  that  they  are  conducive  to  the 
development  of  great  individualities.  The  Hindu  sys- 
tem of  thought  vividly  grasped  the  soul  of  the  universe  as 
the  supreme  reality,  but  denied  that  there  was  any  use 
for  the  mind  and  body  of  the  universe,  so  all  effort  was 
toward  the  reduction  of  the  human  mind  and  body  to  a 
state  of  pure  resistless  quiescence.  The  occidental  mind 
is  infatuated  with  the  material  side  of  existence,  and  it 
is  only  beginning  to  comprehend  or  allow  that  the  phys- 
ical universe  has  a  subjective  or  mental  side.  Hence  not 
much  attention  is  given  to  the  development  of  aught  but 
the  faculties  or  qualities  that  deal  with  manifested  forces. 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  165 

The  soul  is  not  considered  worthy  of  any  attention,  nor 
is  it  thought  by  many  to  be  anything  more  than  a  name, 
and,  in  fact,  so  strong  is  the  materialistic  spirit  of  the 
age  that  even  among  certain  metaphysicians  who  have 
formulated  the  laws  of  the  invisible  but  omniactive  Mind, 
there  is  a  strong  repugnance  to  the  idea  of  the  Soul  of 
the  Whole  as  the  spirit  of  man.  Some  think  that,  so  far 
as  the  laws  of  mind  will  serve  the  personal  ego  in  con- 
quering the  forces  that  have  to  be  contended  with  in  ful- 
filling the  needs  of  mortal  existence,  just  so  far  are  they 
good,  but  beyond  that  there  is  no  use  delving.  But  the 
pendulum  of  racial  development  will  find  its  poise  be- 
tween these  two  extremes,  and  the  philosophy  of  the  East 
and  of  the  West  will  be  united,  for  the  production  of  a 
race  of  beings  who,  while  powerful  in  individuality  and 
ability  to  surmount  every  limitation  of  negative  existence, 
will  nevertheless  realize  their  full  power  and  wisdom 
through  the  acknowledgment  and  expression  of  the 
higher  potencies,  qualities  and  attributes  of  the  Soul  life 
of  God. 

We  are  rapidly  outgrowing  the  belief  in  evil  that 
shrouded  the  mind  of  the  world-  for  so  many  ages.  To 
the  oriental  mind  all  existence  was  a  form  of  evil,  even 
to  the  highest  states  of  manifested  life  in  the  heavenly 
spheres.  All  was  looked  upon  as  limitation  and  bondage, 
and  only  in  the  Absolute  was  there  enduring  rest  from 
the  bondage  to  everlasting  transmigration  and  change. 
To  be  sure,  there  was  the  greater  evil  of  the  deluded 
souls  sunk  in  sin  and  misery,  with  no  aspiration  for  eman- 
cipation, and  the  lesser  evil  of  living  for  the  welfare  of 
others;  but  at  its  best  life  was  criticised  and  condemned 
as  evil,  and  escape  from  life  was  the  only  good.  With 
all  their  wisdom,  the  dark  shadows  of  evil  covered  their 


166  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

mind  and  limited  expression.  Later  religionists  placed 
humanity  in  the  midst  of  two  great  contending  forces 
of  Good  and  Evil,  but  the  good  was  much  closer  and 
more  easily  and  quickly  realized  than  in  the  most  ancient 
philosophy,  for  it  was  not  considered  necessary  to  go 
through  a  number  of  incarnations  before  the  ties  of  at- 
tachment could  be  cut  and  the  good  attained,  as  in  the 
Hindu  system  of  thought,  but  one  only  had  to  wage  the 
fierce  fight  against  evil  in  the  present  to  find  a  pleasant 
future  secure  in  the  arms  of  paradise  for  all  eternity. 
And  now,  so  close  are  we  growing  to  the  vision  of  the 
One  who  is  too  pure  to  behold  iniquity,  that  we  no  longer 
look  upon  existence  as  evil  even  in  greater  or  less  de- 
grees, nor  do  we  see  in  the  universe  of  God  the  opposing 
forces  of  Good  and  Evil.  But  we  rejoice  in  the  knowl- 
edge that  it  is  all  good;  it  is  lesser  good  and  greater 
good;  good  undeveloped  and  good  developed;  but  from 
its  worst  to  its  best  aspect,  from  the  lowest  to  the  high- 
est degree  and  form  of  manifestation,  it  is  all  good.  We 
now  comprehend  the  great  truth  that  we  stand  in  the 
midst  of  a  growing,  evolving  universe,  and  in  and  behind 
it  all  are  manifesting  the  purpose  and  the  will  of  the  om- 
nipotent Soul,  and  whether  we  stand  on  a  planet  whose 
humanity  is  young  in  the  expression  of  the  divinity 
latent  within  it,  or  on  a  planet  older  and  wiser  and  more 
fully  rounded  out  in  the  individualization  and  expression 
of  the  omniscient  intelligence  of  God,  it  is  all  good.  The 
young  planet  with  its  warring,  savage  humanity,  and  the 
older  planet  with  its  humanity  of  peaceful,  godlike  be- 
ings, are  alike  formed  from  the  universal  substance  of 
God,  and  the  love  of  the  Infinite  One  is  shed  as  graciously 
upon  the  warring  tribes  of  cannibals  filled  with  hatred 
and  cruelty,  as  upon  the  angelic  beings  radiant  with  the 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  167 

consciousness  of  Divinity,  for  the  patient  love  of  the 
Eternal  is  wise  with  the  knowing  that  ALL  is  its  own 
evolving  substance,  pregnant  with  the  infinite  life  that 
shall  awaken,  during  the  endless  evolutions  of  time,  the 
intelligence  of  each  atom,  as  of  each  mind,  to  the  fullest 
realization  of  the  intelligence  and  purpose  of  the  ALL. 

We  may  look  upon  the  cosmos  as  the  manifestation  of 
an  almighty  battery  of  energy,  a  divine  conscious  bat- 
tery, so  that  the  duality  of  "matter  and  energy"  created 
by  materialistic  science  will  be  resolved  into  the  concep- 
tion of  one  omnipotent  Intelligence,  expressing  itself 
through  the  positive  and  negative  poles  of  universal  sub- 
stance. The  objective  universe  of  so-called  matter  is 
the  negative  aspect  of  the  one  universal  Substance,  the 
negative  pole  of  the  great  mental  battery,  for  all  sub- 
stance is  capable  of  endless  expansion  in  the  development 
cf  intelligence,  and  the  subjective  realms  and  states  of 
existence  are  this  same  Substance  in  a  more  refined  de- 
gree of  expression,  in  a  more  positive  and  intelligent 
state  of  manifestation.  In  and  around  the  negative 
realms  and  worlds  are  the  individualizations  of  the  one 
Substance  less  developed  in  intelligence,  while  farther  up 
in  the  states  and  conditions  of  sublimated  and  spiritual- 
ized existence  are  the  beings  who  have  grown  positive 
with  the  positiveness  that  inheres  in  the  inmost  and  all- 
comprehending  sphere  of  omnipotent,  omniscient  and 
omnipresent  Consciousness,  the  Soul  of  the  vast  whole — 
God. 

Our  mind  expands  and  thrills  with  the  sublime  con- 
ception of  the  magnitude  and  mightiness  of  the  God  of 
the  universe,  an  individualized  and  forever  individualizing 
expression  of  the  eternal  and  unmanifest,  whose  negative 
body — [the  physical  universe] — is  infused  and  sustained 


168  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

by  His  positive  mind-body — [the  spiritual  universe] — 
and  the  whole  forever  developing  in  intelligence  and  per- 
fection as  its  great  Soul  comes  more  and  more  into  ex- 
pression, infusing  the  positive  and  negative  poles  of  His 
body  with  more  of  life,  love  and  wisdom,  and  manifesting 
in  each  succeeding  cycle  of  progression  more  of  the  per- 
fect power  and  grace  that  reside  in  His  Soul. 

Our  hope  enlarges  and  our  faith  grows  sure  of  the 
possibilities  in  our  own  unfoldment,  for  we  see  that  God 
has  individualized  Himself  as  the  Whole,  and  the  Whole 
is  forever  developing  its  power  of  expressing  divinity,  so 
that  as  the  positive  Mind  of  God  grows  more  positive,  it 
infuses  its  positive  intelligence  into  the  negative  body  of 
existence,  so  that  negative  substances  grow  more  intel- 
ligent. And  through  this  unceasing  process  of  individ- 
ualization each  being,  as  an  epitome  of  the  whole,  is 
polarizing  the  intelligence  and  power  and  substance  of 
God  toward  the  development  and  expression  of  a  more 
positive  and  enduring  individuality.  We  are  each  one  an 
individualized  soul,  being  polarized  and  organized  from 
the  love  and  wisdom  and  power  of  the  soul  of  God,  and 
this  individual  soul  has  organized  a  positive  and  negative 
pole  of  mental  and  physical  energies  that  are  polarizing 
constantly  from  the  positive  and  negative  poles  of  the 
mind  and  body  of  God.  So  it  is  evident  that  as  individ- 
ualization is  a  law  of  all  life,  subjective  as  well  as  ob- 
jective, all  beings  that  ever  evolved  from  the  bosom  of 
Divinity  still  continue  and  will  ever  continue  to  progress 
in  Divinity  through  the  various  stages  of  human,  angelic 
and  archangelic  being.  And  it  does  not  take  much 
imagination  to  fill  the  supernatural  universe  with  the 
myriads  of  beings  that  have  lived  in  human  form,  and  to 
see  perpetuated  in  sublimer  form  the  trees  and  flowers 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  169 

and  all  the  beauties  of  earthly  scenery  on  a  grander  and 
more  varied  scale.  And  we  can  imagine  the  older,  wiser 
and  more  powerful  souls  in  the  position  of  Gods  and  God- 
desses, as  radiant  suns  of  spiritual  life  and  love  to  the  less 
developed  souls  attracted  to  them  and  their  kingdoms  for 
the  wisdom  and  love,  the  appropriation  of  which  will 
give  them  greater  growth  and  stronger  powers  for  spir- 
itual expression. 

With  what  exalted  emotions  we  contemplate  the  idea 
of  these  spheres  of  spiritual  beings,  all  working  in  har- 
mony and  obedient  to  the  law  of  love  and  life,  and  seek- 
ing to  make  their  realizations  of  benefit  to  those  less 
developed ;  so  that  each  planet  is  surrounded  by  its  men- 
tal and  spiritual  worlds  of  living  beings,  who  appropriate 
from  higher  states  of  Mind  and  bring  into  the  lower 
states  the  light  from  above,  all  working  as  a  constant 
blessing  and  upliftment  to  incarnate  humanity.  In  this 
idea  we  have  the  solution  for  the  teaching  in  regard  to 
all  the  lords  and  saviors  and  gods  and  angels  and  spir- 
itual entities  of  the  past.  There  has  been  truth  in  all 
teachings  that  have  been  wafted  to  earth  from  the 
heavens  above  for  the  spiritualization  and  education  of 
humanity,  and  our  system  of  thought  must  be  large 
enough  to  embrace  all  the  gods  and  deities  of  the  past  as 
well  as  the  discoveries  of  modern  scientific  research,  for 
in  the  Whole  there  is  that  which  will  satisfy  every  human 
emotion  and  desire.  Those  who  long  for  absorption  in 
the  Absolute,  as  well  as  those  who  wish  to  enter  Nirvana 
with  Buddha,  may  work  out  their  desire  to  their  own 
satisfaction,  without  limiting  the  good  of  any.  Those 
who  pray  to  any  gods  will  find  the  gods  they  pray  to  and 
plenty  more,  and  those  who  worship  as  their  Savior,  Jesus 
Christ,  will  find  Him  Lord  of  lords,  and  King  of  kings 


170  HEALING  CURRENTS. 

in  this  solar  system ;  and  all  who  delight  in  the  expansion 
and  development  of  their  individuality  will  find  bound- 
less possibilities  for  growth  and  progression  throughout 
eternity. 

^3*        %3*        *3* 

MY  VITAL  ORGANS  ARE  GENERATING  HEAL- 
ING, HARMONIZING  VITALITY. 

This  thought  should  be  memorized  and  allowed  to  run 
through  the  mind  as  much  as  possible.  It  should  be  re- 
peated just  before  falling  asleep  and  the  first  thing  in  the 
morning.  Also  deny  all  mortal  condemnation  from  the 
sexual  nature,  and  affirm  the  truth  that  it  is  pure  and 
holy  in  its  office  and  function. 

PROTECTION. 

I  AM,  I  KNOW  I  AM.  I  am  centered  in  the  protect- 
ing power  of  almighty  God. 

I  am  protected  by  His  almighty  Spirit  of  truth  and  jus- 
tice. 

I  stand  on  the  eternal  rock  of  truth  and  decree  that  jus- 
tice shall  manifest  in  all  my  affairs.  The  Lord  God  Al- 
mighty is  my  Defense. 

My  enemies  and  persecutors  cannot  stand  against  me. 

All  injustice  is  dissolved  from  my  life. 

He  that  is  for  me  is  mightier  than  they  who  stand 
against  me. 

I  am  sheltered  and  protected  under  the  wings  of  love 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  171 

and  mercy,  and  only  good  shall  manifest  in  my  life  and 
affairs. 

The  angels  of  the  Lord  are  encamped  around  about  me, 
and  the  hosts  of  wisdom  and  love  shall  be  my  protection 
day  and  night. 

I  will  fear  no  evil,  for  Thou  art  with  me.  Thou  givest 
Thine  angels  charge  concerning  me,  to  keep  me  in  all  my 
ways.  Thy  goodness  and  Thy  mercy  shall  hold  me  in 
perfect  peace,  and  all  the  evil  intentions  of  those  who  are 
working  against  me  shall  be  dissolved  by  Thy  Spirit,  and 
justice  shall  conquer  for  the  glory  of  the  living  God. 

t5*        t9*        t9* 

THUS  SPEAKS  THE  LIVING  SOUL. 

I  am  the  immortal  Son  of  God. 

I  live  in  endless  Splendor. 
I  breathe  the  Spirit  of  Eternity. 

I  see  with  the  Omniscient  Eye. 
I  know  that  All  is  Good. 

I  am  radiant  with  Omnipotent  Love. 
I  am  the  Resurrection,  and  the  Life  Everlasting. 

I  and  my  Father  are  One. 

c5*         t^*         ^5* 

CONSTIPATION. 

Place  both  hands  on  the  abdomen  so  as  to  increase 
the  magnetic  force  in  the  abdomen  while  using  these  af- 
firmations. This  treatment  should  be  used  at  least  three 
times  a  day.  Great  benefit  may  be  realized  by  massaging 
the  body  both  front  and  back  with  the  hands,  at  the  same 
time  repeating  the  thought:  You  are  active,  active  life. 
This  thought  should  be  held  especially  for  the  liver. 


172  HEALING  CURRENTS. 

I  will  that  the  intelligent  force  in  each  one  of  these  or- 
gans shall  be  active  in  keeping  my  bowels  open  and  free 
from  any  torpid  or  diseased  condition. 

My  stomach  is  peaceful  digestive  power. 

My  liver  is  active  intelligence. 

My  spleen  is  spiritual  life. 

My  kidneys  are  purifying  substance. 

My  generative  organs  are  creative  vitality. 

My  bowels  are  energized  mind. 

All  these  organs  work  together  to  produce  health  and 
harmony  in  my  body. 

I  AM  SPIRIT  IN  ACTION. 


(£•  ^w  (^* 

FOR  PAINFUL  SWELLINGS. 

Use  these  thoughts  toward  painful  swellings: 
You  have  no  pride;  you  are  going  down  into  the  in- 
finite depths  of  meekness  and  peace.  You  are  so  meek 
that  you  cannot  organize  a  painful  swelling.  You  are  so 
peaceful  that  you  cannot  polarize  poison.  You  have  no 
ambition  to  be  anything  or  do  anything.  You  are  peace. 
You  cannot  resist  the  healing  peace  that  lives  in  all  your 
substance.  The  cleansing  waters  of  truth  purify  you  of 
all  poisonous  elements.  All  is  peace  and  harmony.  The 
power  of  omnipotence  is  your  peace  and  satisfaction. 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  173 


DO  UNTO  OTHERS  AS  YOU  WOULD  BE  DONE 

BY. 

This  truth  is  starting  a  new  revival  of  the  Christ  heal- 
ing. It  is  alive  with  healing  energy.  The  same  mighty 
Spirit  of  Love  that  healed  through  Jesus  is  willing  and 
able  to  heal  the  sick  now,  if  the  mental  conditions  of  faith 
and  expectancy  are  aroused.  Every  morning  and  evening 
pour  out  your  blessings  of  healing  love  upon  those  who 
are  reading  truth  in  expectation  of  healing.  Even  though 
you  are  sick,  do  this  in  His  Love,  and  you  will  become  one 
with  the  healing  currents  from  the  spiritual  worlds,  and 
you  will  feel  uplifted  and  inspired  and  healed  by  the  Spirit 
of  Love  which  is  uniting  all  blessings  into  a  great  bat- 
tery of  healing  power.  It  will  grow  stronger  as  greater 
numbers  co-operate  in  sending  out  the  healing  thought. 
Wonderful  will  be  the  results ! 

Almost  miraculous  have  been  some  of  the  results  al- 
ready. The  angel  worlds  stand  ready  to  pour  down  their 
blessing  and  power  upon  us.  They  are  but  waiting  for  us 
to  open  the  door  of  our  hearts  and  start  the  current  to 
flowing.  The  Holy  Spirit  will  enter  the  current  of  our 
loving  thoughts  and  inspire  us  with  its  healing  power. 
Remember  that  the  Immortal  Christ,  mightier  than  ever 
in  His  individual  healing  power,  is  waiting  at  the  door  of 
your  heart,  desiring  to  express  His  love,  through  the  me- 
dium of  your  affections,  to  souls  living  in  the  mind  of  the 
world.  With  His  glorified  presence  of  love  in  mind,  pour 
out  thoughts  and  feelings  toward  others  who,  like  your- 


174  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

self,  are  looking  for  healing-.  You  do  not  need  a  fixed 
thought,  as  your  feelings  will  form  thoughts  of  blessing, 
but  this  thought  will  help  you  to  understand  how  to  be- 
gin. "I  bless  all  who  are  sick  with  the  healing  love  of 
Jesus  Jehovah,  whose  Spirit  is  the  life  of  my  soul."  You 
will  become  all  aglow  with  healing  love.  You  will  de- 
velop the  capacity  to  realize  heavenly  feelings.  Joy,  such 
as  you  have  never  before  realized,  will  gladden  your 
heart  and  enlighten  your  soul.  God  will  become  real  to 
you.  What  a  transforming  power  this  practice,  long  con- 
tinued by  many  devoted  souls,  will  bring  into  the  cur- 
rents of  the  world  mind. 

God  is  almighty  in  His  own  state  of  love.  But  only  as 
mortals  in  touch  with  negative  states  of  life  realize  the 
love  of  God  does  the  power  of  love  gain  entrance  into 
the  lower  strata  of  mortal  existence  and  influence  human 
society.  Therefore  every  heart  that  pours  out  the  love  of 
God  toward  humanity  helps  to  increase  the  power  of  God 
with  mortals,  and  becomes  a  fulcrum  upon  which  God 
can  rest  His  lever  in  lifting  mankind  out  of  their  state  of 
ignorance  and  misery. 

I  know  you  will  get  wonderful  realizations  from  this 
practice  because  I  have  my  own  experience,  and  rmnv 
letters  from  those  who  are  allowing  their  soul-love  to  ex- 
press in  this  way,  which  confirm  what  I  say. 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  175 


AFFIRMATIONS. 

I  am  poised  in  the  Majestic  Will  of  the  Almighty.  « 

His  mighty  will  is  cleansing  me  of  mortal  attachments 
and  setting  me  free.  All  darkness  of  the  past  is  entirely 
dissolved  from  my  mind  and  I  dwell  in  the  pure  peace  of 
eternity. 

My  soul  is  wedded  to  Jesus  Jehovah  and  I  care  for  no 
one  except  as  I  see  in  them  His  immortal  Presence. 

I  am  living  in  eternity  for  eternity,  and  the  things  of 
time  do  not  affect  me  or  disturb  me. 

It  makes  no  difference  to  me  what  people  think  of  me, 
for  I  am  centered  in  the  love  of  the  Lord  God  Almighty. 

Only  what  he  desires  for  me  shall  come  to  me. 

I  am  surrounded  by  his  mighty  protecting  love,  which 
dissolves  from  me  all  mortal  mentalities. 

No  evil  can  come  nigh  my  dwelling-place  because  I 
place  my  trust  in  Him. 

All  affections  and  desires  of  the  past  that  were  not  for 
the  truth  are  cast  into  the  ocean  of  oblivion. 

My  soul  is  attuned  to  the  merciful  love  of  Jesus 
Jehovah,  and  all  my  nature  is  harmonized  and  healed  by 
His  mighty  Presence. 

He  is  the  God  of  my  life,  and  I  allow  Him  to  rule  and 
regulate  all  things  in  my  nature  and  affairs. 

I  recognize  His  majestic  Will  as  all-powerful  and  all- 
sufficient. 

My  faith  is  strong  in  the  power  of  His  Will  and  the 
wisdom  of  His  Mind,  and  by  faith  I  am  partaking  of  His 


176  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

wisdom  and  power,  and  all  things  are  NOW  working  for 
the  manifestation  of  His  goodness  and  truth.  I  am  a 
strong  and  powerful  expresser  of  His  love,  which  creates 
health  and  harmony  in  all  my  life. 

From  my  soul  flows  the  Fountain  of  His  joyous  life  and 
strength. 

His  omnipotent  Will  is  working  for  my  good  and  for 
the  good  of  all  whom  I  love,  and  no  mortal  power  can 
hinder  His  invincible  power. 


I  am  a  mighty  magnet  of  love  to  draw  souls  to  Jesus 
Christ. 

All  my  affairs  are  dominated  by  the  Spirit  of  love, 
which  brings  to  me  abundant  prosperity.  I  have  faith  in 
the  prospering  power  of  God. 

I  am  strong  in  the  magnetic  power  of  God  and  draw  my 
own  to  me  with  unceasing  regularity. 

Oh,  living  Spirit  of  eternity  dwelling  within  my  soul.  I 
praise  Thy  Holy  Presence.  I  rest  in  Thy  eternal  peace 
and  harmony.  I  trust  to  Thy  unceasing  love  and  power  to 
bring  all  good  to  pass  in  my  life.  I  am  one  with  Thee, 
my  Father,  and  am  drawing  closer  and  closer  to  the  con- 
scious realization  of  Thy  Presence,  which  shall  dissolve 
all  my  fears  and  hold  my  mind  unwavering  and  steady 
in  eternal  peace. 

I  praise  Thee  for  the  life  and  strength  that  I  now  mani- 
fest, and  I  know  that  I  will  gain  new  dominion  and  power 
day  by  day  as  I  walk  hand  in  hand  with  Thee,  until  all 
mortal  limitations  are  overcome. 

I  praise  and  glorify  Thy  Holy  Spirit,  and  rest  in  con- 
scious unity  with  Thee  through  time  and  eternity.  Praise 
His  Holv  Name ! 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  177 

I  affirm  my  perfect  freedom  in  all  lines  and  on  all 
planes.  My  soul  is  the  power  of  God  and  has  been  given 
the  power  to  heal  all  the  ills  of  my  flesh  and  all  the  breaks 
in  my  environments. 

Jesus  Christ  will  fill  in  all  the  broken  places  in  my  life's 
path  with  his  love  and  wisdom  and  power. 

My  soul  life  accepts  and  knows  this  power,  and  from 
henceforth  I  rest  in  this  power  in  safety.  All  my  sur- 
roundings are  peaceful. 

The  light  of  heaven  shall  yet  dawn  in  my  life,  and  I 
shall  share  in  its  glory. 

MY  SOUL  SHALL  GAIN  THE  VICTORY. 
ALL  IS  GOOD! 


AN  EXPLANATION 

of  the  statement  on  page  52,  "Matter  is  the  mother  of 
thought,"  may  be  necessary.  The  forces  of  Mind  become 
involved  in  matter  before  matter  evolves  thought. 
Matter  is  the  mother,  Spirit  is  the  father  of  thought. 
Mother  Nature  gives  birth  to  intelligence  the  seed  of 
which  is  from  God. 

Read  the  third  paragraph  on  page   35. 


178  HEALING   CURRENTS. 


ADDENDA. 

Prof.  Hyslop,  Prof.  James  and  other  noted  members  of 
the  Psychical  Research  Society  have  been  investigating 
the  facts  of  telepathy,  spirit  messages  and  other  psychic 
phenomena.  Mrs.  Piper,  a  trance  medium,  has  been  their 
instrument  of  communication  through  which  messages 
have  been  received  from  the  spirit  world  for  a  number 
of  years.  According  to  reports,  she  is  not  a  psychic  me- 
dium ;  that  is,  she  has  not  the  clairvoyant  faculty ;  she 
does  not  see  the  spirits  with  whom  the  professors  con- 
verse. While  in  the  trance  states  she  is  a  sensorium,  ca- 
pable of  transmitting  thoughts  from  those  in  the  spiritual 
world  to  those  on  the  physical  plane.  In  the  face  of  the 
fact  that  in  the  communications  themselves  it  was  defi- 
nitely stated  over  and  over  that  they  were  written  and 
expressed  by  disembodied  spirits,  the  learned  men,  cast- 
ing aside  as  valueless  this  simplest  explanation  of  the 
source  of  the  communications,  formulated  a  hypothesis 
crediting  the  phenomenon  to  the  activity  of  the  subcon- 
scious intelligence  in  man,  in  the  effort  to  form  a  theory 
that  would  satisfy  their  own  ideas  and  eliminate  the  neces- 
sity for  the  belief  that  spirits  continue  to  exist  after  phys- 
ical dissolution  and  communicate  with  mortals. 

It  is  as  if  a  few  men,  blind  and  deaf,  should  refuse  to 
believe  in  the  existence  of  people  around  them  who  were 
visible  to  the  sight  of  others,  and  even  should  refuse  to 
accept  communications  from  those  around  them  at  face 
value,  choosing  to  believe  that  the  activities  they  knew 
to  exist  around  them  were  caused,  not  by  people  like 
themselves,  but  by  blind,  irrational  and  deceptive  forces. 

Thousands  have  the  psychic  or  soul  faculties  of  seeing, 
hearing,  feeling,  etc.,  developed  to  that  degree  that  these 
intelligent  forces  that  the  learned  professors  have  tried  to 


HEALING  CURRENTS.  179 

explain  by  their  hypothesis  of  the  "subliminal  conscious- 
ness" are  visible  as  spirit  personalities  of  various  natures 
and  characteristics.  They  appear  in  form  as  they  ap- 
peared on  earth,  dressing  according  to  their  taste,  ming- 
ling in  social  pleasures,  conversing  among  themselves  and 
with  those  on  the  earth  plane  who  can  hear  them.  Now 
whose  evidence  is  of  the  most  value,  the  evidence  of  the 
man  or  woman  who  sees,  or  the  word  of  the  one  who, 
blindly  groping  in  the  dark,  invents  names  for  things  he 
does  not  see? 

The  following  article,  clipped  from  a  Spiritualist  paper, 
relates  the  common  experience  of  one  who  is  psychic. 
I  can  vouch  for  the  truth  of  such  psychic  experience  from 
many  like  experiences  in  my  own  life  through  the  devel- 
opment of  the  spiritual  faculties.  To  one  who  sees  and 
knows  by  conscious  intercourse  with  the  spirit  world  that 
spirits  do  return  to  the  earth  plane  after  death,  the  the- 
ories of  the  members  of  the  Psychical  Research  Society 
are  utterly  absurd  and  they  are  entirely  worthless  to 
those  who  desire  truth. 

SPIRIT  HYPNOTISM  SEEN  CLAIRVOYANTLY. 

In  many  of  the  recent  articles  of  our  spiritual  writers 
I  note  the  claim  that  mediumship,  psychology  or  hyp- 
notism are  either  wholly  beneficent  or  entirely  injurious. 

The  spirit  editor,  James  M.  Finck,  of  the  Reformer  and 
Humanitarian  Magazine,  Galveston,  Texas,  having  been 
in  the  spirit  realms  the  infinite  number  of  twenty  years, 
is  declaring  through  its  pages  that  evil  spirits  are  re- 
turned as  nonentities  to  the  great  ocean  of  universal  life 
and  that  there  is  no  Obsession. 

May  I  advise  this  spirit  editor  to  become  acquainted 
with  spirits  Samuel  Bowles,  Aaron  Knight,  Prof,  von 
Marx,  and  the  author  of  "A  Wanderer  in  Spirit  Lands," 
and  thousands  of  others  who  have  been  investigating  for 
many  decades  through  spirit  realms  and  inform  us  of  ex- 
isting evil-minded  spirits  and  their  abodes.  Yes,  let 
him  interview  the  spirit  guardians  of  Dr.  J.  M.  Peebles,  of 


180  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

San  Diego,  Cal. ;  of  Dr.  G.  Lester  Lane,  of  872  Hunting- 
ton avenue,  Boston,  and  others  who  have  proven  beyond 
a  doubt  the  fact  of  Obsession,  and  have  relieved  many, 
many  persons  hypnotized  by  injurious  spirits. 

I  can  travel  twenty-three  miles  in  Chicago  and  not  see 
a.  drunken  man  nor  hear  an  oath,  and  yet  there  are  thou- 
sands swearing,  drinking,  drunk.  I  simply  have  not  in- 
vestigated existing  conditions,  but  my  lack  of  investiga- 
tion does  not  give  me  the  right  to  declare  that  no  such 
conditions  exist. 

I  have  been  clairvoyant  but  ten  years,  but  have  learned 
that  Nature  does  not  snuff  out  individual  existence,  either 
good  or  evil,  nor  did  I  have  to  go  to  the  haunts  of  sin  or 
the  holy  of  holies  to  see  them,  but  in  church  and  hall,  on 
the  streets  and  in  homes  I  have  seen  both  classes. 

What  a  blessing  are  the  true  and  the  good,  robed  in 
ethereal  white,  beaming  with  love  and  spirituality,  radiant 
with  that  higher  intelligence,  Orientals  and  Occidentals, 
bearing  peace  and  harmony,  soothing  the  sorrowing,  heal- 
ing the  afflicted,  teaching  through  the  various  phases  of 
mediumship  the  truths  of  a  higher  spiritual,  happier  life, 
guiding  and  guarding  those  of  earth  life,  ever  a  blessing 
and  a  truth,  some  as  companions,  talking  and  suggesting 
to  their  sensitives,  others  working  independently,  only  re- 
quiring the  more  material  magnetism  of  a  mortal  person  as 
an  aid,  others  psychologizing  to  full  control,  while  others 
control  from  within  the  brain,  using  the  vocal  organs  in- 
dependently, the  sensitive  being  fully  conscious.  Yes,  I 
have  seen  the  true  and  loving  spirits  striving  with  will 
power  and  philosophic  wisdom  against  those  of  evil  de- 
sign in  the  presence  of  a  sensitive  of  sincere  spiritual  as- 
pirations. 

I  have  assisted  the  higher  forces  in  breaking  the  hyp- 
notic power  of  injurious  spirits.  In  one  instance  I  seemed 
impelled  to  go  to  the  home  of  a  friend  on  Lake  avenue, 
this  city.  On  arriving  I  found  the  daughter,  a  fine  sensi- 
tive, suffering  from  nervous  prostration  and  great  depres- 
sion.    I  described  to  the  family  the  spirit  of  a  relative 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  181 

who  in  life  had  attempted  their  financial  ruin.  There  he 
was  hovering  near  the  daughter,  and  projecting  the  most 
injurious  vibrations  that  he  could  command.  I  was  told 
to  walk  back  and  forth  through  the  rooms  and  break  his 
vibrations  by  sweeping  the  atmosphere  with  my  hands. 
In  a  short  time  the  daughter  was  as  well  and  joyous  as 
ever,  and  there  is  not  a  purer,  nobler  young  lady  any- 
where than  she.  The  cause  lay  not  in  her  mediumship, 
or  her  character,  but  in  the  malicious  nature  of  the  obses- 
sing spirit,  and  without  assistance  her  case  would  have 
been  most  serious. 

The  wife  of  an  acquaintance  who  knew  nothing  of  con- 
trol became  clairaudient,  and  thinking  that  only  the  good 
could  communicate,  she  gave  heed  to  their  advice,  and 
within  two  days  it  became  necessary  to  call  in  a  physician 
and  a  Healer. 

While  in  the  home  of  a  friend  I  met  a  noble,  virtuous 
young  man.  I  saw  a  monk  control  him  to  repeat  poetry, 
and  to  give  the  name  of  Edgar  Allan  Poe  as  his  name. 
Having  read  a  description  of  Poe  and  some  of  his  writ- 
ings, there  was  no  comparing  the  two.  Then  another 
claiming  to  be  Tennyson  spoke  through  him.  Finally  he 
passed  into  a  trance  condition,  becoming  cold  and  white 
as  in  death,  and  an  ordinary  spirit  claiming  to  be  Christ 
spoke  to  us,  not  as  the  Christ  would,  but  as  an  impostor, 
not  knowing  we  were  clairvoyant. 

I  once  saw  an  investigator  stretch  out  his  arm  so  that 
his  form  represented  a  cross,  then  he  remarked,  "As  this 
is  emblematic  of  the  cross,  so  was  I  crucified.  I  am  the 
Christ."  In  looking  back  of  this  person  I  saw  two  very 
dark  spirits  psychologizing  him  to  do  and  say  what  he 
had.  Another  party  was  hypnotized  to  believe  himself 
greater  than  the  President  and  was  impelled  by  unseen 
forces  to  go  to  the  station  to  purchase  a  ticket  to  Wash- 
ington, D.  C.  The  public  would  have  called  these  per- 
sons insane,  not  seeing  the  spirit  psychologizers. 

I  would  like  to  mention  one  other  too  trustful  a  sensi- 
tive ;  spirits  claiming  to  be  her  loved  ones  through  decep- 


182  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

tion  gained  control,  and  only  through  the  removing  and 
restoring  powers  of  spirit  physicians  and  healers  was  she 
saved  from  paralysis  and  insanity,  and  is  now  serving  the 
spirit  world  as  a  medium  for  human  progress. 

While  traveling  on  a  railway  train  I  glanced  down  the 
aisle,  and  coming  from  the  farther  end  was  a  most  de- 
bauched spirit;  he  was  met  by  higher  forces  and  ejected 
from  the  car.  Another  time  on  entering  a  car  I  was  at- 
tracted to  a  person  I  felt  sure  was  a  sensitive,  and  at  the 
same  time  a  spirit  force  seemed  hurled  across  my  fore- 
head like  an  electric  shock  and  my  brain  felt  grasped,  as 
it  were.  Conscious  of  the  source,  I  sent  out  all  the  resist- 
ive will  power  I  possessed,  and  the  loving  voice  of  my 
guardians  assured  me  that  they  would  take  charge  of 
the  offending  spirit,  while  a  prayer  went  out  from  my  soul 
that  the  sensitive  stranger  be  also  protected.  It  was  a 
spirit  earthbound,  desperate,  without  a  sense  of  justice  or 
feeling.  Again  when  traveling  I  have  seen  beautiful 
spirit  children  in  the  laps  of  their  parents,  with  clinging 
arms  about  their  necks,  and  spirit  loved  ones  sitting  beside 
the  living,  and  to  me  it  seems  as  natural  to  see  both  as 
to  see  only  those  the  world  calls  living.  These  are  truths 
that  an  eternity  of  discussion  cannot  change,  but  may 
stimulate  to  deeper  thought  and  investigation. 

Mediumship  is  a  glorious  blessing  and  not  the  source 
or  cause  of  injury  to  the  medium.  Individualized  spirit 
possessed  of  the  evil  principles  of  mankind  and  the  knowl- 
edge of  hypnotism,  asserting  those  principles  and  hypnotic 
power  to  the  injury  of  mortals,  is  the  one  great  cause  of 
much  of  human  suffering  and  crime. 

The  responsibility  rests  upon  every  individual  knowing 
these  truths.  Let  us  then  see  to  it  that  every  developing 
young  sensitive,  as  far  as  possible,  be  protected  against 
disorderly  spirits,  and  taught  to  maintain  psychical  and 
mental  equilibrium.  Then  only  can  we  be  blameless. 
Barton  Stewart,  in  The  Banner  of  Light. 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  183 

ADDITIONS  TO  SECOND  EDITION. 

The  only  adverse  criticism  received  since  the  publica- 
tion of  Healing  Currents  has  been  directed  toward  the 
Addenda.  When  a  truth  is  criticised  either  it  is  not 
properly  expressed  or  there  is  not  sufficient  knowledge 
of  the  subject  in  the  minds  of  those  who  find  fault.  One 
student  writes: 

"I  am  sorry  you  added  the  last  part  to  the  book. 
If  people  could  only  investigate  Spiritualism  and  keep 
their  poise  there  would  be  no  harm,  but  so  many  do  not 
that  I   feel  like  cutting  it  out  everywhere." 

The  knowledge  contained  in  the  Addenda  is  just  what 
is  necessary  to  heal  many  souls  that  know  so  little  of 
the  ways  of  undeveloped  spirits  that  they  remain  in 
mental  and  physical  bondage  through  spirit  hypnotism. 

We  need  to  know  ALL  truth  about  the  invisible  as 
well  as  visible  world,  if  we  would  be  saved  from  ig- 
norance and  deception. 

There  is  a  bright  as  well  as  a  dark  side  to  Spiritualism. 
The  truth  that  every  student  of  the  occult  should  have 
drilled  into  his  mind  first,  last  and  at  all  times  is  this : 
There  is  but  One  Power  in  the  universe  and  this  One 
Power  is  Good.  Men,  spirits  and  angels,  on  their  sev- 
eral planes  of  life,  are  manifestations  of  the  One  Power, 
and  all  the  good  they  do  should  be  credited  to  the  Source 
of  all  Goodness — God. 

Students  are  often  overawed  by  their  first  experiences 
with  spirit  power.  But  a  larger  view  of  truth  shows 
them  that  God  contains  all  these  lesser  spirit  powers  in 
His  universal  power,  and  that  spirits  of  themselves  are 
powerless  and  very  limited  in  their  intelligence  when 
compared  with  the  all-embracing  Love  that  uses  them 
for  its  mighty  ends. 

Those  who  look  to  decarnate  intelligence  for  guidance 


184 


HEALING   CURRENTS. 


and  help  soon  become  magnets  for  a  host  of  spirits  that 
are  drawn  from  the  surrounding  mental  atmosphere. 
These  are  not  of  a  highly  developed  nature,  have  not 
yet  outgrown  the  carnal  mind,  and  often  obsess  and 
devitalize  those  with  whom  they  come  in  contact.  But 
those  who  recognize  that  God's  love  and  wisdom  are 
the  source  of  all  good,  and  by  the  various  spiritual  ex- 
ercises keep  their  minds  in  communion  with  His  Spirit, 
become  refined  in  character  and  repel  by  their  soul 
power  all  undeveloped  spirits.  They  trust  in  God  and 
they  know  that  whether  their  prayers  are  answered 
through  the  agency  of  mortals,  spirits  or  angels,  the 
Mind  of  God  is  doing  the  work  and  to  Him  is  the 
glory. 

We  can  study  the  laws  of  "spirit  return"  and  learn  of 
the  mysterious  ways  through  which  life  and  intelligence 
grows  toward  spiritual  perfection  without  becoming 
subject  to  spirits. 

The  following  letter  shows  the  value  of  denial  and 
affirmation  in  freeing  the  mind  from  mental  disturbances. 

"I  do  not  believe  in  bad  spirits  or  influences.  If  we 
keep  our  minds  on  the  positive  Good  no  bad  spirit  can 
influence  us.  I  am  surprised  that  you  had  that  article 
printed  in  the  back  of  that  Jewel  of  a  book  of  yours. 
That  Addenda  will  be  apt  to  frighten  the  ones  who  are 
not  well-balanced — centered  in  Christ.  I  read  the  Ad- 
denda just  before  I  went  to  bed,  thinking  at  first  it  was 
the  summing  up  of  all  the  good,  and  in  the  night  I  had 
very  unpleasant  visions.  But  I  aroused  myself  and 
claimed  the  all-powerful  protection  of  the  Father,  and 
commanded  the  hideous  faces  to  get  behind  me  as 
Satan,  for  there  was  no  reality  in  anything  but  omni- 
present Good,  and  I  soon  got  rid  of  the  unpleasant  ex- 
perience which  was  new  to  me.  I  expect  what  I  read 
had  a  stronger  influence  on  my  mind  than  I  suspected, 
coming  from  such  a  source  as  your  book.    That  is  wiry 


HEALING    CURRENTS.  185 

I  tell  you  of  the  way  it  affected  me.  No  good  has  ever 
been  gained  by  me  in  reading  or  investigating  Spiritual- 
ism, yet  many  can  only  see  a  glimpse  of  truth  in  that 

way." 

Letters  of  criticism  are  as  valuable  as  those  of  com- 
mendation to  a  teacher  who  is  trying  to  aid  souls  to  the 
realization  of  truth.  The  former  show  him  the  limita- 
tions of  the  human  mind  with  which  he  has  to  deal  and 
the  latter  encourage  him  with  the  knowledge  of  the 
good  that  becomes  manifest  from  the  light  of  truth. 

The  following  will  serve  as  a  sample  of  a  large  num- 
ber of  letters  of  commendation  for  which  I  am  grateful. 

"I  want  to  tell  you  what  a  blessing  and  inspiration 
your  book  has  been  to  me  and  to  my  friends,  especially  in 
helping  one  of  our  truth  students  here  who  has  been 
going  through  a  long  psychic  experience,  and  had  it 
not  been  for  your  explanation  of  and  treatment  for  one 
who  seems  to  be  obsessed  I  would  not  have  known  how 
to  deal  with  her.  Now,  thank  God,  she  is  free,  and  that 
special  treatment  proved  very  strong  and  powerful 
every  time. 

"Your  words  about  Jesus  are  very  beautiful.  I  feel 
that  you  have  given  Him  back  to  us  and  put  Him  in  His 
right  place.  Surely,  many  of  the  New  Thought  fol- 
lowers lose  a  great  deal  when  they  ignore  Him  so  com- 
pletely. 

"I  would  like  very  much  to  know  if  He  has  not  the 
power  of  imparting  His  resurrection  life  to  those  who 
love  Him  and  long  to  rise  into  the  full  consciousness 
of  the  Christ  life,  and  is  He  not  able  still  to  help  those 
souls  who  are  facing  deep  problems  and  going  through 
deep  waters  of  experience? 

"May  God  make  your  book  a  blessing  to  thousands." 

In  answer  to  the  foregoing  I  would  say: 
To  those  wlio   keep   in  close    soul   union   with   Him 
Jesus  is  all  that  He  was  to  His  disciples  in  the  past. 


186  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

The  following  newspaper  account  of  a  "Weird  Case" 
of  obsession  by  undeveloped  spirits  cannot  be  accounted 
for  by  any  theory  of  the  medical  men. 

The  organism  of  the  medium  had  been  made  very 
negative  by  disease  and  the  personality  had  been  sub- 
jected to  the  will  of  spirit  personalities  who  desired  to 
gain  mortal  experience  through  her  brain.  With  the 
knowledge  given  in  this  book,  by  persistent  effort,  a  de- 
termined soul  could  cast  out  those  spirits  and  develop 
the  personality  to  a  normal  state. 

The  "Suggestions"  by  the  Rev.  Isaac  K.  Funk,  the 
noted  editor  of  the  Standard  Dictionary,  and  the  "Plea" 
of  Prof.  Jas.  H.  Hyslop,  are  valuable  as  showing  the 
interest  that  occult  subjects  are  arousing  among,  the 
authorities  in  the  scientific  and  religious  worlds  of 
thought. 

As  an  illustration  of  the  beautiful  side  of  "spirit  re- 
turn" and  in  contrast  to  the  examples  of  obsession,  I 
will  add  a  "Message"  from  the  spirit  of  a  young  man 
who  passed  out  from  consumption.  This  spirit  was  seen 
by  a  cultured  lady  who  heard  clairaudiently  the  words 
that  he  desired  should  reach  his  mother  and  sisters. 

GIRL'S  WEIRD    CASE    PUZZLE    TO   DOCTORS. 

London,  April  8,  1905. — An  astonishing  case  of  a 
girl  possessing  ten  separate  and  distinct  personalities 
within  twenty  months  is  being  much  discussed  in  medi- 
cal circles. 

The  girl  was  the  patient  of  Dr.  Albert  Wilson,  and  so 
remarkable  was  the  case  that  Dr.  Wilson  laid  it  before 
the  committee  of  the  Medico  Psychological  Association. 
Many  members  of  the  body  were  skeptical  at  first,  agree- 
ing that  the  manifestations  undoubtedly  were  genuine, 
but  they  were  unable  to  offer  any  explanation  of  the 
occurrence. 

Dr.  Wilson  also  reported  the  case  to  the  Psychical 
Research  Society,  which  now  has  published  the  details 
in  its  proceedings. 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  187 

In  April,  1895,  the  girl,  who  was  then  under  13  years 
of  age  and  indifferently  educated,  had  an  attack  of  in- 
fluenza. After  remaining  in  bed  for  ten  days  she  went 
out  into  the  cold  air  and  suffered  a  relapse.  Within 
the  next  two  days  she  was  on  the  point  of  death,  but 
gradually   recovered  strength. 

Then  there  began  to  appear  in  succession  the  ten 
personalities,  the  last  one  of  which  occurred  a  year  and 
eight  months  after  the  first  and  took  the  form  of  blind- 
ness and  imbecility.  Now  at  the  age  of  22  she  is  in  good 
health,  the  best  of  her  personalities  that  showed  itself 
having  been  educated  and  developed. 

The   personalities   manifested   themselves    as    follows : 

First  personality,  April,  1895,  acute  mania,  intense 
fear,  with  blindness  and  illusions  as  to  the  presence  of 
snakes,   and  craving  for  oranges   and   lemonade. 

Second  personality  about  a  month  later,  a  simple 
child  with  reversed  ideas  as  to  writing  and  speaking. 
She  repudiated  her  name,  but  would  respond  on  being 
referred  to  as  "thing." 

Third  personality,  July,  1895,  physical  health  improved. 
She  now  became  very  passionate,  attempting  to  eat  her 
clothes.  She  could  read  and  write,  though  unable  to 
do  so  when  possessed  of  personality  No.  2. 

Fourth  personality.  In  August,  1895,  she  became  a 
deaf-mute  and  failed  to  hear  loud  noises  close  to  her 
ears,  but  could  speak  in  deaf  and  dumb  language. 

In  her  fifth  personality,  December,  1895,  she  again 
reversed  things,  called  black  white  and  thin  people  fat. 
She  spelled  backward,  but  wrote  forward.  She  be- 
lieved she  was  3  days  old,  but  understood  everything- 
that  was  going  on  around  her. 

She  was  paralyzed  in  the  legs  at  this  stage,  but  her 
condition  changed.  In  an  instant  she  leaped  from  her 
bed,  ran  upstairs,  where  she  threw  herself  upon  the 
floor  and  revolved  on  her  back  and  shoulders.  She  also 
rested  on  her  head  and  attempted  to  walk  up  walls.  A 
few  days  later  she  was  normal  again. 

The  sixth  personality  was  in  May,  1896,  when  she 
appeared  as  a  sweet  child,  but  totally  ignorant  of  spell- 


188  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

ing,  reading  and  writing.  This  is  the  personality  that 
is  now  being  developed  satisfactorily. 

In  the  seventh  personality,  that  of  June,  1896,  she  re- 
membered clearly  her  early  childhood,  but  not  her  illness 
and  subsequent  period.     This  stage  lasted  a   fortnight. 

The  eighth  personality,  in  June,  1896,  came  with  her 
complete  loss  of  memory.  The  patient  believed  she 
had  been  born  the  day  before.  She  called  her  father 
Tom  and  her  mother  Mary.     It  lasted  three  days. 

In  the  ninth  personality,  October,  1896,  the  transition 
came  gradually.  Fits  of  temper  were  noticed,  she 
talked  like  a  young  infant,  and  could  not  walk,  but  she 
could  speak  a  little  French,  of  which  language  she  was 
quite  ignorant  in  the  normal  periods.  The  tenth  person- 
ality, December,  1896,  was  a  blind  and  imbecile  stage. 

SUGGESTIONS  REGARDING    PSYCHIC 
PHENOMENA. 

By  the  Rev.  Isaac  K.  Funk,  LL.D.,  New  York  City. 

As  the  anti-psychic  storm  has  now  subsided,  though 
the  sea  here  and  there  still  runs  high,  will  not  the  press 
permit  me  a  few  suggestions  as  to  the  methods  of  in- 
vestigation which,  in  my  judgment,  will  prove  helpful 
in  separating  the  true  from  the  false  phenomena  and  in 
determining  the  laws  that  govern  them,  and  as  to  how 
the  press  and  the  public  may  render  essential  service 
in  helping  to  right  conclusions?  My  meaning  will  be 
more  easily  understood  through  several  concrete  illustra- 
tions : 

First  Class  of  Phenomena:  A  few  weeks  ago  in  Chi- 
cago Dr.  Carl  A.  Wickland,  an  intelligent  and  respect- 
able physician  of  that  city,  residing  at  616  North  Wells 
street,  gave  me  a  number  of  personal  experiences  which 
have  convinced  him  that  obsession  by  evil  discarnate 
intelligences  is  the  cause  of  a  large  per  cent  of  insanity 
— over  one-half,  he  thinks.  Through  his  wife,  who  is  a 
non-professional  "sensitive"  or  "medium,"  he  has  made 
hundreds  of  investigations,  and  has  applied  many  in- 
genious  tests   to   prove   the   identity   of   these  so-called 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  189 

foreign  intelligences.  He  claims  to  have  cured  many 
cases  of  insanity  by  working  along  this  theory — some 
who  were  pronounced  hopelessly  insane.  We  may  laugh 
at  this,  but  is  there  solid  ground  for  an  a  priori  dog- 
matic conclusion  that  hypnotism  may  not  be  a  fact  be- 
tween a  spirit  out  of  the  flesh  and  one  in  the  flesh  as 
it  is  a  fact  between  two  persons  in  the  flesh?  A  few 
years  ago  we  nearly  all  ridiculed  hypnotism  as  wholly 
charlatanism  or  illusion.  Obsession  was  common  enough 
in  Christ's  time.  Many  an  insane  one  Christ  and  His 
disciples  cured  by  "casting  out  devils."  There  are  other 
practitioners  throughout  the  world  who  believe  and  prac- 
tice as  does  Dr.  Wickland.  Will  not  the  press  gather 
carefully  facts  bearing  on  this  class  of  cases  and  publish 
them,  giving  names  and  addresses  and  verified  facts,  es- 
pecially the  facts  that  would  seem  to  establish  the  iden- 
tity of  the  so-called  obsessing  spirit?  Is  it  not  worth 
while?  Let  us  remember,  a  single  scientifically  dem- 
onstrated fact  of  the  existence  of  even  an  evil  discarnate 
spirit  will  do  more  to  prove  the  continuance  of  life  after 
death  than  all  the  sermons  on  immortality  that  have 
been  preached  in  the  last  ten  years.  That  single  dem- 
onstration would  be  the  death  knell  of  materialism. 

Second  Class  of  Phenomena :  By  an  arrangement 
with  Dr.  M.  A.  Vreeder,  of  Lyons,  N.  Y.,  a  medical 
scientist  of  wide  repute,  I  in  Brooklyn  drew  the 
figure  of  a  fish  and  then  pointed  to  the  zenith.  Sensi- 
tives whom  Dr.  Vreeder  had  at  his  office  told  him  at 
that  moment  that  I  drew  a  fish  and  pointed  to  the  zenith. 
No  one  but  myself,  400  miles  distant,  could  have  known 
either  -  fact  by  any  scientifically  recognized  method  of 
communication.  This  seems  to  point  to  long  distance 
telepathy.  Similar  facts  are  occurring  in  many  places. 
Will  not  the  press  be  hospitable  to  them  and  closely  ver- 
ify and  report  them  minutely  ?  Nature  in  this  way  may 
be  whispering  to  our  dull  senses  of  forces  and  laws, 
more  subtle  and  vastly  more  important  than  those  that 
gave  us  wireless  telegraphy. 


190  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

Third  Class  of  Phenomena:  G.  L.  Seabury,  1414 
Atlantic  avenue,  Brooklyn,  whose  respectability  and 
truthfulness  can  be  easily  tested,  has  given  me  the  facts 
to  the  least  detail  of  a  test  experiment  he  made  through 
Mrs.  Pepper.  She  answered  for  him  an  important  per- 
sonal question  in  a  letter  which  he  kept  in  his  pocket 
throughout  the  whole  sitting.  The  evidential  value  of 
such  a  test  depends  upon  the  honesty  of  the  sitter,  his 
secrecy  as  to  his  intention,  and  his  avoidance  of  giving 
any  information  to  the  medium  during  the  sitting.  A 
large  per  cent  of  sitters  are  "easy  victims,  giving  them- 
selves away"  in  their  much  talk.  I  have  cross-examined 
Mr.  Seabury,  and  think  this  case  typical  of  a  large  num- 
ber of  cases  worth  careful  investigation.  On  pages  217- 
235  of  "Widow's  Mite"  many  experiments  of  this  class 
are  given  which  I  made  through  Mrs.  Pepper  ("Mrs. 
A.")  and  through  Margaret  Gaule  ("Miss  B.")  under 
test  conditions  at  private  sittings.  These  cases  indicate 
at  least  near-by  mind  reading  of  a  high  order.  But  what 
is  the  explanation  of  them  if  they  are  taken  in  connec- 
tion with  the  case  vouched  for  by  Professor  Hyslop  of 
a  message  sent  in  English  from  Boston  through  Mrs. 
Piper,  and  received  almost  simultaneously  by  another 
medium  in  England  in  Greek,  neither  medium  under- 
standing Greek?  If  the  press  and  public  will  give  a 
sufficient  number  of  verified  facts  of  this  class,  the  scien- 
tists quite  likely  will  in  due  time  solve  for  us  also  this 
puzzling  riddle. 

Fourth  Class  of  Phenomena :  A  short  time  since  I 
gave  to  the  press  the  case  of  a  man  finding  his  father 
who  had  left  home  in  London  29  years  before,  and  had 
never  thereafter  been  heard  of  by  the  family.  Since 
then  I  have  got  all  the  facts,  examined  all  the  letters 
between  father,  son  and  executors,  cross-examined  the 
man  and  have  found  him  well-to-do  and  deemed  by 
friends  and  neighbors  to  be  of  unimpeachable  veracity. 
The  case,  from  every  point  that  I  have  approached  it, 
seems  criticism  proof.  No  recognized  theory  of  telep- 
athy explains  it.  What  is  the  explanation?  Coinci- 
dence?    Yes,  as  says  one,  if  we  may  suppose  that  an 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  191 

explosion  of  a  type  foundry  would  somewhere  in  the 
universe  and  some  time  in  eternity  produce  the  "Iliad." 

Genuine  cases  of  the  above  and  other  classes,  wher- 
ever occurring,  should  be  searched  for  by  the  press  more 
than  if  they  were  lumps  of  gold  and  should  be  verified 
if  possible  to  the  minutest  incident,  and  given,  not 
jocosely,  but  seriously,  to  the  world.  My  time  is  so 
occupied  that  I  can  give  but  a  few  minutes  now  and 
then  to  this  work — a  few  minutes  of  my  recreation 
hours.  Why  will  not  the  press  soberly  take  up  this 
matter?  Rightly  handled,  there  is  sensation  in  it  worthy 
of  the  most  royal  purple  journalism.  Believe  me,  there 
is  more  than  fraud  and  coincidence  in  these  experiences. 
Gladstone  was  right,  when  in  his  membership  letter  to 
the  Society  for  Psychical  Research,  he  said  that  this 
work  of  investigation  "is  the  most  important  work 
which  is  being  done  in  the  world — by  far  the  most  im- 
portant." 

No  hypothesis  of  explanation  is  as  yet  given  that 
matches  all  around ;  no  theory  has  as  yet  passed  beyond 
the  speculative  stage. 

Permit  me  an  additional  point  or  two. 

In  these  investigations,  it  is  not  wise  to  assume  that 
a  "sensitive"  you  deem  worth  testing  is  dishonest.  If 
you  do,  the  chances  are  you  will  get  nothing.  Be  wise 
as  serpents,  but  harmless  as  doves.  Remember,  Christ 
could  do  no  wonders  in  His  own  country  because  of 
"their  unbelief."  Learn  what  that  means,  you  who 
"know  it  all"  and  are  so  "cock  sure."  A  prestidigitator 
is  good  at  detecting  tricks,  but  may  not  be  worth  his 
salt  in  the  investigation  of  genuine  psychic  phenomena. 
Psychic  things  are  psychically  discerned  as  musical 
things  are  musically  discerned.  A  Darwin  whose  fac- 
ulty for  music  is  atrophied,  is  no  judge  as  to  whether 
it  is  a  Paderewski  at  the  piano  in  the  other  room ;  the 
judgment  of  the  child  musically  developed  is  far  better. 
All  things  carry  their  own  proof  to  a  faculty  up  to  the 
level  of  the  faculties'  development.  Also,  predisposition 
is  a  sword  that  cuts  both  ways;  deception  invites  de- 
ception ;  like  draws  like.    These  things  are  true,  whether 


192  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

the  psychic  phenomena  which  are  being  investigated  are 
from  the  subjective  mind  of  the  medium  or  from  foreign 
intelligence.  "Words,  words,  and  nothing  more,"  is 
all  this  to  nine  out  of  ten  of  even  cultured  readers ;  but 
if  they  will  study  it  out  they  will  find  these  words  the 
hardest  kind  of  sense. 

Do  not  be  afraid  that  the  universal  order  of  things 
will  be  upset  if  some  new  truth  is  discovered — natural 
truth,  not  supernatural ;  there  is  nothing  supernatural 
but  God,  and  He  most  probably  is  infinitely  natural. 
Never  forget  God  has  made  the  universe  fireproof,  and 
has  thought  it  altogether  safe  to  trust  us  with  the  match- 
box to  experiment  with. 

And  will  not  the  press  permit  me  to  suggest  that  the 
instruction  be  reversed  that  seems  in  some  newspaper 
offices  to  be  given  to  reporters :  "Young  men,  first  be 
interesting;  second,  be  interesting;  third,  fourth  and 
fifth,  be  interesting;  and  then  incidentally,  if  convenient, 
be  truthful." 

New  York,  March  27,  1905. 

(^6  C7*  «5* 

SCIENCE   AND    IMMORTALITY— A   PLEA   FOR 
MORE  EXTENDED   INQUIRY  AS   TO 
THE  SURVIVAL  OF  CONSCIOUS- 
NESS AFTER  DEATH. 

BY  JAMES  H.    HYSL0P,  VICE-PRESIDENT  AMERICAN   SOCIETY 
FOR  PSYCHICAL  RESEARCH. 

Science  for  a  long  time  set  its  judgment  against  the 
possibility  of  sustaining  any  belief  in  the  future  life, 
and  many  still  will  assert  confidently  that  it  never  can 
give  any  substantial  support  for  it.  This  may  be  true 
in  fact;  but  there  is  a  mass  of  phenomena  within  the 
reach  of  scientific  consideration  that  certainly  justifies 
a  scientific  investigation  looking  to  the  merits  of  the 
claim  that  human  consciousness  survives  death,  and  it 
is  indeed  the  scandal  of  science  itself  that  the  phe- 
nomena   which    put  forward    such    strong    evidence  of 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  193 

their  importance  have  not  received  the  attention  which 
they  deserve,  even  though  they  turn  out  to  be  different 
from  what  their  superficial  appearance  suggests  that 
they  are. 

Why  the  human  race  would  so  enthusiastically  organ- 
ize all  other  fields  of  inquiry,  and  neglect  this  one — 
nay,  despise  it — and  reduce  every  wayfarer  in  it  to  a 
candidate  for  the  madhouse,  is  all  but  inexplicable.  Of 
course  the  follies  of  those  who  have  prosecuted  inquiry 
in  it  so  long,  and  the  vulgar  frauds  that  blazed  the  path- 
way into  it,  have  been  the  real  reason  for  this  contempt, 
and  certainly  excuse  the  suspicion  and  wariness  of  the 
sane  man,  though  this  assumption  of  intelligence  ought 
to  have  made  it  secure  for  his  investigations.  But  it 
has  not,  and  the  way  is  still  open  to  the  man  who  will 
insist  upon  the  need  of  distinguishing  between  the  wheat 
and  the  chaff  in  this  product  of  human  development. 
That  it  may  be  done  is  the  object  of  the  American  In- 
stitute for  Scientific  Research,  which  has  been  founded 
recently,  though  it  has  the  wide  field  of  abnormal  psy- 
chology for  its  province  at  the  same  time. 

The  material  which  makes  it  unnecessary  as  well  as 
foolish  to  talk  glibly  about  fraud  and  delusion  as  the  ex- 
planation of  all  that  lays  claim  to  being  supernormal 
now  is  so  large  in  quantity  and  so  good  in  quality  that 
only  unintelligent  men  can  afford  longer  to  sneer.  The 
eighteen  volumes  of  "Proceedings,"  published  by  the 
English  Society  for  Psychical  Research,  are  a  monu- 
ment to  its  work,  as  well  as  a  library  of  facts  that  de- 
mand some  explanation  of  their  meaning  and  sooner 
or  later  must  receive  it.  They  contain  information  on 
every  imaginable  phase  of  the  inquiries  associated  with 
the  real  and  the  alleged  supernormal,  including  fraud, 
illusion,  hallucination,  coincidence,  telepathy,  clairvoy- 
ance, apparitions  and  mediumistic  phenomena.  In  addi- 
tion to  these  are  the  two  large  volumes  on  "Phantasms 
of  the  Living,"  which  are  a  treasure-house  of  material 
on  spontaneous  and  experimental  telepathy,  at  least  al- 
leged, on  coincidental  dreams,  and  apparitions  of  the 
living  and  the  dying.   They  seem  to  be  supported  eviden- 


194  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

tially  in  most  cases  to  such  a  degree  that  no  ordinary- 
explanation  is  conceivable,  though  one  may  not  require 
to  go  beyond  telepathy  between  living  minds  to  account 
for  them. 

But  telepathy  alone  is  the  most  revolutionary  hy- 
pothesis imaginable  within  the  field  of  psychology,  and  is 
not  yet  admitted  by  the  scientific  world.  Only  a  few 
people  interested  in  psychic  research  and  determined 
to  entertain  any  supposition  but  spiritistic  agency  can 
be  induced  to  defend  openly  telepathy  of  any  kind,  and 
no  scientific  man  of  any  high  standing  will  advocate 
that  kind  of  telepathy  which  would  be  necessary  to 
account  for  such  cases  as  that  of  Mrs.  Piper,  and  similar 
instances,  such  as  that  of  Stainton  Moses,  Hensleigh 
Wedgewood,  the  brother-in-law  of  Charles  Darwin,  Mrs. 
Verall,  Miss  X,  Mrs.  A,  Lurancy  Vennum,  and  per- 
haps a  host  of  minor  lights.  It  is  not  necessary  to  claim 
that  anything  else  will  explain  them;  but  telepathy  cer- 
tainly does  not  and  will  not  until  some  experimental 
evidence  of  its  nature  be  found  that  will  qualify  it  for  the 
duty  imposed  upon  it  by  the  public. 

There  also  are  the  two  volumes  by  Frank  Podmore, 
namely,  "Apparitions  and  Thought  Transference,"  and 
"Aspects  of  Psychic  Research,"  and  also  the  same  au- 
thor's "History  of  Spiritualism,"  which,  though  it  rig- 
idly excludes  from  intelligent  favor  the  largest  part  of 
the  traditional  mass  of  testimony  to  extramundane 
agency,  yet  recognizes  that  the  existence  of  supernormal 
intelligence  is  a  proved  fact.  Then  last  comes  that  great 
work  of  Frederick  W.  H.  Myers,  "Human  Personality 
and  Its  Survival  of  Bodily  Death,"  a  collection  of  scien- 
tific data  and  speculation  that  has  hardly  any  rival  in 
history  for  interest  and  significance.  The  capacity 
which  human  personality  reveals  in  such  phenomena  as 
this  and  related  collections  of  trustworthy  phenomena 
represent,  suggests  strongly  the  possibility  of  its  sur- 
vival after  death.  This  view  has  many  supporters  whose 
opinion  will  carry  weight  wherever  intelligence  exists. 

Sir  Oliver  Lodge,  one  of  the  leading  physicists  in 
England,  says:    "If  anyone  cares  to  hear  what  sort  of 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  195 

conviction  has  been  borne  in  upon  my  mind,  as  a  scientific 
man,  by  twenty  years'  familiarity  with  these  questions 
which  concern  us,  I  am  willing  to  reply  as  frankly  as 
I  can.  I  am,  for  all  personal  purposes,  convinced  of  the 
persistence  of  human  existence  beyond  bodily  death, 
and  though  I  am  unable  to  justify  that  belief  in  full  and 
complete  manner,  yet  it  is  a  belief  which  has  been  pro- 
duced by  scientific  evidence  that  is  based  upon  facts 
and  experience." 

Professor  Muirhead,  lecturer  on  Mental  and  Moral 
Science,  Hallo  way  College,  England,  says:  "As  a  part 
of  a  wider  philosophy,  the  results  of  psychical  research 
seem  to  me  to  be  of  the  greatest  theoretic  interest,  and 
may  even  turn  out  to  be  of  the  greatest  practical  im- 
portance." 

Andrew  Lang,  than  whom  the  English  language 
hardly  has  an  abler  critic  and  skeptic,  in  reviewing  Mr. 
Myers'  "Human  Personality  and  Its  Survival  of  Bodily 
Death,"  says:  "I  myself,  regarding  the  word  'matter' 
and  'spirit'  as  mere  metaphysical  counters  with  which 
we  pay  ourselves,  think  (religious  faith  apart)  that  hu- 
man faculty  lends  a  fairly  strong  presumption  in  favor 
of  the  survival  of  human  consciousness. 

"To  myself,  after  reading  the  evidence,  it  appears 
that  a  fairly  strong  presumption  is  raised  in  favor  of  a 
'phantasmogenetic  agency'  set  at  work,  in  a  vague,  un- 
conscious way,  by  the  deceased,  and  I  say  this  after 
considering  the  adverse  arguments  of  Mr.  Podmore,  for 
example,  in  favor  of  telepathy  from  living  minds,  and 
all  hypotheses  of  hoaxing,  exaggerative  memory,  mal- 
observation,  and  so  forth — not  to  mention  the  popular 
nonsense  about  'What  is  the  use  of  it?'  'Why  is  it  per- 
mitted ?'  and  the  rest  of  it.  'What  is  the  use  of  argon  ?' 
'Why  are  cockroaches  permitted  ?' 

"To  end  with  a  confession  of  opinion:  I  entirely 
agree  with  Mr.  Myers  and  Hegel  that  we,  or  many  of 
us,  are  in  something,  or  that  something  is  in  us,  which 
'does  not  know  the  bonds  of  time,  or  feel  the  manacles 
of  space.' " 


196  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

Sir  "William  Crookes,  the  discoverer  of  Crookes'  tubes, 
one  of  the  ablest  physicists  in  England,  also  says :  "No 
incident  in  my  scientific  career  is  more  widely  known 
than  the  part  I  took  many  years  ago  in  certain  psychical 
researches.  Thirty  years  have  passed  since  I  published 
an  account  of  experiments  tending  to  show  that  outside 
our  scientific  knowledge  there  exists  a  force  exercised 
by  intelligence  differing  from  the  ordinary  intelligence 
common  to  mortals.  To  stop  short  in  any  research  that 
bids  fair  to  widen  the  gates  of  knowledge,  to  recoil  from 
fear  of  difficulty  or  adverse  criticism,  is  to  bring  re- 
proach on  science.  There  is  nothing  for  the  investigator 
to  do  but  go  straight  on,  'to  explore  up  and  down,  inch 
by  inch,  with  the  taper  of  reason:  to  follow  the  light 
wherever  it  may  lead,  even  should  it  at  times  resemble 
a  will-o'-the-wisp.' " 

Dr.  Cesare  Lombroso,  the  physiologist  and  criminolo- 
gist, says :  "There  is  a  great  probability  now  given  us 
through  psychical  and  spiritistic  researches,  that  there 
is  a  continued  existence  of  the  soul  after  death,  pre- 
serving a  weak  identity,  to  which  the  persistent  soul  can 
add  new  life  and  growth  from  the  surrounding  media." 

Mr.  Huxley,  whose  skeptical  tendency  no  one  will 
deny,  says :  "In  my  judgment,  the  actuality  of  this 
spiritual  world — the  value  of  the  evidence  for  its  ob- 
jective existence  and  its  influence  upon  the  course  of 
things — are  matters  which  lie  as  much  within  the  prov- 
ince of  science  as  any  other  question  about  the  existence 
and  powers  of  the  various  forms  of  living  and  conscious 
activity." 

Mr.  Gladstone  spoke  of  the  work  as  the  most  impor- 
tant in  the  world,  and  Goldwin  Smith,  in  an  article  in 
"The  North  American  Review,"  spoke  of  the  conclusion 
as  affecting  the  whole  social  structure  of  society,  as  we 
can  hardly  expect  man  to  live  under  the  idea  of  human 
brotherhood  without  a  belief  in  immortality. 

Of  course  no  such  conclusion  can  be  forecast  as  as- 
suredly the  result  of  inquiry;  for  science  never  can 
promise  any  particular  outcome  for  its  investigations. 
It  must  be  satisfied  with  any  result,  secure  in  the  con- 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  197 

viction  that  any  truth  that  it  reveals,  affirmative  or  neg- 
ative, will  be  useful.  On  the  question  of  a  future  life 
any  verdict  will  be  important,  as  we  cannot  afford  to 
reject  the  fact  if  it  is  true,  and  neither  can  we  afford 
to  believe  it  if  it  is  false.  On  any  alternative  we  are 
bound  to  investigate. 

What  astonishes  one  most  is  the  readiness,  of  men 
to  devote  immense  sums  of  money  to  the  study  of  man's 
origin,  and  not  a  cent  to  that  of  his  destiny.  Why  it 
can  be  so  glorious  to  find  his  ancestry  in  the  apes,  and, 
after  admitting  that  evolution  stands  for  progress,  to 
sneer  at  the  inquiry  for  a  future  which  might  represent 
that  progress  in  an  ideal  form,  passes  understanding. 
But  men  will  spend  millions  in  deep-sea  dredging  for 
some  unknown  fish  or  seaweed ;  for  North  Pole  expedi- 
tions with  no  outcome  for  science  having  any  proportion 
to  the  amount  expended ;  for  yacht  races  and  the  whole 
world  of  sports ;  and  even  our  universities  will  spend 
immense  sums  for  athletics,  but  not  a  cent  for  investi- 
gations into  the  problem  of  immortality.  Not  long  ago 
a  serious  metropolitan  newspaper  solemnly  proposed  the 
sum  of  twenty-five  million  dollars  for  the  purpose  of 
digging  a  well  twelve  miles  deep  into  the  earth  just  to 
satisfy  the  curiosity  of  the  geologist  in  regard  to  the 
strata  of  the  earth's  crust. 

The  people  that  do  this  without  any  sense  of  humor 
meet  every  proposal  to  satisfy  the  deepest  religious  and 
moral  craving  of  mankind,  itself  fraught  with  the  social 
destinies  of  civilization,  with  shouts  of  ridicule.  Is  it 
any  wonder  that  some  of  us  have  so  little  respect  for 
human  nature  when  its  apparently  most  respectable  and 
intelligent  forms  are  fit  only  for  the  madhouse?  But 
it  is  this  class  that  imposes  the  madness  on  the  would-be 
investigator. 

The  time  has  come,  however,  when  those  who  are  in- 
terested must  have  the  courage  to  organize  and  see  that 
the  work  can  be  done  without  the  co-operation  of  Phil- 
istines, if  they  will  not  do  the  work  which  is  so  impera- 
tive, no  matter  what  the  outcome.  It  is  with  this  in 
view,  and  also  with  the  view  of  investigating  the  whole 


198  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

field  of  abnormal  psychology,  that  the  American  Insti- 
tute of  Scientific  Research  has  been  incorporated. 

There  is  no  escape  from  the  study  of  both  super- 
normal and  abnormal  psychology,  and  the  two  also 
must  be  studied  with  reference  to  the  light  which  they 
will  throw  upon  each  other.  They  usually  have  been 
kept  separate;  but  although  there  are  points  in  which 
they  are  radically  distinct,  there  also  are  points  in  which 
they  interpenetrate,  and  the  whole  wide  field  must  be 
made  to  yield  to  scientific  inquiry.  The  phenomena  are 
comparatively  sporadic,  and  hence  require  centralized 
effort  to  deal  with  them  successfully  and  intelligently. 

&      &      sf 

A  SPIRIT   MESSAGE. 

"My  love  for  all  is  stronger  than  ever  before.  I  am 
not  in  a  far-off  or  remote  kingdom.  I  strive  often  to 
be  near,  although  there  are  obstacles  in  my  pathway. 
My  love  for  all  is  strong  and  full  of  tenderness.  I 
feel  that  if  I  could  only  clasp  all  in  my  arms  it  would 
bring  me  great  joy.  For  what  was  to  me  quite  a  long 
time,  I  seemed  to  be  living  in  the  embrace  of  a  con- 
suming heat.  I  was  told  it  was  caused  from  earthy 
conditions  which  I  had  brought  with  me  to  this  clime. 
It  is  better  now.  Through  the  ministrations  of  those 
bright  beings  whose  great  kindness  to  me  finally  became 
a  source  of  freedom,  I  learned  to  let  my  soul  be  still, 
that  it  might  get  a  gleam  of  the  glorious  sunshine  of 
His  Presence.  In  many  ways  I  have  been  greatly 
blessed,  for  the  dear  spiritual  teachers  have  many  times 
carried  me  to  a  lovely  flowery  dell  where  a  murmuring 
brooklet  sings  its  music  to  the  soul.  They  have  laid 
me  down  to  rest  in  this  beautiful  place  at  those  seasons 
when  they  knew  that  the  time  was  ripe  that  I  might 
receive  from  the  rays  of  the  beneficent  Presence  of  the 
Christ,  although  He  appeared  some  distance  from  the 
spot  where  I  was  resting.  As  His  Presence  passed  by 
the  wondrous  rays  of  the  magical  healing  power  per- 
meated the  bodies  of  all  those  who  were  resting  there. 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  199 

It  seemed  to  flow  over  us  like  streams  of  liquid  light, 
and  our  souls  grew  stronger  as  we  realized  the  adora- 
tion born  within  us,  the  great  and  wonderful  love  that 
springs  into  birth,  and  the  reverence  for  this  mighty, 
supreme  power.  Blessed  be  all  souls  in  heaven,  and 
blessed  be  all  souls  on  earth.  Blessed  be  all  that  are 
existing  in  spiritual  or  material  form,  be  they  great  or 
small,  be  they  high  or  low.  That  mighty  magical  love 
enfolds  them  all.  Come,  all  ye  that  are  weary  and  taste 
of  the  love  of  the  Lamb  of  God ;  come  where  streams  of 
mercy  without  ceasing  form  for  all  a  place  of  rest. 

To  all  that  are  bound  to  me  by  the  ties  of  flesh,  I 
give  my  dearest  love.  To  the  pure  soul  who  was  the 
monitor  of  each  and  every  one  of  us,  I  give  that  love 
which  is  reverential.  She,  the  dear  one,  through  the 
ministration  which  has  been  given,  praise  God,  is  sur- 
rounded by  the  emanations  of  the  Holy  Spirit,  that  the 
pathway  may  be  made  clear  and  bright,  that  the  peace 
of  God  shall  restore  her  soul,  that  the  love  of  Jesus 
Christ  may  find  an  abiding  place  within  her  heart.  Love, 
love,  love  for  you  all,  my  blessed  ones,  until  we  meet 
again.  We  do  not  die !  It  is  only  a  breaking  of  the 
shell,  and  we  rise  to  realms  of  glory.  Perhaps  for  a 
time,  while  we  are  outgrowing  our  earthly  conditions, 
we  do  not  see  the  benefit  of  the  change,  but  if  we  hold 
our  souls  in  peace  and  strong  desire,  the  love  of  God  will 
come,  which  brings  to  us  a  glorious  freedom.  Dear, 
sweet  ones  all,  remember  me,  but  above  all  remember 
the  Lord  thy  God." 


The  words  of  Louis  R.  Miiller  (page  202),  whose 
picture  shows  him  to  have  attained  a  splendid  physical 
development,  coupled  with  the  statements  of  Eugene 
Sandow  (p.  201),  one  of  the  strongest  men  in  the  world, 
are  interesting  confirmatory  evidence  of  what  I  have 
written  on  the  same  subject. 

Diet  is  of  great  importance.  Each  temperament  fur- 
nishes a  different  problem  in  regard  to  proper  diet.    Each 


200  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

one  will  learn  by  experiment  the  proper  foods  adapted  to 
his  temperament.  It  is  a  question  of  supplying  the  right 
chemical  elements  to  rebuild  the  body.  Or  to  put  it  in 
metaphysical  terms,  each  one  must  discover  what  mental 
elements  formed  from  the  Mind  of  Nature  will  best  serve 
as  food  for  the  mind  in  the  body.  That  the  quality  of 
food  affects  the  health  and  the  state  of  mind  and  char- 
acter cannot  be  disputed.  Too  much  food  clogs  the 
system  and  is  the  physical  cause  for  colds  and  fevers. 
The  mental  cause  I  have  given.  It  must  not  be  forgot- 
ten that  while  the  mind  has  a  most  powerful  effect  on 
the  body,  the  state  of  the  body  also  reacts  upon  and 
affects  the  mind.  The  most  common  error  is  too  eat 
too  much  at  meals  and  to  drink  too  little  between  meals. 
Water  that  will  coat  the  teakettle  with  lime  and  other 
mineral  elements  will,  in  like  manner,  coat  the  veins  and 
stiffen  the  joints,  causing  the  hardening  of  the  tissues 
manifest  in  old  age.  Pure  distilled  water  is  the  best 
blood  purifier  known.  Copiously  partaking  of  it 
will  wash  the  impurities  from  the  tissues  and  supply  a 
perfect  basis  for  every  fluid  element  in  the  body. 

Those  who  have  read  "The  Life  of  the  Bee,"  by  Mau- 
rice Maeterlinck,  will  agree  with  me  in  the  belief  that 
the  Intelligence  of  God  is  expressing  even  in  the  tiny 
forms  of  life.  There  can  hardly  be  a  doubt  that  their 
little  organisms  are  sensitive  to  thought  impressions,  as 
the  example  of  telepathy  between  the  female  and  male 
moth  illustrates.  In  fact,  every  degree  of  life  has  its 
sensitives,  psychics  or  mediums,  from  the  particle  of 
radium  that  acts  as  a  door  through  which  flows  an  un- 
ceasing stream  of  force  to  the  soul-organism  of  the 
Christ  that  opens  a  Way  through  which  the  love  of  God 
radiates  in  a  perpetual  benediction  to  humanity. 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  201 


CONCENTRATION     OF     MIND. 

"So  far  as  heredity  is  concerned  I  had  nothing  to  be" 
especially  thankful  for,  since  while  still  a  mere  lad  my 
father's  friend  advised  him  to  direct  my  studies  toward 
the  ministry,  as  he  explained,  'Your  son  will  be  hardly  fit 
for  any  more  strenuous  occupation.'  Later  our  family 
physician  in  Konigsberg,  near  the  Russian  frontier,  told 
my  father  that  if  he  would  not  take  me  to  Italy  for  the 
winter  I  would  never  survive  it,  such  a  weakling  I  was 
as  a  child.  Well,  I  went  to  Italy,  and  there  my  eyes 
were  opened.  The  Greek  and  Roman  statues  I  saw  there 
inspired  me  to  lift  from  myself  the  stigma  of  weakness, 
for  I  felt  somehow  that  even  in  our  time  the  weak  man 
is  despised.  I  went  at  the  labor  of  revitalization  with 
energy  and  persistence.  You  perceive  I  have  somewhat 
succeeded,  and  let  me  tell  you  I  am  still  at  it.  I  maintain 
that  it  is  possible  for  a  man  to  emulate  my  example,  even 
as  I  emulated  that  of  the  Greeks  and  Romans  of  old. 

"It  is  the  mind — all  a  matter  of  the  mind.  The  mus- 
cles really  have  a  secondary  place.  If  you  lift  a  pair 
of  dumb-bells  a  hundred  times  a  day  with  your  fixed 
attention  on  some  ob j  ect  away  over  in  Cambridge,  it  will 
do  you  very  little  good.  If,  however,  you  concentrate 
your  mind  upon  a  single  muscle  or  set  of  muscles  for 
three  minutes  each  day,  and  say,  'Do  thus  and  so,'  and 
they  respond,  there  will  be  immediate  development.  The 
more  you  waste  the  more  you  make.  A  man  with  strong 
concentration  of  mind  will  develop  quicker  in  the  quality 
of  his  muscles  than  he  who  cannot  concentrate  his  mind 
upon  the  matter.  The  whole  secret  of  my  system  lies 
in  the  knowledge  of  human  anatomy — in  knowing  just 
where  one  is  weak,  and  going  straight  to  work  bringing 
that  part  up  to  the  standard  of  one's  best  feature — for 
there  is  a  best  feature  in  every  man,  as  there  is  also  a 


202  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

worst.  The  secret  is  to  'know  thyself,'  as  Pope  says, 
and,  knowing  one's  weakness,  to  concentrate  the  mind 
and  energies  upon  that  weakness  with  a  view  to  correct- 
ing it."  Eugene  Sandow. 

^?*  ^*  c^* 

THOUGHT  FORCE  AS  A  FACTOR  IN  MUSCU- 
LAR   DEVELOPMENT. 

In  the  development  of  a  more  perfect  physique  there 
are  quite  a  number  of  things  to  take  into  consideration. 
A  great  many  enthusiastic  beginners  think  that  the  word 
"exercise"  covers  the  whole  field.  So  it  does,  but  not 
bodily  exercise.  Exercise  of  the  functions  of  the  brain 
is  equally  if  not  more  important.  Concentrating  the 
thought  force  along  certain  lines  gives  us  a  controlling 
power  to  overcome  unhygienic  habits  that  tend  to  retard 
the  growth  of  muscular  tissue.  Mere  bodily  exercise, 
even  if  performed  at  haphazard,  will  in  time  produce 
some  good  results.  Tissue-building  is  a  natural  conse- 
quence of  following  certain  well-defined  laws.  In  order 
to  obtain  the  most  rapid  development  we  must  make  a 
scientific  study  of  those  laws. 

We  must  exercise  the  muscles,  use  proper  diet  at  the 
proper  time,  be  thoroughly  hygienic  in  our  habits — and 
when  I  say  hygienic  I  mean  it  in  a  broad  sense.  One 
must  abstain  from  tobacco  and  liquor  in  every  form,  and 
allow  himself  enough  time  for  sleep.  His  moral  habits 
must  be  above  reproach.  All  these  things  tend  to  put 
the  mind  in  condition,  that  we  may  gain  the  power  of 
concentration,  and  concentration  of  the  mind  is  the  fun- 
damental law  that  governs  the  growth  of  tissue. 

It  is  no  theory,  but  a  well-defined  law,  that  the  more 
we  concentrate,  the  better  our  results.  We  must  know 
the  muscles  we  wish  to  develop,  and  by  concentrating 
all  our  thought  force  in  their  direction,  the  dead  cells 
are  more  quickly  removed,  and  new  ones  added  in  greater 
quantities,  owing  to  the  increased  nervous  activity  of 
the  parts.    We  must  practice  concentration  of  the  mind 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  203 

in  its  highest  degree, '  hand  in  hand  with  physical  exer- 
cise, if  we  wish  to  obtain  the  most  perfect  results. 

Diet  has  a  great  deal  to  do  with  our  power  of  concen- 
tration. Concentration  in  a  greater  or  less  degree  is  the 
cause  of  all  muscular  development.  It  is  unconscious  in 
some,  but  it  can  be  developed  in  all.  It  is  the  most  im- 
portant part  in  scientific  physical  culture.  To  be  able  to 
focus  all  one's  energy  on  a  certain  muscle,  and  to  accom- 
plish this  with  ease,  is  a  faculty  well  worth  developing. 
One  can  almost  seem  to  see  a  muscle  grow.  I  would  ad- 
vise one  who  is  ambitious  to  try  this  for  awhile,  to  see 
how  quickly  he  will  notice  the  improvement.  First, 
cultivate  proper  habits  of  diet,  hygiene,  and  purity  of 
thought ;  then  try  exercising  one  muscle  at  a  time,  till  it 
is  thoroughly  tired,  concentrating  all  your  thought  on 
that  one  muscle.  Let  your  mind  be  perfectly  passive, 
and  for  the  time  being  hold  to  the  thought  of  the  one 
muscle  you  wish  to  develop. 

Louis  R.  Muller. 

THOUGHT   AFFECTS    BLOOD   CURRENT. 

A  startling  scientific  confirmation  of  mental  causation 
as  primary  has  recently  attracted  much  attention.  In 
the  Yale  University  gymnasium,  under  direction  of  Dr. 
W.  G.  Anderson,  there  is  a  very  delicate  machine  called 
the  "muscle-bed."  When  adjusted,  a  subject  lying  upon 
it  may  remain  motionless  so  long  as  utter  indifference 
and  passivity  of  mind  continues.  But  a  serious  problem 
causes  a  rush  of  blood  to  the  head  which  tips  the  head 
in  that  direction.  The  mere  imagination  of  an  active 
exercise  of  the  lower  limbs  causes  the  opposite  inclina- 
tion. The  utter  responsiveness  of  the  body  is  proved 
by  numerous  experiments.  If  such  scientific  accuracy 
shows  that  a  little  temporary  thing  can  send  a  rush  of 
warm  nourishing  blood  to  a  definite  organ  or  extremity, 
what  should  not  be  the  logical  possibilities  of  cultivated, 
systematic  and  concentrative  thought  power?     Science 


204  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

and  religion  are  really  but  differing  sides  of  the  great 
unit  of  truth. — Henry  Wood. 

^7*  t£/*  ^5* 

DOES  THOUGHT   ATTRACT  SUCCESS? 

I  say,  YES.  I  have  tried  it  successfully.  First,  I  ex- 
amined myself  to  find  my  own  lack  of  power,  then 
firmly  resolved  to  change  my  every  thought,  act,  motive 
and  efforts  to  accomplish  a  new  task  desired. 

I  started  new  business  more  congenial  to  my  tastes,  and 
placed  my  own  thoughts  WHOLLY  on  the  one  purpose 
of  my  success.  I  cultivated  strict  adherence  to  truth, 
honest  dealing,  courage  of  convictions,  evenness  of  tem- 
per, patience  and  perseverance ;  never  doubting  final  vic- 
tory, following  always  my  inner  consciousness  created 
by  thought,  and  fully  impressed  these  things  on  those 
I  desired  to  attract  and  bring  to  my  way  of  thinking; 
then  pressed  them  firmly,  but  kindly,  into  action.  This 
became  a  business  force  that  attracted  people  and  brought 
me  success. 

In  short,  I  first  convinced  myself,  by  concentrated 
thought,  of  my  fitness  for  a  given  calling.  I  held  strictly 
to  this  thought  and  made  it  my  "polar  star,"  never  en- 
tertaining a  doubt  as  to  the  result. 

I  never  arouse  antagonism  in  others,  keep  sweet,  self- 
poised,  act  the  part  of  master  of  my  calling,  always  pos- 
itive in  assertion  of  statements,  disprove  negatives  of 
others,  and  victory  has  come  to  me. — Calvin  E.  Keach, 
Troy,  N.  Y. 

t^*  4?*  d5* 

TELEPATHY  IN  INSECT  LIFE. 

Not  only  the  unworthy  sluggard  might  observe  the 
ant  and  other  insects  and  profit  thereby.  Science  each 
day  adds  to  the  wonders  which  these  little  creatures  are 
capable  of  and  puts  human  creatures  to  shame. 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  205 

This  time  it  is  a  sixth  sense  which  a  noted  scientist 
has  discovered  many  insects  to  be  fortunate  enough  to 
possess.  At  least  they  are  able  to  communicate  with 
one  another  at  great  distances. 

This  professor  had  two  ailanthus  trees  in  his  yard 
and  these  suggested  the  idea  to  him  of  obtaining  from 
Japan  some  eggs  of  the  ailanthus  silk  worm.  He  got  a 
few,  hatched  the  larvae  and  watched  anxiously  for  the 
appearance  of  the  first  moths  from  the  cocoons.  He 
put  one  of  the  moths  in  a  wicker  cage  and  hung  it  on 
one  of  the  ailanthus  trees.     This  was  a  female  moth. 

On  the  same  evening  he  took  a  male  moth  to  a  ceme- 
tery, a  mile  and  a  half  away,  and  let  him  loose,  having 
previously  marked  him  by  tying  a  silken  cord  about  his 
abdomen,  so  as  to  be  able  to  identify  him.  The  idea  was 
to  find  out  if  the  two  moths  would  come  together  for  the 
purpose  of  mating,  these  two  being  the  only  ones  of  their 
species  within  a  distance  of  a  hundred  miles.  In  the 
morning  the  two  moths  were  found  to  be  in  the  same 
cage,  the  female  having  been  able  to  attract  her  mate 
from  a  distance  of  a  mile  and  a  half. — Searchlight. 


The  letter  from  Mrs.  Washburn  to  Bishop  Fallows 
contains  a  very  valuable  lesson  in  the  use  of  suggestion. 
It  opens  to  mothers  a  new  field  of  influence,  showing 
how  children  can  be  healed  by  suggestion  during  sleep. 
Suggestions  tending  to  correct  bad  habits  and  strengthen 
the  character  may  be  made  in  the  same  way.  Wonderful 
possibilities  in  child  culture  are  contained  in  this  method 
of  suggestion. 

In  the  case  of  John  Martin  the  faith  of  Miss  Churchill 
was  the  medium  through  which  the  healing  Spirit  acted. 
A  very  important  factor  was  the  magnetic  touch  of  the 
healer,  through  which  the  magnetic  life  of  the  same 
quality  as  her  faith  was  imparted  to  supply  the  deficient 
nerve  force  in  his  eyes.    She  gave  him  magnetic  as  well 


206  HEALING    CURRENTS. 

as  thought  force.  Many  patients  and  healers  would  have 
become  discouraged  and  discontinued  treatments  months 
before  there  could  have  been  any  results.  So  this  case 
is  a  lesson  in  the  value  of  time  in  the  growth  of  new 
conditions. 

Some  one  of  Mrs.  Carse's  many  friends  sounded  the 
spiritual  keynote  that  set  her  body  vibrating  to  the 
tone  of  perfection.  I  have  chosen  these  varied  exam- 
ples of  healing  as  representing  the  many  ways  through 
which  spiritual  healing  may  be  brought  about.  The 
"bath  of  fire"  was  a  spiritual  sensation  caused  by  the 
influx  of  the  warm  vitality  from  the  spirit  spheres. 
Cases  of  healing  like  that  of  Mrs.  Reeves  cannot  be  ex- 
plained by  the  law  of  suggestion.  The  ministering 
spirits  of  the  Almighty  bring  to  bear  the  life  and  sub- 
stance of  a  diviner  state,  an  essence  so  powerful  that  it 
transforms  physical  substance  subject  to  its  perfect  law 
and  accomplishes  results  that  could  only  be  wrought  in 
years  by  the  slower  process  of  physical  growth.  The 
Holy  Spirit,  which  is  the  Love  of  God,  acts  through  the 
agency  and  organism  of  spirit  and  human  forms  when- 
ever suffering  mortals  consciously  or  unconsciously  fulfill 
the  conditions.  This  is  very  wonderfully  illustrated  by 
the  healing  of  Miss  Cunnea.  Her  faith  and  devotion 
had  moved  the  heart  of  God  and  drawn  to  her  the 
invisible  angelic  power,  but  there  was  something  lacking. 
A  mediumistic  organism  properly  attuned  to  that  higher 
and  more  potent  realm  of  force  was  needed  and  not 
until  the  sister  who  possessed  such  an  organism  touched 
her  and  completed  the  chain  of  magnetic  and  mental 
conditions  was  the  law  fulfilled  and  the  power  of  heaven 
enabled  to  come  into  manifestation.  God  works  through 
divinely  natural  laws.  He  shows  His  impartial  love  to 
every  creed  and  race.     Those  who  fulfill  the  magnetic, 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  207 

mental  and  soul  laws  of  being-  enter  into  the  realization 
of  His  mercy.  Let  us  be  meek  and  open  minded  and 
receive  without  prejudice  the  knowledge  of  truth 
wherever  it  may  be  found,  thereby  great  good  will  come 
to  us  and  we  shall  find  the  wisdom  of  Love. 

fcT*  t?*  ^* 

A  REMARKABLE  CURE  BY  SUGGESTION. 

A   NEWSPAPER  ACCOUNT. 

Elkhart,  Ind.,  November  26. —  (Special) — A  mother's 
devotion,  supplemented  by  earnest  prayer,  has  accom- 
plished in  this  city  what  all  the  learning  of  some  of  the 
most  noted  specialists  of  the  country  had  failed  to  do, 
and  a  child,  given  up  as  incurable  and  apparently  doomed 
to  sink  into  imbecility,  is  now  well  and  strong,  mentally 
and  physically.  The  woman  who  has  performed  the  re- 
markable cure  is  Mrs.  Marion  Foster  Washburn,  the 
wife  of  a  prominent  Elkhart  physician,  a  member  of  the 
State  Federation  of  Women's  Clubs,  and  once  the  corres- 
ponding secretary  and  afterward  the  president  of  that 
organization.  The  child  whom  she  has  restored  to  men- 
tal and  physical  strength  is  her  six-year-old  son. 

Mrs.  Washburn  is  not  a  Christian  Scientist,  though 
she  is  a  firm  believer  in  the  efficacy  of  prayer.  But  in  the 
case  of  her  son  she  prayed  not  for  his  cure  so  much  as 
for  a  way  by  which  he  could  be  treated  successfully. 
When  Chicago  specialists,  who  examined  the  child,  said 
that  he  was  past  medical  aid  and  would  degenerate  into 
imbecility,  she  did  not  lose  heart.  She  said  that  she 
believed  there  was  a  way  to  reach  his  trouble  and  she 
prayed  to  be  directed  to  this  way.  Her  husband's  li- 
brary, one  of  the  most  complete  in  Elkhart,  was  resorted 
to  every  day,  but  all  works  on  the  subject  ended  with 
the  same  conclusion,  and  that  was  in  accord  with  the 
verdict  of  the  specialists  who  had  been  so  freely  con- 
sulted. The  child  had  fallen  down  stairs  several  years 
ago  and  had  received  an  injury  to  the  skull  at  the  base 
of  the  brain.    An  operation,  she  was  told,  would  be  cer- 


208  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

tain  death,  and  life  promised  nothing  but  suffering  and 
gradual  degeneracy  of  mind  and  body.  As  a  result  of 
the  fall  the  child  became  paralyzed  on  the  left  side  and 
icould   walk   but   a  few    steps  without  falling. 

LETTER   FROM    MRS.    WASHBURN. 

Elkhart,  Ind.,  December  5,  1904. 
Dear  Sir : — The  enclosed  copy  of  a  letter  sent  Bishop 
Fallows  in  regard  to  the  treatment  of  our  son  by  sugges- 
tions explains  the  case  quite  fully. 

Yours  very  truly, 

Marion  Foster  Washburn. 

statement  by  mrs.  washburn. 

Elkhart,  Ind.,  November  23,  1904. 

My  Dear  Bishop  Fallows : — I  hardly  know  how  to  tell 
you  about  John's  cure,  it  is  such  a  long  story.  The 
newspaper  account  was  far  from  accurate.  The  whole 
thing  took  place  over  three  years  ago,  but  I  suppose 
the  fact  that  John  has  stayed  well  so  long,  and  not  only 
stayed  well  but  got  quite  appallingly  strong,  is  only 
added  proof  to  the  thoroughness  of  the  cure. 

He  was  hurt  by  falling  downstairs  and  striking  the 
base  of  his  brain  when  he  was  only  three  years  old.  He 
was  paralyzed  on  one  side — the  left — so  that  he  could 
only  walk  a  few  steps  without  falling.  His  left  eye  rolled 
in  under  his  nose.  His  tongue  and  throat  were  paralyzed 
so  that  his  speech  was  very  thick,  and  swallowing  so 
difficult  that  it  often  produced  vomiting.  We  suppose 
that  a  blood  clot  was  formed  and  pressed  upon  the  pneu- 
mogastric  center  in  the  brain,  because  he  had  a  terrible 
cough,  like  whooping  cough,  often  protracted  until  he 
vomited  blood  or  blood  spurted  from  his  nose.  His 
breathing  was  bad  at  all  times — that  is,  irregular  and 
difficult,  but  very  much  worse  at  night  when  it  was  ster- 
torous, like  that  of  a  person  in  apoplexy.  It  could  be 
heard  down  two  flights  of  stairs.  At  night,  also,  his 
throat  had  a  trick  of  contracting  spasmodically  after 
every  third  or  fourth  breath,  and  then  he  would  struggle 
frightfully  for  air. 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  209 

As  the  newspaper  account  says,  we  called  in  the  best 
counsel  obtainable.  We  had  Drs.  Billings,  Brower,  Ly- 
man, King,  Patrick  and  others,  including  oculists  like 
Allport  and  Fuller.  All  of  them — except  Dr.  Fuller, 
who  saw  him  after  he  was  on  the  road  to  recovery — said 
he  could  not  live  a  year.  Some  called  it  tuberculosis  of 
the  brain ;  others  a  brain  tumor,  but  all  said  he  must  die. 
My  own  father  prognosed  a  spread  of  the  difficulty, 
brought  about  by  the  enlargement  of  the  tumor  or  clot, 
which  was  evidently  involving  greater  and  greater  areas. 
In  that  case  I  had  to  expect  blindness,  deafness  and 
finally   feeble-mindedness   and   death. 

One  night,  in  utter  despair,  after  helping  the  poor  boy 
to  fight  for  his  breath  hour  after  hour,  I  just  prayed  the 
Lord  hard  that  John  might  die;  the  torture  was  too 
terrible.  I  suppose  the  dear  Lord  knew  what  I  meant, 
that  I  wanted  relief  for  the  child  so  intensely  that  I 
was  willing  to  give  him  up  that  he  might  find  rest ;  and 
so  He  answered  what  I  meant  instead  of  what  I  said. 
For  immediately  after  praying  I  fell  into  a  deep  sleep — 
even  John  must  have  slept,  for  I  was  not  roused,  and 
his  slightest  stir  always  roused  me.  And  when  I  awa- 
kened in  the  morning  the  whole  plan  of  treatment  was 
clear  as  crystal  in  my  mind.  The  elements  of  the  idea 
had  been  there  all  the  time,  because  I  had  read  with  my 
husband,  and  had  seen  him  do  wonderful  things  with 
suggestion.  But  the  notion  of  applying  it  to  a  case  of 
mechanical  injury  to  the  brain,  like  John's,  had  never 
occurred  to  either  of  us.  Now,  however,  I  remember 
an  article  by  Prof.  Elmer  Gates,  who  said  that  under 
suggestion  he  had  known  sound  brain  and  nerve  cells 
to  move  over  and  take  the  place  of  injured  ones. 

I  began  with  John's  breathing,  because  that  distressed 
him  the  most,  and  threatened  many  times  a  night  to  end 
his  life  by  suffocation.  So  I  made  him  look  at  a  silver 
dollar,  so  held  that  it  reflected  the  light  of  a  candle 
straight  into  his  eyes.  Then  I  kept  repeating:  "Now 
you  are  going  to  sleep,  but  no  matter  how  sound  asleep 
you  are,  you  will  hear  mamma  and  do  as  she  tells  you." 


210  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

This  was  when  he  went  to  sleep  at  night.  During  the 
day  I  had  explained  to  him  that  he  had  two  brains,  an 
upper  and  a  lower,  but  the  lower  one  was  sick,  but  the 
upper  one  was  all  right,  and  that  I  was  going  to  teach 
the  upper  side  to  take  care  of  the  lower  one  while  he 
was  asleep  just  as  I  took  care  of  him  while  he  slept. 
He  agreed  heartily  and  was  eager  for  the  new  perform- 
ance. 

Well,  he  soon  went  to  sleep,  of  course,  and  then  I  put 
my  mouth  to  his  ear  and  ordered  him  to  breathe  just  as 
I  breathed.  When  he  got  out  of  time  with  me,  I  roused 
him  by  tapping  him  sharply  on  the  shoulder. 

"You  are  forgetting,"  I  said,  sternly.  "You  are  to 
mind  mamma,  no  matter  how  sound  asleep  you  are. 
Breathe  now." 

He  was  not  used  to  sharp  speech,  and  sometimes  he 
would  murmur: 

"Are  you  speaking  cross  to  me,  mamma?" 

"No,  dear,"  I  would  answer.  "Not  to  you,  just  to 
your  brain." 

Sometimes  he  would  slip  from  my  control  and  I  have 
had  to  dash  water  in  his  face  to  rouse  him,  and  then  use 
my  silver  dollar  and  put  him  to  sleep  all  over  again.  It 
seemed  to  be  just  natural  sleep,  sometimes  very  pro- 
found, but  just  sleep,  with  fixed  attention.  He  was  never 
cataleptic  at  these  times,  though  once,  in  the  day  time, 
I  induced  this  state.  But  I  did  not  want  it.  My  idea 
was  to  utilize  natural  sleep,  to  keep  everything  as  near 
the  normal  as  possible.  As  you  see,  I  discontinued  the 
treatment,  simple  as  it  was,  as  soon  as  I  could  with 
safety  and  comfort.  Along  the  line  of  that  attention  I 
believed  the  nervous  energy  flowed,  and  where  it  went 
cell  growth  and  proliferation  were  increased  and  new 
tissues  built. 

From  eight  at  night  till  two  in  the  morning — at  which 
hour  he  always  grew  quieter — I  regulated  his  breathing 
like  this,  kneeling  beside  him,  my  mouth  at  his  ear.  I 
kept  this  up  for  two  months.  At  the  end  of  that  time  he 
was  so  far  cured  as  to  be  perfectly  comfortable,  though 
his  left  side  was  still  weaker  than  his  right,  his  eyes 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  211 

were  a  little  crossed,  and  he  still  had  spells  of  terrible 
headache,  relieved  by  a  nose-bleed.  From  that  on 
we  just  built  up  his  general  health  with  no  more  special 
treatments,  and  our  moving  here  into  the  country  finished 
up  the  cure.  Now  at  ten  years  of  age  he  is  as  strong  as 
a  young  ox  on  both  sides,  and  weighs  118  pounds.  His 
eyes  are  perfectly  straight,  but  he  wears  glasses  for 
school-work,  as  the  oculist  says  his  eyes  did  not  develop 
during  the  time  he  was  so  ill — nearly  three  years  alto- 
gether— but  that  he  will  catch  up  by  the  time  he  is 
grown  and  have  as  good  eyes  as  any  one.  As  for  his 
mind  he  is  unusually  bright  and  competent.  But  then  he 
always  had  a  superior  brain.  That  is  why  I  could  man- 
age him  so  well. 

You  say  you  are  much  interested  in  all  forms  of  mental 
cure.  Are  you  writing  a  book  on  the  subject?  Perhaps 
you  would  be  interested  in  one  or  two  papers  of  Dr. 
Washburne's  in  which  he  takes  up  these  forms  of  treat- 
ment? If  so,  I  am  sure  he  would  gladly  lend  them  to 
you.  He  is  on  a  case  in  a  neighboring  town  just  now, 
so  I  cannot  ask  him. 

My  love  to  Mrs.  Fallows,  and  believe  me  faithfully 
yours,  Marion  Foster  Washburne. 

COMMENT  BY  THE  EDITOR  OF  SUGGESTION    MAGAZINE. 

It  is  hardly  necessary  to  comment  on  the  above.  Un- 
questionably the  cure  was  due  to  an  intelligent  use  of 
suggestive  therapeutics,  and  the  account  is  remarkable 
because  the  most  ardent  advocates  of  psychic  healing 
would  not  consider  the  case  as  one  in  which  suggestion 
would  be  entirely  efficacious.  It  will  be  noted  that  the 
husband  of  Mrs.  Washburn,  who  is  versed  in  the  uses 
of  suggestion,  did  not  consider  the  case  as  one  which 
could  be  reached  by  mental  influences  and  incidentally 
the  narrative  also  shows  the  value  ( ?)  of  expert  testi- 
mony. 

Truly,  we  little  know  the  power  of  mind,  or  the  far- 
reaching  effects  of  suggestion  when  intelligently  and 
persistently  used.  If  you  have  a  friend  who  is  skeptical 
concerning  the  value  of  suggestion  as  a  healing  agent, 


212  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

let  him  read  this  account.  In  all  the  voluminous 
literature  relating  to  mental  therapeutics,  there  can  be 
found  no  stronger  testimony  that  that  given  in  Mrs. 
Washburn's  account. 

d5*  t^*  (£• 

SIGHT  RESTORED  AFTER  BEING  BLIND  FOUR- 
TEEN YEARS. 

New  York,  January  26,  1905. — Sight  has  been  restored 
to  the  blind  eyes  of  John  F.  Martin,  who  for  fourteen 
years  could  not  even  distinguish  light  from  darkness. 

Martin  says  his  sight  was  restored  to  him  by  a  miracle 
through  the  agency  of  a  woman,  Miss  L.  A.  Churchill, 
and  Miss  Churchill  says  it  was  the  divine  spirit  working 
through   her. 

This  much  is  certain,  that  Martin  can  see  so  well  that 
he  is  employed  at  difficult  and  dangerous  work  in  a 
bookbinding  and  printing  establishment,  goes  about  the 
busiest  sheets  day  and  night  unaided  by  companion  or 
walking  stick,  and  without  the  aid  of  glasses  reads  me- 
dium sized  type,  distinguishes  and  names  correctly  the 
colors  in  a  many  colored  carpet,  writes  a  letter  rapidly 
and  in  a  good  hand,  and  can  tell  the  time  by  a  watch. 

Martin  is  the  man  who  was  hired  as  a  substitute  by 
the  late  Charles  Broadway  Rouss,  the  blind  millionaire, 
to  take  all  the  treatments  offered  when  he  made  his  fa- 
mous offer  of  $1,000,000  to  any  one  who  should  cure 
him  of  his  blindness. 

In  this  capacity  of  substitute  Martin  went  through 
ordeals  sufficient  in  themselves  to  have  killed  an  ordi- 
nary man,  and  in  the  hands  of  quacks  and  humbugs  his 
poor  sightless  eyes  were  so  maltreated  as  to  make  it 
marvelous  that  anything  but  empty  sockets  remain. 

And  the  irony  of  it  is  that  Rouss,  the  millionaire  who 
hired  the  poor,  penniless  Martin  to>  undergo  the  useless 
tortures  he  shrank  from,  died  as  blind  as  a  bat,  while 
Martin,  his  vision  restored,  still  shudders  when  he  recalls 
the  fourteen  years  of  darkness  and  suffering,  but  is  so 
happy  that  at  times  he  cannot  express  his  joy  in  words. 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  213 

"I  don't  know,  I  can't  understand,"  he  said  the  other 
day.  "I  only  know  I  am  the  happiest  man  in  New  York. 
I  can  see  again;  I  am  a  man  again,  living,  working, 
seeing  after  fourteen  horrible  years  of  darkness.  Is  it 
a  miracle?  I  don't  know.  One  of  the  specialists  to 
whom  I  went  said  to  me :  'Martin,  only  a  miracle  can 
restore  your  sight !'     Then  this  must  be  a  miracle." 

A  reporter  last  night  met  Martin  at  the  home  of  Miss 
Churchill  by  appointment.  It  was  7 :30  o'clock  and  quite 
dark,  as  no  street  lamp  is  near  the  house.  As  the  re- 
porter waited  after  ringing  the  bell  a  quick,  alert  step 
was  heard  coming  down  the  street,  and  the  next  moment 
a  man  bounded  lightly  up  the  brownstone  steps  without 
pause  or  hesitation. 

The  man  was  John  Martin,  who  for  fourteen  years 
was  led  around  the  streets  or  groped  his  way  about  by 
the  aid  of  a  cane. 

When  they  were  introduced  a  few  moments  later  by 
Miss  Churchill  and  the  reporter  expressed  some  surprise 
at  the  wonderful  activity  of  a  supposed  blind  man,  Mar- 
tin exclaimed : 

"Blind  once,  yes,  but  blind  no  longer,  thank  God !" 

Nobody  to  look  at  him  would  dream  that  he  had  ever 
been  blind.  His  eyes  are  big  and  brown,  and  except 
for  the  right  eye  they  are  just  like  those  of  a  person 
who  had  never  known  anything  but  the  most  perfect 
vision.  In  looking  directly  at  you  the  right  eye  gives 
the  impression  of  not  being  in  perfect  line  of  vision. 

To  illustrate  how  good  his  eyesight  is  Martin  cor- 
rectly told  the  time  by  a  clock,  the  face  of  which  is  no 
larger  than  a  silver  dollar,  named  small  objects  in  the 
room,  read  the  headlines  in  a  copy  of  the  World,  and 
wrote  a  letter  with  a  precision  of  line  and  character  that 
would  have  been  creditable  to  an  experienced  penman. 

"There  is  no  need  for  me  to  tell  you  what  I  was," 
he  said.  "The  whole  world  knows  through  the  news- 
papers of  my  condition — when  I  was  a  substitute  for 
Mr.  Rouss.  Now  I  am  employed  in  a  big  printing 
house  and  bookbindery  downtown.  It  is  in  a  busy  part, 
too,  and  you  have  to  be  pretty  lively  in  getting  around. 


214  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

Why,  I  can  jump  aboard  a  moving  trolley  car  as  easily 
as  you  can. 

"I  am  now  running  what  they  call  a  'masher'  in  the 
bookbinding  department.  This  is  a  machine  run  by 
steam  into  which  the  books  and  magazines  are  placed 
after  they  have  been  sewn  together.  You  know  they 
have  to  be  stamped  good  and  hard  to  get  them  solid  and 
compact.  Well,  you  have  to  keep  your  eyes  open  and 
be  pretty  alert,  for  if  you  leave  your  hand  in  there  a 
second  too  long  down  comes  the  smasher  and  smash  go 
your  fingers. 

"I  can  do  anything  that  anybody  else  can  except  read 
fine  print,  and  I  can  do  that  with  glasses,  but  Miss 
Churchill  won't  let  me  wear  them." 

"No,"  spoke  up  Miss  Churchill,  "I  don't  intend  him 
to  wear  glasses.  I  don't  consider  him  entirely  cured, 
but  I  intend  that  he  shall  be.  Mr.  Martin  is  to  have 
just  as  perfect  eyesight  as  anybody  else,  so  why  should 
he  wear  glasses  ?  It  would  be  like  mistrusting  the  power 
that  has  done  so  much  for  him." 

When  asked  to  tell  of  his  sensations  when  he  realized 
that  his  sight  was  being  restored  to  him,  Martin  said : 

"I  don't  think  I  can  do  that.  You  see  you  have  never 
been  blind,"  he  remarked  with  unconscious  pathos.  "No 
one  who  has  never  been  blind  can  realize  the  condition 
of  a  blind  man.  You  can't  quite  understand  that  he  is 
in  total  darkness  and  all  the  misery  of  it.  Now,  strangely 
enough,  about  all  I  can  think  of  is  the  happiness  I  feel 
at  being  able  to  see  again. 

"When  Miss  Churchill  took  hold  of  me  I  was  hope- 
less. Like  Mr.  Rouss,  I  expected  to  end  my  days  in 
darkness.  You  know  I  had  been  pretty  nearly  killed 
by  experiments.  I  had  been  in  the  hands  of  about  1,000 
different  people.  Nikola  Tesla  had  sent  100,000  volts  of 
electricity  into  me,  my  eyeballs  had  been  taken  out  and 
scraped,  the  muscles  of  my  eyes  had  been  cut,  instru- 
ments containing  scores  of  needles  that  had  pierced  to 
the  bone  had  been  used  on  me.  Another  man  had  forced 
me  to  take  a  dose  of  medicine  every  five  minutes  for 
days,    and    Christian    Scientists    by  the    hundreds    had 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  215 

treated  me.  I  guess  there  was  nothing1  that  could  be 
done  to  a  man,  except  kill  him  outright,  that  had  not 
been  done  to  me." 

"Did  you  have  any  faith  in  Miss  Churchill?" 

"How  could  I  ?  I  had  no  faith  in  any  power  on  earth. 
That's  why  the  whole  thing  seems  a  miracle  to  me.  I 
can't  explain  it.  I  had  no  particular  sensation  beyond 
a  slight  tickling  of  the  eyes  when  she  rubbed  them  and 
a  general  sleepy  feeling.     I  guess  I  slept  a  good  deal. 

"I  commenced  to  get  better  and  better.  First  I  could 
see  big  moving  objects  and  then  got  to  see  people  pass- 
ing on  the  other  side  of  the  street.  Then  I  could  see 
smaller  things.  Why,  I  surprised  Miss  Churchill  one 
day  when  I  pointed  out  to  her  the  figure  of  a  man  in 
that  picture  on  the  wall.  She  had  never  noticed  it 
herself." 

"That's  quite  true,"  spoke  up  Miss  Churchill. 

"I  don't  pretend  to  know  where  Miss  Churchill  gets 
her  power,"  continued  Martin.  "I  have  studied  it  over 
a  good  deal,  and  I  guess  her  idea  is  that  the  more  she 
tries  to  make  her  life  as  Christ  would  have  us  live  and 
the  more  she  succeeds  the  greater  power  she  gets.  Is 
that  anything  like  it,  Miss  Churchill?" 

"You  have  a  very  good  idea  of  it,  Martin,"  said  Miss 
Churchill,  gently. 

"It  was  in  April,  1896,  that  I  heard  of  Mr.  Rouss' 
offer,"  continued  Martin,  "and  I  went  to  him  and  told 
him  that  I  was  suffering  like  him  from  atrophy  of  the 
optic  nerve  and  was  poor,  and  would  be  willing  to  try 
the  cures  brought  out  by  his  offer  of  $1,000,000  if  he 
would  pay  the  expenses.  He  took  up  my  offer  and  then 
my  suffering  commenced. 

"I  don't  want  to  blame  him  now,  but  I  don't  think  he 
treated  me  squarely  after  all  I  went  through.  I  don't 
think  all  he  gave  me  would  average  more  than  $3  or 
$4  a  month.  But  I  guess  I've  got  the  better  of  it.  All 
his  millions  could  not  give  him  his  sight,  and  he  died 
absolutely  blind.  Look  at  me.  I  am  only  earning  about 
$8  a  week,  but  I  can  see.  I  am  a  man  again,  as  good 
as  anyone,  and  will  soon  be  earning  more  money. 


216  HEALING  CURRENTS. 

"A  lawyer  began  a  suit  for  me  some  time  ago  for 
$100,000  against  the  Rouss  estate,  but  I  don't  care  if 
I  never  hear  of  it  again.     I've  got  my  sight  now." 

Miss  Churchill  is  extremely  opposed  to  notoriety.  She 
is  not  a  Mental  Scientist  nor  a  Christian  Scientist,  and 
belongs  to  no  cult.  At  her  earnest  request  her  home 
address  is  withheld  in  order  that  she  may  be  saved  from 
annoyance. 

She  is  a  woman  of  middle  age,  with  a  sweet,  motherly 
face.  She  has  her  own  ideas  of  the  kind  of  life  we 
should  lead,  and  as  nearly  as  possible  she  has  lived  up 
to  her  ideas.  Great  earnestness  of  purpose,  combined 
with  gentleness  and  simplicity,  are  marked  characteristics. 

"I  am  in  no  sense  a  healer,"  she  said.  "I  am  a  literary 
woman  by  profession  and  am  dependent  upon  my  literary 
work  for  a  living.  I  have  written  several  books  which 
are  widely  circulated,  and  have  been  employed  on  various 
magazines. 

"That  I  am  possessed  of  certain  healing  powers  there 
can  be  no  doubt,  but  I  am  merely  the  agent.  It  is  the 
Divine  Spirit  that  heals,  and  I  am  only  the  agent 
through  which  the  Spirit  works.  I  do  not  even  like  to 
discuss  my  doings  in  the  newspapers,  because  people 
are  so  apt  to  misunderstand  and  so  few  really  believe. 
I  think  that  will  best  explain  to  you  my  theories  of  this 
life,  and  at  the  same  time  make  clear  to  the  public  how 
I  account  for  the  restoration  of  John  Martin's  sight. 

"The  world  is  full  of  Christians  who  go  to  church  to 
worship  God,  and  who  profess  to  believe  in  the  Bible. 
They  believe  in  some  of  Christ's  sayings  and  teachings. 
Then  why  should  they  not  believe  in  them  all?  Christ 
healed  the  sick,  the  maimed,  the  halt,  and  the  blind. 
And  he  said  to  his  people :  'These  things  which  I  have 
done  ye  also  shall  do,  and  greater  things,  for  I  go  to 
my  Father.' 

"Is  it  not  strange  that  we  should  believe  Him  in  other 
things  and  not  in  this?  I  make  no  pretense  of  doing 
anything  myself.  Like  Him,  I  say :  Tt  is  my  Father  who 
doeth  the  work.' 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  217 

"Now,  as  regards  Martin,  it  should  be  understood 
that  I  did  not  take  up  his  case  until  after  Mr.  Rouss  had 
publicly  withdrawn  his  offer  of  $1,000,000  to  anyone 
who  could  cure  his  blindness.  Martin  himself  was  pen- 
niless, so  it  cannot  be  said  that  I  was  after  money.  I 
don't  think  it  is  being  uncharitable  to  say  that  a  majority 
of  those  who  experimented  on  and  tortured  Martin  were 
themselves  blinded  by  the  million  dollars  held  out  by 
Mr.   Rouss. 

"I  sought  out  Martin  because  I  was  told  to.  I  knew 
that  I  was  to  cure  him.  And  let  me  say  here  that,  al- 
though I  have  cured  many  desperate  cases — one  of 
consumption  and  one  of  appendicitis — his  is  the  first 
case  I  ever  sought.  And  as  I  tell  you,  it  was  not  of  my 
own  volition.  I  knew  that  I  was  to  restore  him  his 
sight,  so  I  sought  him  out." 

"Will  you  explain  just  how  you  treated  him?"  she 
was  asked. 

"As  nearly  as  I  can  I  will.  When  I  first  undertook  to 
treat  him  he  was  a  physical  wreck  from  the  drugs  he 
had  taken  and  the  many  experiments  practiced  upon 
him.  His  stomach  was  practically  ruined,  and  the  only 
things  he  could  retain  were  crackers  and  milk.  So,  first 
of  all,  I  had  to  build  up  his  stomach.  This  required  time 
and  was  done  in  a  practical,  simple  manner,  without  the 
use  of  a  single  drug. 

"This  accomplished,  I  began  manipulating  his  eye- 
balls. I  doubt  if  he  felt  any  effects  of  this  manipulation 
beyond  a  drowsiness.  In  fact,  he  used  to  sleep  most  of 
the  time  he  was  here.  This  and  prayer  is  all  that  I  have 
employed.  I  am  not  a  member  of  the  Christian  Science 
Church,  but  I  have  given  Martin  as  much  absent  as 
present  treatment.  In  fact,  I  believe  as  much  can  be 
done  by  absent  treatment  as  by  the  other. 

"One  reason  for  my  success  is  that  I  never  undertake 
a  case  unless  I  know  that  I  can  do  good.  Such  success 
as  I  have  had  is  because  I  only  undertake  such  cases  as 
the  Divine  Spirit  wants  and  urges  me  to.  Some  persons 
I  have  cured  I  have  never  seen." 


218  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

It  must  be  understood  that  all  this  was  said  quietly 
and  with  deep  earnestness  and  conviction.  There  was 
no  claptrap  about  it,  just  the  simple  statement  of  a  wo- 
man who  thoroughly  believes  every  word  she  says. 

Practically  the  whole  world  knows  of  John  F.  Martin 
and  the  strange  bargain  he  made  with  Rouss,  the  blind 
millionaire,  for  his  case  has  been  discussed  in  daily  news- 
papers and  medical  journals  of  almost  every  country. 
Famous  oculists  to  whom  the  merchant  applied  when 
his  eyesight  began  to  leave  him  told  him  that  nothing 
could  be  done. 

"It  is  merely  a  question  of  time  when  you  will  become 
totally  blind,"  they  said. 

His  optic  nerve  was   slowly   wasting  away. 

The  thought  that,  despite  all  his  wealth,  he  was 
doomed  in  a  short  time  to  utter  darkness  preyed  on 
Rouss'  mind  so  that  he  became  desperate.  He  cried  out 
in  anguish  against  his  fate.  Then  came  this  remarkable 
offer,  made  through  the  daily  newspapers : 

$1,000,000  Reward — To  Physicians,  Surgeons, 
scientists,  wise  men,  and  all  others  whom  it  may  con- 
cern: Be  it  known  that  I,  Charles  Broadway  Rouss, 
who  possess  considerable  wealth,  hereby  agree  to  pay  the 
sum  of  $1,000,000  to  any  human  being  who  restores  to 
me  my  sight. 

There  could  be  but  one  result  from  sucn  an  astound- 
ing offer.  Yet  the  sum  would  have  been  a  paltry  one  to 
pay  for  the  boon  he  wanted.  From  every  quarter  of 
the  habitable  globe  came  quacks,  fakirs  and  charlatans, 
each  with  a  sure  cure  for  blindness,  and  each  one  anxious 
to  try  for  the  million. 

Thousands  upon  thousands  of  letters  and  tons  of 
"curatives"  poured  in  on  Rouss.  So  enormous  did  the 
volume  of  work  become  that  he  was  forced  to  appoint 
a  force  of  clerks  under  the  supervision  of  an  old  friend, 
A.  J.  Smith,  to  attend  to  it. 

Then  came  young  Martin  with  his  offer,  almost  as 
remarkable  as  the  million  dollar  offer  of  Mr.  Rouss. 

"I  am  totally  blind  from  atrophy  of  the  optic  nerve — 
the  same  disease  that  is  steadily  making  you  blind,"  he 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  219 

told  Rouss.  "What  will  cure  me  will  cure  you.  You 
are  worth  millions  and  I  am  not  worth  a  penny.  You 
are  a  busy  man  and  I  have  nothing  to  do.  Let  me  take 
the  treatments  that  are  offered  to  you.  If  I  am  cured 
you  are  to  pay  the  bill." 

"That's  a  fine  idea,"  replied  Rouss.  "You  shall  be 
my  substitute,  and  you  can  start  in  right  away.  Here's 
this  man  Nikola  Tesla,  who  wants  to  shoot  100,000  volts 
of  electricity  into  me.  It's  liable  to  kill  me,  I  am  told. 
Now,  of  course,  I  would  rather  he  kill  you  than  me,  so 
you  go  ahead  if  you  are  satisfied." 

And  poor  Martin,  grasping  for  light,  was  satisfied, 
and  did  go  ahead.  He  withstood  the  shock  of  100,000 
volts  of  electricity  without  any  particular  harm  to  him- 
self, but  without  the  slightest  benefit.  But  this  was  only 
the  beginning  of  months  of  the  most  awful  suffering 
and  torture  that  a  human  being  ever  was  forced  to 
undergo. 

He  spent  weeks  in  bed  at  his  nome,  sometimes  taking 
as  many  as  twenty  different  "cures"  at  one  time.  One 
man,  a  "friend,"  punctured  his  flesh  to  the  bone  with 
an  instrument  containing  scores  of  steel  needles  until 
he  had  made  10,000  punctures.  Then  he  rubbed  the 
poor  inflamed  body  with  Croton  oil.  That  it  did  not  kill 
him  is  little  short  of  marvelous. 

It  must  not  be  supposed  that  only  quacks  and  charla- 
tans treated  Martin.  Some  of  the  most  famous  oculists 
and  physicians  of  the  day  have  examined  and  treated  him 
without  result. 

Among  them  are  Dr.  Cyrus  Edson,  Dr.  David  Orr 
Edson,  Dr.  William  F.  Mittendorf,  Dr.  F.  M.  Michael. 
Professor  Knapp,  and  many  others. 

t£?*  t^%  £& 

MRS.    M.  B.    CARSE   IS  HEALED    BY   PRAYER. 

"It  is  prayer  that  has  cured  me.  I  would  be  a  crippie 
to-day  instead  of  a  perfectly  well  woman  had  it  not  been 
for  divine  power.    Hundreds  of  prayers  have  gone  up 


220  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

from  my  friends  in  every  state  from  the  Atlantic  to  the 
Pacific,  and  God  has  heard  and  answered.  Faith  is 
everything." 

In  these  words  Mrs.  Matilda  B.  Carse,  president  of 
the  Woman's  Temple  board  of  Chicago,  in  answering 
the  amazed  friends  and  interested  physicians  who  know 
of  the  accident  which  befell  her  last  February,  when 
she  broke  her  hip  by  a  severe  fall  on  the  icy  street  near 
her  Sheridan  Park  home. 

Mrs.  Carse  returned  two  days  ago  from  her  brother's 
home  at  Riverdale  on  the  Hudson,  New  York,  where  she 
went  last  May  to  recuperate  from  her  injuries.  She  is 
entirely  recovered  and  walks  without  the  slightest  limp. 
She  left  Chicago  on  crutches  in  May  and  had  to  be 
carried  to  and  from  her  train. 

"My  case  is  considered  miraculous  by  physicians,"  said 
Mrs.  Carse  to-day.  "Surgeons  in  New  York  and  Chi- 
cago agree  that  my  perfect  restoration  is  marvelous.  At 
the  time  I  was  injured  the  Chicago  surgeons  who  treated 
me  declared  it  would  be  impossible  for  me  to  ever  walk 
without  limping.  When  the  broken  hip  was  set  I  was 
told  that  there  would  be  a  shrinking  of  an  inch — or  at 
the  very  least  half  an  inch — in  the  length  of  my  limb. 
I  told  the  surgeons  that  I  would  never  have  to  submit  to 
being  lame,  because  God  had  a  work  for  me  to  do.  'God 
will  save  me  from  such  a  fate,'  I  repeated  day  after  day, 
'because  I  have  His  great  work  to  do.' " 

"What  method  of  healing  did  you  employ?"  was 
asked.     "Was  it  faith  cure?" 

"It  was  prayer  cure,"  she  replied  promptly.  "I  prayed 
and  my  friends  prayed — all  the  W.  C.  T.  U.  women 
from  coast  to  coast  united  in  petitioning  God  to  make 
me  perfectly  well,  and  He  did.  See,  I  can  walk  as 
straight  as  anyone." 

Mrs.  Carse  swept  across  the  floor  with  shoulders 
erect,  every  step  firm  and  elastic.  She  looked  the  pic- 
ture of  health. 

"I  feel  that  while  I  had  a  good  surgeon  it  was  prayer 
that  made  my  exceptional  recovery  possible,"  she  said. 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  221 

"While  I  was  resting  at  my  brother's  home  on  the 
Hudson  this  summer  I  held  the  thought  continually  that 
God  would  cure  me  entirely — that  there  would  never  be 
the  slightest  limp  in  my  walk.  The  prediction  of  sur- 
geons had  no  weight  whatever  beside  the  assurance  that 
God  would  restore  me  to  carry  on  the  work  he  had  de- 
signed for  me." 

"When  did  you  give  up  your  crutches?" 
"In  June — very  soon  after  I  went  to  New  York. 
Since  then  I  steadily  grew  better.  My  surgeon  had 
told  me  that  even  if  my  limb  did  not  show  the  difference 
in  length  at  first  it  would  surely  do  so  later.  But  even 
this  I  refused  to  believe.  And  now  I  am  completely 
well." 

Mrs.  Carse's  home  at  1920  Magnolia  avenue  was  filled 
with  friends  to-day  who  gave  thanks  for  her  recovery. — > 
Dated  October  7,  1904. — Chicago  American. 

^*  S0>T  fgfr 

HEALTH  RESTORED  BY  BATH  OF  FIRE. 

Des  Moines,  la.,  January  21,  1905. — Bathed  in  a  flarr^ 
of  fire,  which  she  claims  swept  down  from  heaven  and  en- 
veloped her  body,  Mrs.  H.  J.  Reeves  of  this  city  has 
been  restored  to  youth  and  healthfulness  from  a  woman 
of  62  years,  who  had  been  crippled  in  body  and  limb 
for  years. 

The  marvelous  transformation  came  through  the  aid 
of  no  person  claiming  to  have  divine  healing  power,  but 
in  the  midst  of  a  religious  meeting  at  a  mission  house  in 
the  poorer  district  of  the  city.  At  the  time  of  the  man- 
ifestation Mrs.  Scott  M.  Ladd,  wife  of  a  member  of 
the  Iowa  Supreme  Bench,  was  speaking,  having  gone 
to  the  mission  at  the  request  of  church  workers  to  aid 
in  the  services.  Mrs.  Ladd  is  a  Methodist  and  belongs 
to  no  society  which  teaches  divine  healing,  but  in  an 
interview  she  admits  the  story  and  believes  it  was  a  re- 
markable demonstration  of  God's  power  to  these  poor 
people. 


222  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

"For  years,"  said  Mrs.  Reeves,  "I  had  suffered  in- 
tensely. My  legs  have  been  so  crippled  that  I  could  not 
arise  alone  from  my  bed  and  only  with  pain  could  I 
drag  about  the  house.  My  fingers  were  crooked  so  I 
could  neither  open  nor  close  them.  The  palms  of  my 
hands  had  not  been  touched  for  years.  The  flesh  of 
my  body  was  so  sore  that  to  touch  it  caused  me  to 
scream  in  pain.  I  have  taken  all  kinds  of  medicine 
without  securing  relief  and  a  few  months  ago  I  threw 
them  all  away.  I  have  prayed  night  and  day  for  deliv- 
erance from  my  suffering. 

"I  felt  a  peculiar  sensation  all  day.  In  the  services 
at  the  mission  I  was  intensely  interested  in  the  true 
words  of  the  good  woman  who  spoke.  In  the  very 
midst  of  the  services  a  thrill  ran  through  my  body. 
My  eyes  were  blinded  by  a  shaft  of  fire  which  seemed 
to  shoot  down  from  above  and  enveloped  my  body.  The 
feeling  was  one  of  exultation  and  delight.  I  felt  de- 
livered as  though  shackles  had  been  shaken  from  my 
body.  Forgetful  of  my  infirmities  I  jumped  to  my  feet 
in  delight  and  cried  aloud  'Hallelujah!'  I  clapped  my 
hands  and  found  the  palms  touched.  My  fingers  had 
limbered  and  all  pain  gone  from  my  body.  To-day  I 
am  perfectly  well  and  feel  as  though  20  years  had  been 
lifted  from  me." 

Mrs.  Reeves  lives  in  an  humble  little  cottage.  Her 
time-worn  Bible  shows  that  she  has  faith.  Its  leaves 
are  black  by  constant  turning,  many  torn  from  their 
binding.  The  woman  is  not  a  religious  fanatic,  but  one 
with  good  judgment.  She  has  the  strongest  faith  in 
her  Bible  and  believes  the  miracle  which  has  cured  her 
is  as  wonderful  as  that  performed  by  Christ  in  His  day. 

The  mission  was  started  some  months  ago  by  J.  H. 
Brodie,  a  well-known  wallpaper  salesman  in  Des  Moines. 
One  of  Mrs.  Reeves'  sons  is  a  mail  carrier.  Great  ex- 
citement has  been  caused  in  South  Des  Moines  by  the 
incident,  and  many  there  are  who  claim  the  miracle  was 
sent  as  a  rebuke  to  the  aristocratic  religious  people  of 
the  city;  that  it  was  to  prove  God  visits  the  poor  and 
deserted  people  who  worship  in  an  humble  but  acceptable 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  223 

way  in  a  little  room  without  pipe  organ,  without  rich 
furnishings  and  tall  steeples.  The  mission  congregation 
is  composed  principally  of  Christians,  Methodists,  Pres- 
byterians and  Free  Methodists. 

•&*  i$*  *7* 

MANY    HELPLESS    FROM    INFIRMITIES    RE- 
STORED AT  ST.  JOSEPH'S  CHURCH. 

That  the  days  of  miracles  are  not  past  and  that  even 
in  this  workaday  world  and  generation  there  is  an 
abundance  of  the  faith  that  moves  mountains  have  had 
abundant  proof  during  the  last  few  days  in  St.  Joseph's 
Catholic  Church,  Thirty-eighth  street  and  California 
avenue. 

There,  before  the  Grotto  of  St.  Anne,  in  which  a  sa- 
cred relic  of  the  mother  of  the  Blessed  Virgin  was  ex- 
posed for  veneration  on  the  feast  day  of  St.  Anne,  the 
blind  have  been  made  to  see,  the  lame  to  walk,  the  pal- 
sied and  the  ailing  to  feel  the  thrill  of  health  and  strength 
throughout  their  frames.  More  than  a  hundred  thou- 
sand believers  have  bowed  in  prayer  before  the  grotto 
during  the  week  and  the  list  of  seemingly  miraculous 
cures  of  bodily  ailments  reported  to  Father  Poissant,  the 
pastor,  is  a  most  remarkable  one. 

Only  at  certain  appointed  hours  was  the  sacred  relic — a 
bit  of  bone  from  the  forearm  of  the  saint — exposed  in  its 
gold  receptacle  for  the  veneration  of  the  faithful,  the 
crippled  and  the  ailing,  who  came  many  miles  in  the 
hope  of  being  cured.  But  at  all  hours  while  the  church 
was  open  hundreds  of  devout,  kneeling  figures  filled  the 
pews  and  the  aisles,  knelt  at  the  altar  rail,  or  made  the 
"way  of  the  cross"  about  the  church. 

The  shrine  of  St.  Anne,  the  little  grotto  in  which 
stood  a  statue  of  the  saint,  and  in  which  the  sacred  relic 
was  from  time  to  time  exposed,  was  the  cynosure  of 
every  eye.  Upon  it  hung  crutches  and  canes  discarded 
by  the  lame  who  had  been  cured.     A  small  stream  of 


224  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

water  trickled  down  the  grotto  and  splashed  into  a  basin. 
Beside  the  receptacle  were  two  cups,  and  they  were  in 
constant  requisition  by  the  crowds  that  packed  the 
church. 

And  amid  the  marvelous  cures  reported  from  the 
shrine  within  the  last  few  days  this  water  has  its  place. 
Mrs.  M.  Mrazeck,  who  lives  at  15  Mautene  court,  has 
for  many  years  been  a  sufferer  from  a  severe  cough. 
When  the  feast  day  of  St.  Anne  approached  it  occurred 
to  Mrs.  Mrazeck  that  there  she  might  find  the  relief 
which  doctors  and  medicines  had  not  given  her. 

She  had  lost  faith  in  physicians.  Her  faith  in  St. 
Anne  was  perfect  and  unquestioning.  Several  weeks 
ago  she  visited  the  church  and,  after  kneeling  in  prayer 
for  some  time,  drank  some  of  the  water.  She  felt  its 
benefits  immediately  and,  with  the  consent  of  Father 
Poissant,  took  some  of  it  home.  Every  time  she  coughed 
she  drank  some  of  the  water  and  in  a  month  her  cough 
was  entirely  cured.     The  trouble  of  years  was  gone. 

Even  mere  marvelous  was  the  cure  of  Anna  Boucher, 
the  daughter  of  John  Boucher,  a  wealthy  grocer.  From 
her  birth  the  girl  had  been  blind  and  for  years  her  father 
has  had  her  eyes  treated  by  the  most  eminent  oculists 
in  this  country  and  in  Canada. 

They  succeeded  in  only  restoring  enough  of  her  eye- 
sight so  that  she  was  enabled  with  great  difficulty  and 
very  strong  glasses  to  see  a  little  while  every  day. 

In  Canada,  while  having  her  eyes  treated,  she  heard 
of  the  wonder-working  shrine  of  St.  Anne,  the  fame  of 
which  spread  far  among  the  French  people.  Father 
Poissant,  the  pastor,  is  French,  and  most  of  his  congre- 
gation are  sprung  from  French-Canadian  stock.  Hither 
the  young  woman  was  brought  by  her  father,  to  pray 
before  the  shrine  for  her  sight. 

"I  had  faith.  Oh,  I  had  faith,"  says  Miss  Boucher, 
bubbling  over  with  happiness  in  her  new-found  and 
beautiful  world.  "I  came  to  St.  Joseph's  and  made  a 
novena.     For  nine  days  I  prayed  that  I  might  get  my 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  225 

sight— my  precious  eyesight,  for  which  I  had  prayed  so 
often. 

"And  then  on  Tuesday  night,  when  the  feast  was 
ended,  came  my  great  blessing.  I  felt  the  darkness  pass- 
ing away  from  my  eyes,  and  at  last  I  saw  the  blessed 
light ! 

"After  I  had  thanked  God  and  the  good  St.  Anne 
and  the  Blessed  Virgin  for  all  their  goodness  to  me,  I 
placed  my  glasses  upon  the  shrine,  beside  the  crutches 
of  the  lame  that  had  been  made  to  walk." 

Upon  the  side  of  the  shrine,  close  to  the  statue  of  St. 
Anne,  hang  the  crutches  without  which  Des  Nioges 
Emond,  3525  Rockwell  street,  has  not  been  able  to 
walk  for  five  years.  Stricken  with  paralysis,  after  a 
fall,  the  girl  was  helpless  until  her  perfect  faith  made 
her  whole  at  the  shrine  of  St.  Anne. 

"My  sister  fell  when  she  was  ten  years  old,"  said  Mrs. 
Fred  Lamarche,  her  sister,  with  whom  she  makes  her 
home,  "and  injured  her  spine.  She  lay  for  a  year  in 
St.  Joseph's  Hospital  in  Joliet  before  she  could  leave 
her  bed,  and  it  was  four  years  more  before  she  could 
walk  even  with  crutches. 

"She  was  making  her  second  novena  when  the  great 
blessing  came  to  her,  and  she  laid  her  crutches  upon 
the  shrine  and  walked  home  to  me." 

The  miraculous  cure  of  Miss  Matilda  Cunnea, 
daughter  of  John  Cunnea,  the  president  of  the  Calumet 
National  Bank,  has  attracted  widespread  attention,  com- 
ing simultaneously  with  the  many  cures  reported  from 
the  shrine  in  St.  Joseph's  Church. 

Miss  Cunnea,  who  had  been  a  sufferer  from  paralysis 
for  several  years  and  had  been  moved  about  in  a  wheel- 
chair for  two  years,  was  restored  to  health  and  strength 
in  an  instant  at  the  shrine  of  St.  Anne,  in  the  little 
French  village  of  St.  Anne,  111.,  and  has  just  returned 
to  her  home,  7120  Harvard  avenue. 

"I  heard  of  the  cures  at  St.  Anne's  shrine  while  I 
was  at  De  Beaupre,  in  Canada,"  said  the  happy  girl, 
"and  two  weeks  ago  I  decided  to  make  a  pilgrimage 
to    St.    Anne,    make    the    novena    and    pray    that    my 


226  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

affliction  might  be  removed.  As  I  was  entirely  helpless, 
my  father  sent  me  to  St.  Anne  with  a  wheel-chair  and 
an  attendant  to  roll  it  around  that  I  might  be  near  the 
church  all  the  time.  One  of  the  sisters  of  the  Hotel 
Dieu  here  in  Englewood  accompanied  me  and  prayed 
with  me  every  day. 

"I  felt  positive  that  I  would  be  cured.  My  belief 
was  unshaken  even  after  I  had  attended  the  services  on 
the  feast  day  and  had  been  touched  with  the  sacred 
relic  of  St.  Anne  and  still  felt  no  beneficial  effects.  I 
sat  in  the  church  after  nearly  everyone  was  gone  and 
made  an  act  of  faith  and  resignation.  I  had  not 
despaired.     My  faith  was  still  strong. 

"When  I  looked  down  at  my  feet  I  saw  they  had 
dropped  in  the  same  old  lifeless  way  they  always  did 
and  that  I  was  still  helpless,  and  I  called  the  sister  to 
straighten  my  feet  and  assist  me  to  my  chair. 

"As  the  sister  touched  them  I  felt  the  blood  rush 
downward  and  I  knew  I  was  cured. 

"  'Sister,'  I  cried,  'I  feel  that  I  am  cured.  Help  me 
up,  quick.' 

"I  stood  on  my  feet  firmly  for  the  first  time  in  two 
years.  I  can  never  describe  to  anyone  the  sensation  I 
felt  at  that  moment,  when  I  realized  that  at  last  I  was 
cured. 

"Every  bit  of  strength  seemed  to  have  left  all  the  rest 
of  my  body  and  for  a  few  seconds  I  could  not  move  a 
finger. 

"Then  I  dropped  upon  my  knees  and  gave  thanks 
for  my  great  blessing. 

"I  knelt  before  the  shrine  of  St.  Anne  and  stripped 
all  my  jewels  off'  and  heaped  them  on  the  shrine.  It 
seemed  I  could  not  do  enough — I  could  not  do  anything 
that  would  show  my  gratitude  to  God  and  to  St.  Anne. 

"In  a  little  while  the  villagers  heard  about  it  and 
crowded  into  the  church  and  met  me  outside  and  I  had 
quite  an  ovation.  Then  I  walked  back  to  the  convent 
and  sat  down  and  cried." 

Another  miraculous  cure  reported  from  St.  Joseph's 
Church  here  is  the  restoration  of  speech  to  Miss  Agnes 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  227 

T.  Elwood,  1419  Thirty-fifth  place,  who  had  been  dumb 
for  years.  After  many  hours  spent  in  prayer  her  voice 
was  suddenly  restored  to  her. 

Mrs.  Alma  Dumais,  nineteen  years  old,  2202  Thirty- 
eighth  place,  was  cured  of  a  severe  case  of  asthma. 

Mrs.  Gerwin  Winkling,  5124  Bishop  street,  was  cured 
of  spinal  trouble. 

John    Farby,    4328    Armour    avenue,    was    cured    of 

deafness. — Dated  July  30,  1904. — Chicago  American. 
*         *         * 

This  interesting  explanation  of  the  marvels  performed 
by  the  Hindoo  fakirs  or  wonder-workers  is  taken  from 
the  book,   "Ghost-land,"   written   by  an   Englishman: 

c?»  c5*  t?* 

OCCULT  PHENOMENA  AMONG  HINDOOS. 

"Like  most  persons  interested  in  the  occult  side  of 
nature,  I  had  no  sooner  returned  to  India,  where,  indeed, 
my  earliest  days  of  childhood  had  been  passed,  than  I 
became  fascinated  with  the  extraordinary  and  preter- 
natural powers  displayed  by  Oriental  ecstatics.  It  may 
not  be  wholly  uninteresting  to  touch  upon  the  methods 
which  I  myself  adopted  to  master  the  secret  of  their 
production. 

"My  first  step  was  to  secure  the  services  of  two  of 
the  most  accomplished  as  well  as  respectable  members 
of  the  fakir  fraternity,  and,  having  taken  all  the  avail- 
able means  at  command  to  attach  them  to  my  inter- 
est, not  forgetting  to  separate  them  from  each  other,  so 
as  to  avoid  the  possibility  of  collusion  or  a  systematic 
attempt  to  deceive  me,  I  had  opportunity  enough  to 
observe  many  of  the  most  astounding  evidences  of  the 
power  these  men  possessed,  as  well  as  to  analyze  at 
leisure  their  claims  for  its  origin.  In  each  case,  as  well 
as  in  numerous  others,  where  incredible  feats  of  preter- 
natural wonder  were  exhibited,  the  fakirs  assured  me  the 
oitris,  or  ancestral  spirits,  were  the  invisible  wonder- 
workers. 

"Again  and  again  they  protested  they  could  do  noth- 
ing without  the  aid  of  these  spiritual  allies.     Their  own 


228  HEALING   CURRENTS. 

agency  in  the  work,  they  gave  me  to  understand,  con- 
sisted in  preparing  themselves  for  the  service  of  the 
pitris.  They  alleged  that  the  material  body  was.  only. a. 
vehicle  for  the  invisible  soul,  the  spiritual  or  astral  cloth- 
mg~pi  which  was  an  element  evidently  analagous  to  the 
'spiritual  body'  of  the  Apostle  Paul,  the  'magnetic  body' 
or  'life  principle'  of  the  Spiritists,  the  'astral  spirit'  of 
the  Rosicrucians,  and  the  'atmospheric  spirit'  of  the 
Berlin  Brotherhood.  This  element  the  Hindoo  and 
Arabian  ecstatics  termed  Agasa,  Vitality,  or  the  Hfe^ 
fluid.  They  said  that  in  proportion  to  the  quantity  and 
potency  of  agasa  in  the  system,  so  was  the  power  to 
work  marvels  by  the  aid  of  spirits.  Spirits,  they  added, 
used  agasa  as  their  means  of  coming  in  contact  with 
matter,  and  when  it  was  abundant  and  very  powerful 
the  invisibles  could  draw  it  from  the  bodies  of  the 
ecstatics  and  perform  with  it  feats  only  possible  to 
themselves  and  the  gods.  'Mutilate  the  body,  lop  off  the 
limbs,  if  you  will,'  said  a  Brahmin,  whom  I  had  also 
enlisted  in  my  service  as  a  teacher  of  occultism,  'and 
with  a  sufficient  amount  of  agasa  you  can  instanta- 
neously heal  the  wound.  Agasa  is  the  element  which 
keeps  the  atoms  of  matter  together ;  the  knife  or 
sword  severs  it,  the  fire  expels  it  from  its  lodgment  in 
those  atoms;  put  the  agasa  back  to  the  severed  or 
burned  parts  "before  they  have  had  time  to  fester  or 
wither,  and  the  parts  must  reunite  and  become  whole 
as  before.' 

"It  is  by  virtue  of  agasa  that  the  seed  germinates  in 
the  ground  and  grows  up  to  be  a  tree,  with  leaves,  fruit 
and  flowers.  Pour  streams  of  agasa  on  the  seed,  and 
you  quicken  in  a  minute  what  would  else,  with  less  of 
the  life-fluid,  occupy  a  month  to  grow.  Charge  stones 
or  other  inanimate  objects  with  agasa  drawn  from  a 
human  body,  and  spirits  can  make  such  objects  move, 
fly,  swim,  or  travel  hither  and  thither  at  will ;  in  short, 
it  is  through  the  power  of  agasa — by  which  I  mean 
force,  the  life  of  things — that  all  the  most  intelligent 
Hindoos  with  whom  I  studied,  insisted  that  preter- 
natural marvels  could  be  wrought,  always  adding,  how- 
ever, that  spirit  must  assist  in  the  operation,  first,  be- 


HEALING   CURRENTS.  229 

cause  their  spiritual  bodies  were  all  agasa,  and  next,  be- 
cause they  had  a  knowledge  of  this  great  living  force 
and  how  to  apply  it,  which  they  could  not  communicate 
to  mortals. 

"The  methods  of  initiation  into  these  wonder-working 
powers  were,  I  was  assured,  chastity,  seasons  of  pro- 
found abstraction,  a  spirit  exalted  to  the  contemplation 
of  deity,  heaven  and  heavenly  things,  and  a  mind  wholly 
sublimated  from  earth  and  earthly  things.  By  these 
processes,  it  was  claimed,  the  body  would  become  sub- 
dued and  the  quantity  of  agasa  communicated  through 
the  elements  and  by  favor  of  the  gods,  would  be  im- 
mensely increased.  It  would  also  be  more  readily 
liberated,  and  under  the  control  of  spiritual  agencies. 

"  'Behold  me !'  cried  one  of  my  instructors  on  a  cer- 
tain occasion.  'I  am  all  agasa.  This  thin  film  of  mat- 
ter wherewith  I  am  covered,  these  meshes  of  bone  that 
form  my  framework  of  life,  are  they  not  fined  away  to 
the  tenuity  of  the  elements?  They  hinder  not  my  flight 
through  space,  neither  can  they  bind  me  to  the  earth  I 
am  casting  off.' 

"He  proved  the  truth  of  his  boast  by  springing  up- 
wards from  the  ground  which  he  spurned  with  his  foot, 
when  lo !  he  ascended  into  mid-air,  and  whilst  his  en- 
tranced eyes  were  rolled  upwards,  and  his  lean,  rigid 
arms  and  thin  hands  were  clasped  in  ecstasy  above  his 
head,  he  continued  to  soar  away  nearly  to  the  roof  of 
the  vast  temple  in  which  we  were." 

This  very  beautifully  illustrates  that  we  can  overcome 
many  of  the  limitations  of  the  material  body  by  devel- 
oping in  our  flesh  a  more  positive  degree  of  vitality. 

Affirm  again  and  again:  I  am  vitality.  Think  vital- 
ity, breathe  vitality,  eat  vitality,  and  know  that  you  are 
the  unlimited  vitality  of  God,  thus  you  will  become  a 
magnet  for  Almighty  Vitality.  Think  toward  each  or- 
gan of  your  body.  You  are  vitality.  You  are  so  filled 
and  thrilled  with  vitality  that  there  is  no  place  for 
disease  or  decay  in  you.  All  is  vitality.  Keep  this  up 
unceasingly  and  it  will  make  you  so  positively  vital 
that  health  and  happiness  will  reign  throughout  your 
whole  being. 


ystic  Words  of  Mighty  Power 


BY 
WALTER  DE  VOE 


This  book  contains  one  hundred  articles  of  utmost  practical 
value.     Every  page  is  filled  with  interesting  instruction. 
The  following  are  the  names  of  a  few  of  the  articles : 


A  Path  to  Power. 

The  Whole  Truth. 

What  God  has  Sown. 

The  Immaculate  Conception. 

Truth  is  Mighty  and  will  Prevail. 

Advice  to  Teachers  and  Healers. 

The  Sea  of  Bliss. 

conquering  pain. 

There  is  Life,  Sensation  and 

Intelligence  in  Matter. 


Laying  on  of  Hands. 

Potent  Words. 

The  Voice  of  Authority. 

The  Music  of  the  Future. 

Health  Through  Music. 

Opulence. 

God's  Glory  is  Visible. 

The  Divine  Personality. 

Endowment  of  the  Spirit. 

The  Wonder-Working  Quality. 


Secret  Spring  of  Health. 


Mystic  words  are  woven  into  affirmations  and  prayers. 
Treatments  are  given  for  Inebriacy,  Deafness,  Grippe,  Stuttering, 
Rheumatism  and  many  other  disorders.  It  also  contains  various 
methods  for  concentration  of  the  mind,  cultivation  of  the  will  and 
the  awakening,  development  and  expression  of  the  mighty  powers 
hidden  within  the  soul. 

It  is  bound  in  attractive  silk  cloth,  the  same  size  as  Healing 
Currents  from  the  Battery  of  Life  (6/^x9/^  inches),  but  contains 
more  matter,  as  the  plates  are  larger. 

^  Price  $2.0* 


Extra  Copies  of  Frontispiece 

A  half-tone  reproduction  of  Hofman's  Face  of  the  Christ, 
considered  the  most  spiritual  idea  of  the  Chtist  ever  painted  by  an 
artist.     Size  5x7^  inches,  front  view,  suitable  for  framing. 

Price  25  cents  each,  Postpaid. 


cience 


AN  EXPOSITION  OF  THE  PROCESS  OF  PHYSICAL  RE- 
GENERATION  THROUGH  PURITY  OF  LIFE 

The  only  remedy  that  will  permanently  overcome  weakness, 
old  age,  disease  and  decay,  and  perpetually  rejuvenate  the  body. 

The  vital  force  rightly  understood  is  capable  of  re-creating 
or  re-generating  every  part  of  the  body. 

Healing  Currents  for  the  Battery  of  Life  and  Mystic 
Words  of  Mighty  Power  should  be  studied  to  prepare  the  mind 
for  the  deeper  lore. 

One  printed  lesson  is  furnished  each  month,  and  the  student 
has  the  privilege  of  having  all  questions  answered  on  this  subject. 

Lessons  $  1 .00  each,  or  $5 .00  for  the  full  course  of  six 
lessons.  Make  orders  and  drafts  payable  to  WALTER  DE  VOE, 
5226  Greenwood  Ave.,  Chicago,  Ills. 

ASSURANCE 

During  my  experience  as  a  Teacher  and  Healer,  I  have 
realized  that  most  of  the  New  Thought  teaching  has  neglected 
the  fundamental  principles  whereby  the  power  of  attraction  is 
gained,  disease  and  old  age  overcome,  and  moral  and  soul  power 
developed. 

I  have  embodied  this  most  Vital  Truth  in  my  books  and 
private  Lessons.  My  own  experience  and  the  realization  of  many 
pupils  enables  me  to  give  the  assurance  that  results  will  follow  the 
faithful  practice  of  this  Truth. 

Sincerely  yours, 

WALTER  DE  VOE 

5226  Greenwood  Avenue,  -  -  Chicago,  Ills. 


Health 


BY  MENTAL  TREATMENTS 

Spiritual  methods  are  proving  effective  in  the  cure  of  many 
diseases  considered  hopelessly  incurable. 

Treatments  given  to  patients  at  a  distance  awaken  the  heal- 
ing force  within  the  soul  and  make  recovery  more  rapid.  Patients 
receive  benefit  even  when  they  do  not  know  that  treatments  are 
being  given. 

The  use  of  physical  means  is  no  hindrance  to  the  silent  influ- 
ence of  thought  projected  by  the  healer  to  the  patient.  Every 
sick  person  ought  to  have  healing  suggestions  poured  into  his  sub- 
conscious mind. 

This  method  saves  expense  and  suffering 

TERMS  FOR  TREATMENTS 

Absent  treatments  are  five,  ten  or  fifteen  dollars  a  month, 
according  as  one,  two  or  three  treatments  are  given  each  day. 
The  fee  is  for  the  time  given,  and  should  be  mailed  in  advance 
to  obviate  delay.  Each  patient  receives  individual  attention. 
Reports  on  patient's  condition  should  be  made  once  a  week  in 
order  to  insure  the  best  results.  The  full  name  and  a  description 
of  all  symptoms  should  be  sent  in  when  applying  for  treatments. 
Money  will  be  returned  immediately  if  time  is  all  engaged. 


Make  Orders  and  Drafts  payable  to 

WALTER  DE  VOE 

5226  Greenwood  Ave.,  Chicago,  111. 


The  Soul  Victorious 


This  dramatic  picture  portrays  the  victory  of  the  awakened 
and  perfected  spiritual  nature  over  the  physical  condition  called 
death.  It  reveals  the  three-fold  nature — physical,  spiritual  and 
Divine. 

The  artist,  Miss  Ella  F.  Pell,  has  produced  a  picture  which 
illustrates  the  difference  between  the  physical  body,  the  spiritual 
body  and  the  soul  as  it  is  explained  in  Healing  Currents  and 
Mystic  Words  by  Walter  De  Voe.  She  writes  in  regard  to  the 
picture :  "As  presented  the  physical  form  is  supposed  to  be  sinking 
into  oblivion  whilst  the  spiritual  is  awakening  to  its  new  conscious 
existence,  typified  by  the  withdrawing  of  the  veil  that  has  hitherto 
enveloped  it.  The  soul  is  shown  as  illuminating  the  spirit-form 
from  within." 

The  spirit  and  soul  which  abide  in  the  physical  body  during 
physical  life,  are  shown  separate  from  the  body,  exercising  a  con- 
scious power  and  radiating  the  exalted  illumination  of  the  perfect 
state  of  soul  attainment.  Thus  the  possibilities  of  the  light  and 
power  within  are  so  vividly  portrayed  that  many  who  see  this 
picture  will  feel  inspired  to  develop  the  glory  and  strength  of  their 
own  spiritual  nature.  They  will  feel  the  soul  light  and  power  at 
the  center  of  their  being  as  their  source  of  health,  wisdom  and 
perfection. 


Size  iy%s\2  inches.      Price  50  cents.       Send  ciders  direct  to 

VITA  PUBLISHING  CO. 
5226  Greenwood  Avenue,  -  Chicago,  Ills. 


YOU  WILL  NOT  DIE 

A  Richly  Bound  Booklet  containing  a  Series  of  Articles  based 
upon  Personal  Experience  and  written  by 

WALTER  DE  VOE 

That  carry  the  Conviction  of  IMMORTALITY 

These  articles  contain  Healing  and  Upliftment  for  all  that  mourn. 
They  are  entitled :  You  Will  Not  Die — There  is  no  Death — 
Development  of  the  Mind-Body — Growth  of  the  Perceptive 
Power — Educate  Spirits — A  Prophesy  of  Good  To  Be — 
"What  Say  Ye  of  Christ?" 

PRICE  25   CENTS 


THOUGHT  FORCES 

CONSTRUCTIVE  AND  DESTRUCTIVE 

A  book  by  WALTER  DE  VOE,  containing  the  following 
studies :  The  Practical  Value  of  New  Thought — The  Potency 
of  Faith — Destructive  Thought  Forces — Criticism — Deception — 
Condemnation — The  Belief  in  Death — Telepathy — Thoughts 
Build  Immortal  Forms — Influence  after  Death — Evolution  in  Mind 
and  Matter — Mental  Training. 

PRICE  25   CENTS 


The  Secret  of  Concentration 

AND  THESE  OTHER  VALUABLE  LESSONS 

Desires  Attract — Attracting  Friends  —  Prosperity — Mental  In- 
fluence— The  Simple  Silence — Where  there  is  Life  there  is 
Hope — Personal  Beliefs. 

PRICE  25   CENTS 


Orders  from  any  part  of  the  world  filled  by 

VITA  PUBLISHING  CO. 

5226  Greenwood  Avenue,  -  -  Chicago,  Ills. 


DATE  DUE 

MAft       § 

?0M 

mfw\  ■»  • 

UNIVERSITY  PRODUCTS,  INC.    #859-5503 

BOSTON  COLLEGE 


3  9031   01516578  0 


